HomeMy WebLinkAbout12-15-2015 Item 9 2016 SpecsStandards_DRAFT
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS &
ENGINEERING STANDARDS
JANUARY 2016
PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
ENGINEERING DIVISION
919 Palm Street
San Luis Obispo, CA 93401
(805) 781-7200
STANDARD
SPECIFICATIONS
JANUARY 2016
APPROVED BY THE CITY ENGINEER:
Approved on: December 15, 2015
Effective: January 1, 2016
BARBARA LYNCH
CITY ENGINEER
RCE C53418
ADOPTED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF SAN LUIS OBISPO
BY RESOLUTION NO. XXXXX (2015 SERIES)
PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
ENGINEERING DIVISION
919 Palm Street
San Luis Obispo, CA 93401
(805) 781-7200
i
City of San Luis Obispo
Standard Specifications
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION I GENERAL PROVISIONS ................................................................................................................................................................. 1
1 GENERAL ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1
1-1.01 GENERAL ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 1
1-1.05 REFERENCES .............................................................................................................................................................................. 1
1-1.07 DEFINITIONS ................................................................................................................................................................................ 1
1-1.07B GLOSSARY ........................................................................................................................................................................... 1
1-1.08 DISTRICTS .................................................................................................................................................................................... 3
1-1.11 WEB SITES, ADDRESSES, AND TELEPHONE NUMBERS ....................................................................................................... 3
1-1.12 MISCELLANY ................................................................................................................................................................................ 3
2 BIDDING ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4
2-1.06 BID DOCUMENTS ........................................................................................................................................................................ 4
2-1.06A GENERAL.............................................................................................................................................................................. 4
2-1.06B SUPPLEMENTAL PROJECT INFORMATION ...................................................................................................................... 4
2-1.12 DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISES .......................................................................................................................... 4
2-1.12A GENERAL.............................................................................................................................................................................. 4
2-1.15 DISABLED VETERAN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES ..................................................................................................................... 4
2-1.15A GENERAL.............................................................................................................................................................................. 4
2-1.18 SMALL BUSINESS AND NON–SMALL BUSINESS SUBCONTRACTOR PREFERENCES ....................................................... 4
2-1.18A GENERAL.............................................................................................................................................................................. 4
2-1.24 TIED BID RESOLUTION ............................................................................................................................................................... 4
2-1.27 CALIFORNIA COMPANIES .......................................................................................................................................................... 4
2-1.33 BID DOCUMENT COMPLETION .................................................................................................................................................. 4
2-1.33A GENERAL.............................................................................................................................................................................. 4
2-1.33B BID ITEM LIST AND BID COMPARISON ............................................................................................................................. 4
2-1.33C SUBCONTRACTOR LIST ..................................................................................................................................................... 5
2-1.33D OPT OUT OF PAYMENT ADJUSTMENTS FOR PRICE INDEX FLUCTUATIONS ............................................................. 5
2-1.34 BIDDER’S SECURITY................................................................................................................................................................... 5
2-1.37 BID SUBMITTAL ........................................................................................................................................................................... 5
3 CONTRACT AWARD AND EXECUTION .................................................................................................................................................. 6
3-1.04 CONTRACT AWARD .................................................................................................................................................................... 6
3-1.04A BID PROTEST ....................................................................................................................................................................... 6
3-1.04B ADDITIVE/DEDUCTIVE CONTRACT AWARD ..................................................................................................................... 6
3-1.05 CONTRACT BONDS ..................................................................................................................................................................... 6
3-1.05A ENCROACHMENT PERMIT BOND ...................................................................................................................................... 6
3-1.07 INSURANCE POLICIES ................................................................................................................................................................ 6
3-1.08 SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION REPORT ........................................................................................................................... 7
3-1.11 PAYEE DATA RECORD ............................................................................................................................................................... 7
3-1.18 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT ...................................................................................................................................................... 7
3-1.18A ENCROACHMENT PERMIT ................................................................................................................................................. 7
4 SCOPE OF WORK ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 9
4-1.02 INTENT.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 9
4-1.05 CHANGES AND EXTRA WORK ................................................................................................................................................... 9
4-1.05A GENERAL.............................................................................................................................................................................. 9
4-1.05A(1) COST REQUEST BULLETIN (CRB) ........................................................................................................................... 9
4-1.07 VALUE ENGINEERING................................................................................................................................................................. 9
4-1.13 CLEANUP...................................................................................................................................................................................... 9
4-1.13A WORK SITE MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................................................... 9
4-1.13B STOCKPILES ...................................................................................................................................................................... 10
5 CONTROL OF WORK .............................................................................................................................................................................. 11
5-1.01 GENERAL ................................................................................................................................................................................... 11
5-1.02 CONTRACT COMPONENTS ...................................................................................................................................................... 11
5-1.02A PRIVATE CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS COORDINATION AND INTERPRETATION OF PLANS .................................. 11
5-1.02B ENCROACHMENT PERMIT PLANS .................................................................................................................................. 11
5-1.02C INSPECTION FOR ENCROACHMENT INTO PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY ........................................................................... 12
5-1.02D SEQUENCING .................................................................................................................................................................... 12
5-1.09 PARTNERING ............................................................................................................................................................................. 12
5-1.13 SUBCONTRACTING ................................................................................................................................................................... 12
5-1.13A GENERAL............................................................................................................................................................................ 12
5-1.13B DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISES ................................................................................................................ 12
5-1.13B(1) GENERAL .................................................................................................................................................................. 12
5-1.13B(2) PERFORMANCE OF DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISES ................................................................... 13
5-1.13C DISABLED VETERAN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES ........................................................................................................... 13
5-1.13D NON-SMALL BUSINESSES ............................................................................................................................................... 13
ii
5-1.17 CHARACTER OF WORKERS .................................................................................................................................................... 14
5-1.20 COORDINATION WITH OTHER ENTITIES ............................................................................................................................... 14
5-1.20B PERMITS. LICENSES, AGREEMENTS, AND CERTIFICATIONS ..................................................................................... 14
5-1.20B(4) CONTRACTOR–PROPERTY OWNER AGREEMENT ............................................................................................. 14
5-1.20B(5) COMPLY WITH LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS .......................................................................... 14
5-1.20C RAILROAD RELATIONS ..................................................................................................................................................... 14
5-1.20G CITY AUTHORIZATIONS AND PERMITS .......................................................................................................................... 14
5-1.23 SUBMITTALS .............................................................................................................................................................................. 15
5-1.23A GENERAL............................................................................................................................................................................ 15
5-1.23B COORDINATION ................................................................................................................................................................. 15
5-1.23C ORGANIZATION ................................................................................................................................................................. 16
5-1.23D DEVIATION FROM CONTRACT ........................................................................................................................................ 16
5-1.23E SUBMITTAL COMPLETENESS .......................................................................................................................................... 16
5-1.23F SUBMITTAL PACKAGE ...................................................................................................................................................... 16
5-1.23G RETURNED SUBMITTALS ................................................................................................................................................. 17
5-1.23H RESPONSIBILITY ............................................................................................................................................................... 17
5-1.23I CHARGES FOR THIRD PARTY SUBMITTAL REVIEW ...................................................................................................... 17
5-1.26 CONSTRUCTION SURVEYS ..................................................................................................................................................... 17
5-1.26A GENERAL............................................................................................................................................................................ 17
5-1.26B PAYMENT ....................................................................................................................................................................... 1718
5-1.27 RECORDS................................................................................................................................................................................... 18
5-1.27E CHANGE ORDER BILLS .................................................................................................................................................... 18
5-1.36 PROPERTY AND FACILITIES PRESERVATION ....................................................................................................................... 18
5-1.36A GENERAL............................................................................................................................................................................ 18
5-1.36A(1) TRENCHLESS OPERATIONS .............................................................................................................................. 1819
5-1.36C RAILROAD PROPERTY ..................................................................................................................................................... 19
5-1.36E SURVEY MONUMENTS ..................................................................................................................................................... 19
5-1.37 MAINTENANCE AND PROTECTION ..................................................................................................................................... 1920
5-1.37A GENERAL........................................................................................................................................................................ 1920
5-1.38 MAINTENANCE AND PROTECTION RELIEF ....................................................................................................................... 1920
5-1.39 DAMAGE REPAIR AND RESTORATION ................................................................................................................................... 20
5-1.39A GENERAL............................................................................................................................................................................ 20
5-1.43 POTENTIAL CLAIMS AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION ................................................................................................................ 20
5-1.43E ALTERNATIVE DISPUTE RESOLUTION ........................................................................................................................... 20
6 CONTROL OF MATERIALS .................................................................................................................................................................... 21
6-2 MATERIAL SOURCE ....................................................................................................................................................................... 21
6-2.05 BUY AMERICA ...................................................................................................................................................................... 21
6-3 QUALITY .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 21
6-3.02 SPECIFIC BRAND OR TRADE NAME AND SUBSTITUTION .............................................................................................. 21
6-3.03 AUTHORIZED LABORATORY LIST ..................................................................................................................................... 21
6-3.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE ........................................................................................................................................................ 21
6-3.05A GENERAL ...................................................................................................................................................................... 21
7 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO THE PUBLIC ............................................................................................................ 22
7-1.02 LAWS .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 22
7-1.02K LABOR CODE ..................................................................................................................................................................... 22
7-1.02K(2) WAGES...................................................................................................................................................................... 22
7-1.02K(3) CERTIFIED PAYROLL RECORDS (LABOR CODE 1776) ....................................................................................... 22
7-1.02K(6) OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS ........................................................................................ 22
7-1.02K(6)(B) EXCAVATION SAFETY .................................................................................................................................. 22
7-1.03 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE ............................................................................................................................................................ 22
7-1.03A PUBLIC NOTIFICATION ..................................................................................................................................................... 23
7-1.03A(1) STREET MAINTENANCE ......................................................................................................................................... 24
7-1.03A(2) STREET CLOSURE .................................................................................................................................................. 24
7-1.03A(3) NO PARKING ............................................................................................................................................................ 24
7-1.03B TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN ................................................................................................................................................ 25
7-1.04 PUBLIC SAFETY ........................................................................................................................................................................ 25
8 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS ......................................................................................................................................................... 26
8-1.02 SCHEDULE ................................................................................................................................................................................. 26
8-1.02A GENERAL............................................................................................................................................................................ 26
8-1.02A(1) PRIVATELY FUNDED ENCROACHMENT PERMITS, PROJECTS, TRACTS AND SUBDIVISIONS ..................... 26
8-1.02B LEVEL 1 CRITICAL PATH METHOD SCHEDULE ............................................................................................................. 26
8-1.02B(1) GENERAL .................................................................................................................................................................. 26
8-1.02B(4) PAYMENT ................................................................................................................................................................. 26
8-1.02C LEVEL 2 CRITICAL PATH METHOD SCHEDULE ............................................................................................................. 27
8-1.02C(1) GENERAL.................................................................................................................................................................. 27
8-1.03 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE ...................................................................................................................................... 27
8-1.04 START OF JOB SITE ACTIVITIES ............................................................................................................................................. 27
8-1.04B STANDARD START ............................................................................................................................................................ 27
8-1.05 TIME ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 27
8-1.06 SUSPENSIONS........................................................................................................................................................................... 28
8-1.07 DELAYS ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 28
8-1.07B TIME ADJUSTMENTS......................................................................................................................................................... 28
iii
8-1.07C PAYMENT ADJUSTMENTS ............................................................................................................................................... 28
8-1.10 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES ............................................................................................................................................................ 28
8-1.10A GENERAL............................................................................................................................................................................ 28
8-1.10B FAILURE TO COMPLETE WORK PARTS WITHIN SPECIFIED TIMES ............................................................................ 28
8-1.10B(1) FAILURE TO COORDINATE SIGNAL TURN-ONS, STRIPING AND SIGNING ....................................................... 28
9 PAYMENT ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 30
9-1.03 PAYMENT SCOPE...................................................................................................................................................................... 30
9-1.04 FORCE ACCOUNT ..................................................................................................................................................................... 30
9-1.04A GENERAL............................................................................................................................................................................ 30
9-1.04B LABOR................................................................................................................................................................................. 31
9-1.04D EQUIPMENT RENTAL ........................................................................................................................................................ 31
9-1.04D(1) GENERAL.................................................................................................................................................................. 31
9-1.07 PAYMENT ADJUSTMENTS FOR PRICE INDEX FLUCTUATIONS .......................................................................................... 31
9-1.11 TIME RELATED OVERHEAD ..................................................................................................................................................... 31
9-1.11A GENERAL............................................................................................................................................................................ 31
9-1.11B PAYMENT QUANTITY ........................................................................................................................................................ 31
9-1.11C PAYMENT INCLUSIONS .................................................................................................................................................... 31
9-1.11D PAYMENT SCHEDULE ...................................................................................................................................................... 32
9-1.11E PAYMENT ADJUSTMENTS ................................................................................................................................................ 32
9-1.16 PROGRESS PAYMENTS ........................................................................................................................................................... 33
9-1.16A GENERAL............................................................................................................................................................................ 33
9-1.16C MATERIALS ON HAND ...................................................................................................................................................... 33
9-1.16D MOBILIZATION ................................................................................................................................................................... 33
9-1.16D(1) GENERAL.................................................................................................................................................................. 33
9-1.16D(2) MOBILIZATION FOR PROJECTS EXCEPT FOR THOSE OVER WATER REQUIRING MARINE ACCESS .......... 33
9-1.16E WITHHOLDS ....................................................................................................................................................................... 33
9-1.16E(2) PROGRESS WITHHOLDS ........................................................................................................................................ 33
9-1.16E(4) STOP NOTICE WITHHOLDS .................................................................................................................................... 34
9-1.16F RETENTIONS ...................................................................................................................................................................... 34
9-1.17 PAYMENT AFTER CONTRACT ACCEPTANCE ........................................................................................................................ 34
9-1.17C PROPOSED FINAL ESTIMATE .......................................................................................................................................... 34
9-1.17D FINAL PAYMENT AND CLAIMS ......................................................................................................................................... 34
9-1.17D(1) GENERAL.................................................................................................................................................................. 34
9-1.17D(2) CLAIM STATEMENT ................................................................................................................................................. 34
9-1.17D(2)(A) GENERAL ....................................................................................................................................................... 34
9-1.17D(2)(B) OVERHEAD CLAIMS ...................................................................................................................................... 35
9-1.17D(2)(D) WAIVER .......................................................................................................................................................... 35
9-1.17D(3) FINAL DETERMINATION OF CLAIMS ..................................................................................................................... 35
9-1.22 CLAIM RESOLUTION PROCEDURE ......................................................................................................................................... 35
9-1.23 CITY BILLING.............................................................................................................................................................................. 36
DIVISION II GENERAL CONSTRUCTION ....................................................................................................................................................... 37
10 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 37
10-1 GENERAL ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 37
10-1.01 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................................ 37
10-1.02 WORK SEQUENCING ......................................................................................................................................................... 37
10-1.03 TIME CONSTRAINTS .......................................................................................................................................................... 37
10-1.04 TRAINING AND MEETINGS ............................................................................................................................................... 37
10-6 JOB SITE WATER CONTROL ....................................................................................................................................................... 37
10-6.01 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................................ 37
10-6.02 WATER-FILLED COFFERDAM ........................................................................................................................................... 37
11 QUALITY CONTROL AND ASSURANCE ............................................................................................................................................. 38
11-2 RESERVED .................................................................................................................................................................................... 38
11-3 WELDING ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 38
11-3.01 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................................ 38
11-3.01A GENERAL .................................................................................................................................................................... 38
11-3.01B DEFINITIONS............................................................................................................................................................... 38
11-3.01C QUALITY CONTROL INSPECTOR ............................................................................................................................. 38
11-3.01D PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS ........................................................................................ 38
11-3.01E WELD JOINT DETAILS ............................................................................................................................................... 39
11-3.01F NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING ................................................................................................................................... 39
11-3.02 WELDING QUALITY CONTROL ......................................................................................................................................... 39
11-3.02A GENERAL .................................................................................................................................................................... 39
11-3.02C SUBMITTALS .............................................................................................................................................................. 40
11-3.02C(2) WELDING QUALITY CONTROL PLAN ............................................................................................................. 40
11-3.02C(3) WELDING REPORT ................................................................................................................................................ 40
11-3.02D PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS .............................................................................................. 41
11-3.02F WELDING PROCEDURES QUALIFICATION ................................................................................................................... 41
11-3.02G REPAIR WORK ................................................................................................................................................................. 41
12 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL ...................................................................................................................................................... 43
12-1 GENERAL ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 43
iv
12-1.01 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................................ 43
12-1.03 FLAGGING COSTS ............................................................................................................................................................. 43
12-1.04 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL COSTS ...................................................................................................................... 43
12-3 TRAFFIC-HANDLING EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES ..................................................................................................................... 43
12-3.01 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................................ 43
12-3.01A GENERAL .................................................................................................................................................................... 43
12-3.01A(4) QUALITY CONTROL AND ASSURANCE ......................................................................................................... 43
12-3.02 BARRICADES ...................................................................................................................................................................... 43
12-3.02C CONSTRUCTION ........................................................................................................................................................ 43
12-3.03 FLASHING ARROW SIGNS ................................................................................................................................................ 43
12-3.03B MATERIALS ................................................................................................................................................................. 43
12-3.07 CHANNELIZERS ................................................................................................................................................................. 44
12-3.07C CONSTRUCTION ........................................................................................................................................................ 44
12-8 TEMPORARY PAVEMENT DELINEATION ................................................................................................................................... 44
12-8.01 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................................ 44
12-8.02 MATERIALS ......................................................................................................................................................................... 44
12-8.03 CONSTRUCTION ................................................................................................................................................................ 44
13 WATER POLLUTION CONTROL .......................................................................................................................................................... 45
13-1 GENERAL ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 45
13-1.01 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................................ 45
13-1.01A SUMMARY ................................................................................................................................................................... 45
13-1.01D QUALITY CONTROL AND ASSURANCE ................................................................................................................... 45
13-1.01D(3) WATER POLLUTION CONTROL MANAGER ................................................................................................... 45
13-1.01D(3)(A) GENERAL ................................................................................................................................................ 45
13-1.01D(3)(B) QUALIFICATIONS ................................................................................................................................... 46
13-1.01D(3)(C) RESPONSIBILITIES ................................................................................................................................ 46
13-1.04 PAYMENT ...................................................................................................................................................................... 47
13-2 WATER POLLUTION CONTROL PROGRAM ............................................................................................................................... 47
13-2.01 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................................ 47
13-3 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN .................................................................................................................... 47
13-3.01 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................................ 47
13-3.01B SUBMITTALS ............................................................................................................................................................... 47
13-3.01B(2) STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN ........................................................................................ 47
13-3.01B(2)(A) GENERAL ................................................................................................................................................ 47
13-3.01B(6) SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS DAY ..................................................................................................................... 48
13-3.01B(6)(C) RECEIVING WATER MONITORING REPORT ....................................................................................... 48
13-3.01C QUALITY CONTROL AND ASSURANCE ................................................................................................................... 48
13-3.01C(1) GENERAL .......................................................................................................................................................... 48
13-3.01C(3) RECEIVING WATER MONITORING TRIGGER ................................................................................................ 48
13-3.03 CONSTRUCTION ................................................................................................................................................................ 48
13-3.03C SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS DAY ............................................................................................................................... 48
13-3.04 PAYMENT ............................................................................................................................................................................ 48
13-4 JOB SITE MANAGEMENT ............................................................................................................................................................. 49
13-4.03 CONSTRUCTION ................................................................................................................................................................ 49
13-4.03C MATERIAL MANAGEMENT ........................................................................................................................................ 49
13-4.03C(3) STOCKPILE MANAGEMENT ............................................................................................................................ 49
13-4.04 PAYMENT ............................................................................................................................................................................ 49
13-5 TEMPORARY SOIL STABILIZATION ............................................................................................................................................ 49
13-5.03 CONSTRUCTION ................................................................................................................................................................ 49
13-5.03F TEMPORARY HYDRAULIC MULCH (POLYMER-STABILIZED FIBER MATRIX) ...................................................... 49
13-5.03K TEMPORARY COVERS .............................................................................................................................................. 49
13-9 TEMPORARY CONCRETE WASHOUTS ...................................................................................................................................... 50
13-9.01 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................................ 50
13-9.01A SUMMARY ................................................................................................................................................................... 50
13-9.01B SUBMITTALS ............................................................................................................................................................... 50
13-9.02 MATERIALS ......................................................................................................................................................................... 50
13-9.02A GENERAL .................................................................................................................................................................... 50
14 ENVIRONMENTAL STEWARDSHIP ..................................................................................................................................................... 51
14-1 GENERAL ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 51
14-1.01 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................................ 51
14-2 CULTURAL RESOURCES ............................................................................................................................................................. 51
14-2.03 ARCHAEOLOGICAL MONITORING AREA ........................................................................................................................ 51
14-2.03A GENERAL .................................................................................................................................................................... 51
14-11 HAZARDOUS WASTE AND CONTAMINATION ......................................................................................................................... 52
14-11.01 GENERAL .......................................................................................................................................................................... 52
14-11.01B HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES .............................................................................................. 52
14-11.01B(3) HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN ......................................................................................................................... 52
14-11.02 CONSTRUCTION .......................................................................................................................................................... 5352
14-11.02B HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT PRACTICES .............................................................................................. 53
14-11.02B(1) GROUNDWATER ............................................................................................................................................ 53
14-11.02F CITY – GENERATED HAZARDOUS WASTE ........................................................................................................... 53
14-11.02F(4) PAYMENT ........................................................................................................................................................ 53
v
15 EXISTING FACILITIES ........................................................................................................................................................................... 54
15-1 GENERAL ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 54
15-1.03 CONSTRUCTION ................................................................................................................................................................ 54
15-1.03C LOOP DETECTORS .................................................................................................................................................... 54
15-1.03D HIGHWAY IRRIGATION FACILITIES .......................................................................................................................... 54
15-1.04 PAYMENT ...................................................................................................................................................................... 54
15-2 MISCELLANEOUS FACILITIES ..................................................................................................................................................... 54
15-2.01 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................................ 54
15-2.01C CONSTRUCTION ........................................................................................................................................................ 54
15-2.02 REMOVE.............................................................................................................................................................................. 54
15-2.02B REMOVE PAVEMENT ................................................................................................................................................. 54
15-2.02B(1) GENERAL .......................................................................................................................................................... 54
15-2.02B(2) OBLITERATE ROADS, DETOURS, AND SURFACING .................................................................................... 54
15-2.02B(5) REMOVE CONCRETE PAVEMENT .............................................................................................................. 5556
15-2.02B(5)(A) GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................ 5556
15-2.02B(5)(B) SAW CUTS .......................................................................................................................................... 5556
15-2.02B(5)(C) RESERVED ............................................................................................................................................. 56
15-2.02B(6) RESERVED ........................................................................................................................................................ 56
15-2.02B(7) PAYMENT .......................................................................................................................................................... 56
15-2.02C REMOVE TRAFFIC STRIPES AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS ................................................................................... 56
15-2.02C(1) GENERAL .......................................................................................................................................................... 56
15-2.02C(3) PAYMENT .......................................................................................................................................................... 56
15-2.02G REMOVE GUARDRAIL ............................................................................................................................................... 56
15-2.02K REMOVE DRAINAGE FACILITIES .............................................................................................................................. 56
15-2.03 SALVAGE ........................................................................................................................................................................ 5657
15-2.03A GENERAL ................................................................................................................................................................ 5657
15-2.03A(2) MATERIALS ................................................................................................................................................... 5657
15-2.03A(2)(A) GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................ 5657
15-2.03A(2)(B) DEPARTMENT SALVAGE LOCATION ................................................................................................... 57
15-2.03B SALVAGE GUARDRAIL .............................................................................................................................................. 57
15-2.04 RECONSTRUCT ................................................................................................................................................................. 57
15-2.04D RECONSTRUCT GUARDRAIL ................................................................................................................................... 57
15-2.10 ADJUST ............................................................................................................................................................................... 57
15-2.10B ADJUST FRAMES, COVERS, GRATES AND MANHOLES ....................................................................................... 57
15-2.10D ADJUST GUARDRAIL ................................................................................................................................................. 58
15-3 CONCRETE REMOVAL ................................................................................................................................................................. 58
15-3.01 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................................ 58
15-3.03 CONSTRUCTION ................................................................................................................................................................ 58
15-4 BRIDGE REMOVAL ................................................................................................................................................................... 5859
15-4.01 GENERAL ........................................................................................................................................................................ 5859
15-4.01A GENERAL ................................................................................................................................................................ 5859
15-4.01A(2) SUBMITTALS ................................................................................................................................................. 5859
15-5 BRIDGE REHABILITATION ....................................................................................................................................................... 5859
15-5.01 GENERAL ........................................................................................................................................................................ 5859
15-5.01C CONSTRUCTION .................................................................................................................................................... 5859
15-5.01C(1) GENERAL ...................................................................................................................................................... 5859
15-5.01C(4) REMOVE ASPHALT CONCRETE SURFACING ........................................................................................... 5859
15-5.03 REPAIR SPALLED SURFACE AREA ................................................................................................................................. 59
15-5.03B MATERIALS ................................................................................................................................................................. 59
15-5.03C CONSTRUCTION ........................................................................................................................................................ 59
15-5.06 POLYESTER CONCRETE OVERLAY ............................................................................................................................ 5960
15-5.06C CONSTRUCTION .................................................................................................................................................... 5960
15-5.06C(1) GENERAL ...................................................................................................................................................... 5960
15-5.06C(2) RESERVED ....................................................................................................................................................... 60
15-5.06D PAYMENT .................................................................................................................................................................... 60
15-5.07 CORE CONCRETE ............................................................................................................................................................. 60
15-5.07B CORE AND PRESSURE GROUT DOWELS ............................................................................................................... 60
15-5.07B(4) PAYMENT .......................................................................................................................................................... 60
15-5.09 POLYESTER CONCRETE EXPANSION DAMS ............................................................................................................. 6061
15-5.09A GENERAL ................................................................................................................................................................ 6061
15-5.09B MATERIALS ............................................................................................................................................................. 6061
15-5.09C CONSTRUCTION .................................................................................................................................................... 6061
15-5.09D PAYMENT .................................................................................................................................................................... 61
15-6 CULVERT REHABILITATION ........................................................................................................................................................ 61
15-6.01 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................................ 61
15-6.01A GENERAL .................................................................................................................................................................... 61
15-6.01A(3) SUBMITTALS ..................................................................................................................................................... 61
15-6.01A(3)(A) GENERAL ................................................................................................................................................ 61
15-6.01A(3)(D) CONTRACT GROUTING PLAN .............................................................................................................. 61
15-6.01B MATERIALS ............................................................................................................................................................. 6162
15-6.01B(2) CONTACT GROUT ............................................................................................................................................ 62
DIVISION III GRADING ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 63
vi
16 CLEARING AND GRUBBING ................................................................................................................................................................ 63
16-1.01 GENERAL ................................................................................................................................................................................. 63
17 WATERING ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 63
17-1 GENERAL ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 63
17-1.01 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................................ 63
17-1.01A GENERAL .................................................................................................................................................................... 63
18 DUST PALLIATIVE ................................................................................................................................................................................ 63
18-1.04 PAYMENT ................................................................................................................................................................................. 63
19 EARTHWORK ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 64
19-1 GENERAL ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 64
19-1.03 CONSTRUCTION ................................................................................................................................................................ 64
19-1.03A GENERAL .................................................................................................................................................................... 64
19-1.04 PAYMENT ............................................................................................................................................................................ 64
19-2 ROADWAY EXCAVATION ............................................................................................................................................................. 64
19-2.04 PAYMENT ............................................................................................................................................................................ 65
19-3 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL .............................................................................................................................. 65
19-3.03 CONSTRUCTION ................................................................................................................................................................ 65
19-3.04 PAYMENT ............................................................................................................................................................................ 65
20 LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION ........................................................................................................................................................... 66
20-1 GENERAL ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 66
20-1.01 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................................ 66
20-1.01A SUMMARY ................................................................................................................................................................... 66
20-1.01A(1) PLANS AND SITE CONDITIONS ...................................................................................................................... 66
20-1.01C SUBMITTALS .............................................................................................................................................................. 66
20-1.01C(2) NOTIFICATION .................................................................................................................................................. 66
20-1.02 MATERIALS ......................................................................................................................................................................... 66
20-1.02C ORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENTS ................................................................................................................................ 66
20-1.02D FERTILIZER ................................................................................................................................................................ 67
20-1.03 CONSTRUCTION ................................................................................................................................................................ 67
20-1.03A PROGRESS INSPECTIONS ....................................................................................................................................... 67
20-1.03D PRUNING..................................................................................................................................................................... 68
20-1.03E SITE CLEARANCE AND GRADING ............................................................................................................................ 68
20-1.03F GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................................ 68
20-1.03G GRADE TOLERANCE ................................................................................................................................................. 68
20-3 IRRIGATION ................................................................................................................................................................................... 69
20-3.01 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................................ 69
20-3.01C SUBMITTALS .............................................................................................................................................................. 69
20-3.01C(4) WIRING PLANS AND DIAGRAMS .................................................................................................................... 69
20-3.01C(7) NOTIFICATIONS ............................................................................................................................................... 69
20-3.01C(8) MAINTENANCE AND OPERATIONS MANUALS ............................................................................................. 69
20-3.02 MATERIALS ......................................................................................................................................................................... 70
20-3.02A GENERAL .................................................................................................................................................................... 70
20-3.02D CONCRETE ................................................................................................................................................................. 70
20-3.02E CONDUCTORS, ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, AND PULL BOXES ................................................................................. 71
20-3.02E(5) SPLICES ............................................................................................................................................................ 71
20-3.02H IRRIGATION CONTROLLER SYSTEMS .................................................................................................................... 71
20-3.02H(1) IRRIGATION CONTROLLERS .......................................................................................................................... 71
20-3.02I IRRIGATION CONTROLLER ENCLOSURE CABINETS .............................................................................................. 71
20-3.02M PIPE............................................................................................................................................................................. 71
20-3.02M(1) COPPER PIPE .................................................................................................................................................. 71
20-3.02M(2) GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE SUPPLY LINES .................................................................................................... 71
20-3.02M(3) PLASTIC PIPE ................................................................................................................................................... 71
20-3.02M(3)(B) PLASTIC PIPE IRRIGATION LINES (DRIP IRRIGATION) ..................................................................... 71
20-3.02P SPRINKLERS .............................................................................................................................................................. 71
20-3.02P(1) GENERAL .......................................................................................................................................................... 71
20-3.02Q UNIONS ....................................................................................................................................................................... 72
20-3.02R VALVES ....................................................................................................................................................................... 72
20-3.02R(2) CHECK VALVES ................................................................................................................................................ 72
20-3.03R(3) CONTROL VALVES ........................................................................................................................................... 72
20-3.02R(3)(B) REMOTE CONTROL VALVES ................................................................................................................ 72
20-3.02R(8) QUICK COUPLING VALVES ............................................................................................................................. 72
20-3.02R(9) GARDEN VALVES ............................................................................................................................................. 72
20-3.02U VALVE BOXES AND COVERS ................................................................................................................................... 72
20-3.03 CONSTRUCTION ................................................................................................................................................................ 72
20-3.03A GENERAL .................................................................................................................................................................... 72
20-3.03D IRRIGATION SLEEVES ............................................................................................................................................... 73
20-3.03E TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING ............................................................................................................................... 74
20-3.03E(1) GENERAL .......................................................................................................................................................... 74
20-3.03E(4) OPEN TRENCHING IN EXISTING SURFACING .............................................................................................. 74
20-3.03F PIPE ............................................................................................................................................................................. 74
20-3.03F(1) GENERAL .......................................................................................................................................................... 74
vii
20-3.03F(2) GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE SUPPLY LINES ..................................................................................................... 74
20-3.03F(3) PLASTIC PIPE SUPPLY LINES ......................................................................................................................... 75
20-3.03F(6) RECYCLED WATER SUPPLY LINE .................................................................................................................. 75
20-3.03H ELECTRIC INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRIC AUTOMATIC IRRIGATION SYSTEMS ............................................... 75
20-3.03H(2) CONDUCTORS, ELECTRICAL CONDUIT, AND PULL BOXES ....................................................................... 75
20-3.03H(2)(A) CONDUCTORS ....................................................................................................................................... 75
20-3.03H(2)(C) PULL BOXES .......................................................................................................................................... 76
20-3.03K SPRINKLERS TYPE D ................................................................................................................................................ 76
20-3.03K PLASTIC PIPE IRRIGATION LINES (DRIP IRRIGATION) INSTALLATION. .............................................................. 76
20-3.03K(1) END CAPS ......................................................................................................................................................... 76
20-3.03K(2) HOSE STAKES .................................................................................................................................................. 76
20-3.03K(3) CONTROL VALVE, DRIP FILTER, AND PRESSURE REGULATOR ............................................................... 77
20-3.03K(4) DRIP EMITTERS, MICRO SPRAY HEADS, AND BUG CAPS .......................................................................... 77
20-3.03K(5) ACCESS SLEEVES ........................................................................................................................................... 78
20-3.03L VALVES AND VALVE BOXES ..................................................................................................................................... 78
20-3.03N PRESSURE TESTING ................................................................................................................................................. 78
20-3.03N(1) CROSS-CONNECTION TEST (RECYCLED WATER IRRIGATION SYSTEM ONLY) ..................................... 78
20-3.03O REPAIRS AND SPRINKLER COVERAGE .................................................................................................................. 78
20-3.03P IRRIGATION SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST .............................................................................................................. 79
20-3.03P(1) DRIP IRRIGATION OPERATIONAL TEST ........................................................................................................ 79
20-3.04 PAYMENT ............................................................................................................................................................................ 79
20-7 HIGHWAY PLANTING ................................................................................................................................................................... 80
20-07.01 GENERAL .......................................................................................................................................................................... 80
20-7.01A SUMMARY ................................................................................................................................................................... 80
20-7.01B SUBMITTALS ............................................................................................................................................................... 80
20-7.02 MATERIALS ......................................................................................................................................................................... 80
20-7.02A GENERAL .................................................................................................................................................................... 80
20-7.02C PLANTS ....................................................................................................................................................................... 80
20-7.02C(5) TURF SOD ......................................................................................................................................................... 80
20-7.02C(6) HAND SEEDED TURF ....................................................................................................................................... 80
20-7-.02C(7) HYDROSEEDED LAWN PLANTING ................................................................................................................ 81
20-7.02D MISCELLANEOUS ...................................................................................................................................................... 81
20-7.02D(1) FERTILIZER ....................................................................................................................................................... 81
20-7.02D(4) IRON SULFATE ................................................................................................................................................. 81
20-7.02D(5) EDGING ............................................................................................................................................................. 81
20-7.02D(5)(A) HEADER BOARD EDGING ..................................................................................................................... 81
20-7.02D(5)(B) METAL EDGING ...................................................................................................................................... 82
20-7.02D(6) MULCH .............................................................................................................................................................. 82
20-7.02D(6)(A) GENERAL ................................................................................................................................................ 82
20-7.03 CONSTRUCTION ................................................................................................................................................................ 82
20-7.03F CULTIVATE .................................................................................................................................................................. 82
20-7.03I PLANTING ..................................................................................................................................................................... 82
20-7.03I(1) GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................ 82
20-7.03I(9) GROUND COVER ............................................................................................................................................... 83
20-7.03I(14) TURF SOD ........................................................................................................................................................ 83
20-7.03I(14)(A) HAND SEEDED LAWN ........................................................................................................................... 83
20-7.03(14)(B) STOLONIZED PLANTED LAWN .......................................................................................................... 84
20-7-03(14)(C) HYDROSEEDING .................................................................................................................................... 84
20-7.03I(14)(D) TURF PROTECTION .............................................................................................................................. 84
20-7.03I(17) PRE-EMERGENT HERBICIDE ......................................................................................................................... 84
20-8 WILDFLOWER SEEDING .............................................................................................................................................................. 85
20-8.01 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................................ 85
20-8.02 MATERIAL ........................................................................................................................................................................... 85
20-8.03 PLANTING ........................................................................................................................................................................... 85
20-9 PLANT ESTABLISHMENT WORK ................................................................................................................................................. 85
20-9.01 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................................ 85
29-9.02 MATERIAL ........................................................................................................................................................................... 86
20-9.03 MAINTENANCE ................................................................................................................................................................... 86
20-9.03A MOWING AND EDGING .............................................................................................................................................. 86
20-9.03B WATERING .................................................................................................................................................................. 86
20-9.03C PRUNING..................................................................................................................................................................... 86
20-9.03D STAKING AND GUYING ............................................................................................................................................. 86
20-9.03E PEST AND DISEASE CONTROL ................................................................................................................................ 87
20-9.03F WEEDING .................................................................................................................................................................... 87
20-9.03G FERTILIZATION .......................................................................................................................................................... 87
20-9.03H PLANT REPLACEMENT ............................................................................................................................................. 87
20-9.03I IRRIGATION SYSTEM .................................................................................................................................................. 87
20-9.03J DAMAGE ...................................................................................................................................................................... 88
20-9.04 PAYMENT ............................................................................................................................................................................ 88
21 EROSION CONTROL ............................................................................................................................................................................. 89
21-1.02 MATERIALS .............................................................................................................................................................................. 89
21-1.02G SEED................................................................................................................................................................................. 89
21-1.02L HYDRAULICALLY APPLIED EROSION CONTROL PRODUCTS .................................................................................... 89
viii
21-1.03 CONSTRUCTION...................................................................................................................................................................... 89
21-1.03A GENERAL.......................................................................................................................................................................... 89
21-1.03B SITE PREPARATION ........................................................................................................................................................ 90
DIVISION IV SUBBASES AND BASES ........................................................................................................................................................... 91
26 AGGREGATE BASES............................................................................................................................................................................ 91
26-1.02 MATERIAL................................................................................................................................................................................. 91
26-1.02A GENERAL.......................................................................................................................................................................... 91
26-1.02D CLASS 2R AGGREGATE BASE (RECYCLED) ................................................................................................................ 91
26-1.02E CLASS 3 AGGREGATE BASE (SAND) ............................................................................................................................ 92
26-1.02F CRUSHED ROCK .............................................................................................................................................................. 92
26-1.02G SELECT BACKFILL MATERIAL (TRENCH BACKFILL SAND) ........................................................................................ 92
26-1.02H FLOAT ROCK (TRENCH BACKFILL) ............................................................................................................................... 93
DIVISION V SURFACING AND PAVEMENTS ................................................................................................................................................. 94
37 BITUMINOUS SEALS ............................................................................................................................................................................ 94
37-1 GENERAL ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 94
37-1.01 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................................ 94
37-2 SEAL COATS ................................................................................................................................................................................. 94
37-2.02 MATERIALS ......................................................................................................................................................................... 94
37-2.02H SCREENINGS ............................................................................................................................................................. 94
37-2.02H(2) ASPHALTIC EMULSION SEAL COAT ............................................................................................................... 94
37-2.02H(3) POLYMER MODIFIED ASPHALTIC EMULSION SEAL COAT .......................................................................... 94
37-3 SLURRY SEAL AND MICRO-SURFACING ................................................................................................................................... 94
37-3.01 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................................ 94
37-3.01D QUALITY CONTROL AND ASSURANCE ................................................................................................................... 94
37-3.01D(1) GENERAL .......................................................................................................................................................... 94
37-3.03 CONSTRUCTION ................................................................................................................................................................ 94
37-3.03D PLACING ..................................................................................................................................................................... 94
37-3.03D(1) GENERAL .......................................................................................................................................................... 94
37-3.03D(2) SURFACE PREPARATION ............................................................................................................................... 94
37-3.03D(2)(A) GENERAL ................................................................................................................................................ 94
37-3.03D(3) TEST STRIP ...................................................................................................................................................... 95
37-3.03D(3)(B) SLURRY SEAL ........................................................................................................................................ 95
37-3.03D(3)(C) MICRO-SURFACING .............................................................................................................................. 95
37-3.03D(4) PLACEMENT ..................................................................................................................................................... 95
37-3.03D(4)(A) GENERAL ................................................................................................................................................ 95
37-3.03D(4)(A)(I) GENERAL ....................................................................................................................................... 95
37-3.03D(4)(C) MICRO-SURFACING .............................................................................................................................. 96
37-3.03D(4)(C)(III) FINISHED SURFACE ................................................................................................................... 96
37-3.04 PAYMENT ............................................................................................................................................................................ 96
39 HOT MIX ASPHALT ............................................................................................................................................................................... 97
39-1 GENERAL ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 97
39-1.01 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................................ 97
39-1.01A SUMMARY ................................................................................................................................................................... 97
39-1.02 MATERIALS ......................................................................................................................................................................... 97
39-1.02B TACK COAT ................................................................................................................................................................. 97
39-1.02C ASPHALT BINDER ...................................................................................................................................................... 97
39-1.02F RECLAIMED ASPHALT PAVEMENT (RAP) ................................................ ERROR! BOOKMARK NOT DEFINED.97
39-1.03 HOT MIX ASPHALT MIX DESIGN REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................................ 97
39-1.03A GENERAL .................................................................................................................................................................... 97
39-1.09 SUBGRADE, TACK COAT, AND GEOSYNTHETIC PAVEMENT INTERLAYER ............................................................... 97
39-1.09D GEOSYNTHETIC PAVEMENT INTERLAYER ............................................................................................................ 97
39-2 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION PROCESS ................................................................................................................................... 97
39-3 METHOD CONSTRUCTION PROCESS ....................................................................................................................................... 97
39-3.01 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................................ 97
39-3.02 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA ................................................................................................................................................... 98
39-3.02B ACCEPTANCE OF PRIVATE CONSTRUCTION ........................................................................................................ 98
39-3.03 SPREADING AND COMPACTING EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................................... 98
39-3.04 TRANSPORTATION, SPREADING AND COMPACTING ................................................................................................... 98
39-4 QUALITY CONTROL/QUALITY ASSURANCE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS ............................................................................. 99
39-6 PAYMENT ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 99
42 GROOVE AND GRIND CONCRETE .............................................................................................................................................. 101100
42-3 GRINDING.............................................................................................................................................................................. 101100
42-3.03 CONSTRUCTION ........................................................................................................................................................ 101100
42-3.03B EQUIPMENT ........................................................................................................................................................ 101100
42-3.03C GRINDING .................................................................................................. ERROR! BOOKMARK NOT DEFINED.100
42-3.03C(1) TEMPORARY TRANSITIONS .......................................................... ERROR! BOOKMARK NOT DEFINED.100
42-3.03D PAVEMENT REPLACEMENT .................................................................... ERROR! BOOKMARK NOT DEFINED.100
ix
DIVISION VI STRUCTURES ..................................................................................................................................................................... 102101
51 CONCRETE STRUCTURES .......................................................................................................................................................... 102101
51-01 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................................ 102101
51-01.02 MATERIALS ............................................................................................................................................................... 102101
51-01.02A GENERAL .......................................................................................................................................................... 102101
51-1.04 PAYMENT .................................................................................................................................................................... 102101
52 REINFORCEMENT ......................................................................................................................................................................... 102101
52-1 GENERAL .............................................................................................................................................................................. 102101
52-1.02 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................................................................. 102101
52-1.02B BAR REINFORCING ............................................................................................................................................ 102101
56 SIGNS ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 102101
56-2 FURNISH SIGN PANELS....................................................................................................................................................... 102101
56-2.01 GENERAL .................................................................................................................................................................... 102101
56-2.01A GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................ 102101
56-2.01A(3) SUBMITTALS ............................................................................................................................................. 102101
56-2.01B MATERIALS ......................................................................................................................................................... 102101
DIVISION VII DRAINAGE ......................................................................................................................................................................... 103102
64 PLASTIC PIPE................................................................................................................................................................................ 103102
64-1 GENERAL .............................................................................................................................................................................. 103102
64-1.02 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................................................................. 103102
64-1.02A GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................ 103102
64-1.03 CONSTRUCTION ........................................................................................................................................................ 103102
64-1.04 PAYMENT .................................................................................................................................................................... 103102
65 CONCRETE PIPE ........................................................................................................................................................................... 103102
65-2 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE ......................................................................................................................................... 103102
65-2.02 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................................................................. 103102
65-2.02E JOINTS................................................................................................................................................................. 103102
66 CORRUGATED METAL PIPE ........................................................................................................................................................ 103102
DIVISION VIII MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION .............................................................................................................................. 104103
73 CONCRETE CURBS AND SIDEWALKS ....................................................................................................................................... 104103
73-1 GENERAL .............................................................................................................................................................................. 104103
73-1.01 GENERAL .................................................................................................................................................................... 104103
73-1.01A SUMMARY ........................................................................................................................................................... 104103
73-1.01D QUALITY CONTROL AND ASSURANCE ........................................................................................................... 104103
73.1.02 MATERIAL ................................................................................................................................................................... 104103
73-1.02A GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................ 104103
73-1.02B DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE ................................................................................................................. 104103
73-1.03 CONSTRUCTION ........................................................................................................................................................ 104103
73-1.03A GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................ 104103
73-1.03B SUBGRADE PREPARATION .............................................................................................................................. 106105
73-1.03C FIXED FORMS..................................................................................................................................................... 106105
73-1.03E EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION JOINTS ...................................................................................................... 106105
73-1.03F CURING ............................................................................................................................................................... 106105
73-1.03G BACKFILL AND CLEANUP ................................................................................................................................. 106105
73-1.03H ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT ................................................................................................................... 107106
73-1.04 PAYMENT .................................................................................................................................................................... 107106
73-2 CURBS ................................................................................................................................................................................... 107106
73-3 SIDEWALKS........................................................................................................................................................................... 107106
73-4 TEXTURED CONCRETE AND COLORED CONCRETE SURFACES .................................................................................. 107106
73-4.01 GENERAL .................................................................................................................................................................... 107106
73-4.01A SUMMARY ........................................................................................................................................................... 107106
73-4.01B SUBMITTALS ....................................................................................................................................................... 107106
73-4.02 MATERIALS ....................................................................................................................................................................... 108
73-4.02A MORTAR .................................................................................................................................................................... 108
73-4.02B GROUT ...................................................................................................................................................................... 108
73-4.03 CONSTRUCTION .............................................................................................................................................................. 108
73-4.03A TILE ............................................................................................................................................................................ 109
75 MISCELLANEOUS METAL.................................................................................................................................................................. 109
75-1.02 MISCELLANEOUS IRON AND STEEL ................................................................................................................................... 109
75-1.02A GENERAL........................................................................................................................................................................ 109
77 LOCAL INFRASTRUCTURE................................................................................................................................................................ 110
77-1 EXCAVATION AND RESTORATION ........................................................................................................................................... 110
77-1.01 GENERAL .......................................................................................................................................................................... 110
77-1.02 MATERIALS ....................................................................................................................................................................... 110
77-1.02A BASE MATERIALS .................................................................................................................................................... 110
x
77-1.02B SLURRY CEMENT BACKFILL (ONE SACK) ............................................................................................................ 111
77-1.02C TRACER MATERIAL ................................................................................................................................................. 111
77-1.02C(1) TAPE ................................................................................................................................................................ 111
77-1.02C(2) WIRE ................................................................................................................................................................ 111
77-1.03 CONSTRUCTION .............................................................................................................................................................. 111
77-1.03A EXCAVATION ............................................................................................................................................................ 111
77-1.03A(1) UTILITIES ......................................................................................................................................................... 111
77-1.03A(1)(A) WATERLINES ........................................................................................................................................ 112
77-1.03A(1)(B) SEWERLINES ........................................................................................................................................ 112
77-1.03A(2) TREE PROTECTION ....................................................................................................................................... 112
77-1.03A(2)(A) PROTECTION FENCES ........................................................................................................................ 112
77-1.03A(2)(B) PRUNING ............................................................................................................................................... 112
77-1.03A(2)(C) PARKING AND STORAGE OF BUILDING MATERIALS ................................................................ 112113
77-1.03A(2)(D) DUMPING .............................................................................................................................................. 113
77-1.03A(2)(E) HERBICIDE USE ................................................................................................................................... 113
77-1.03A(2)(F) TRUNK PROTECTION .......................................................................................................................... 113
77-1.03A(2)(G) EXCAVATION, GRADING, TRENCHING AND BORING ...................................................................... 113
77-1.03A(2)(I) TREE REMOVALS .................................................................................................................................. 113
77-1.03A(2)(J) TREE PROTECTION PLAN ................................................................................................................... 113
77-1.03A(3) GROUNDWATER ............................................................................................................................................ 114
77-1.03B TRENCH CONSTRUCTION ................................................................................................................................ 114115
77-1.03B(1) GENERAL .................................................................................................................................................. 114115
77-1.03B(2) TRENCH BEDDING ................................................................................................................................... 114115
77-1.03B(3) PIPE LAYING ................................................................................................................................................... 115
77-1.03B(4) INITIAL BACKFILL ..................................................................................................................................... 115116
77-1.03B(5) SUBSEQUENT BACKFILL ......................................................................................................................... 115116
77-1.03B(6) COMPACTION ........................................................................................................................................... 115116
77-1.03C TEMPORARY PAVING AND STEEL PLATES .................................................................................................... 115116
77-1.03C(1) TEMPORARY PAVING .............................................................................................................................. 115116
77-1.03C(2) STEEL PLATES ......................................................................................................................................... 116117
77-1.03D SURFACE RESTORATION ................................................................................................................................. 116117
77-1.03D(1) PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT ........................................................................................... 117
77-1.03D(2) ASPHALT CONCRETE (AC) PAVEMENT ................................................................................................ 117118
77-1.03D(3) SIDEWALK, CURB AND GUTTER RESTORATION ................................................................................. 117118
77-1.03D(4) TRAFFIC STRIPES, PAVEMENT MARKINGS, AND PAVEMENT MARKERS ........................................ 117118
77-1.04 PAYMENT .......................................................................................................................................................................... 118
77-2 WATERLINES ........................................................................................................................................................................ 118119
77-2.01 GENERAL .................................................................................................................................................................... 118119
77-2.02 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................................................................. 118119
77-2.02A GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................ 118119
77-2.02B PIPE ..................................................................................................................................................................... 118119
77-2.02B(1) DUCTILE IRON PIPE ................................................................................................................................. 118119
77-2.02B(2) POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE ........................................................................................................ 118119
77-2.02B(3) COPPER TUBING ............................................................................................................................................ 119
77-2.02B(4) POLYETHYLENE TUBING ........................................................................................................................ 119120
77-2.02B(5) SOLID SLEEVES ....................................................................................................................................... 119120
77-2.02C JOINTS AND FITTINGS ...................................................................................................................................... 119120
77-2.02D VALVES ............................................................................................................................................................... 119120
77-2.02D(1) GATE VALVES ................................................................................................................................................ 120
77-2.02D(2) BUTTERFLY VALVES ............................................................................................................................... 120121
77-2.02D(3) CHECK VALVES ........................................................................................................................................ 120121
77-2.02D(4) AIR RELEASE VALVES ................................................................................................................................... 121
77-2.02E RECYCLED WATER PIPE IDENTIFICATION ........................................................................................................... 121
77-2.02F CHLORINE ........................................................................................................................................................... 121122
77-2.03 CONSTRUCTION ........................................................................................................................................................ 121122
77-2.03A PIPE LAYING ....................................................................................................................................................... 121122
77-2.03A(1) ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE ....................................................................................................................... 121122
77-2.03A(2) POLY VINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE INSTALLATION ............................................................................ 121122
77-2.03B JOINTS AND FITTINGS ...................................................................................................................................... 121122
77-2.03B(1) MECHANICAL JOINTS .............................................................................................................................. 121122
77-2.03B(2) COMPRESSED GASKET JOINTS ............................................................................................................ 122123
77-2.03B(3) FLANGED JOINTS ..................................................................................................................................... 122123
77-2.03B(4) FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS ............................................................................................................................ 122123
77-2.03C FIRE HYDRANT .................................................................................................................................................. 122123
77-2.03D VALVES AND VALVE WELLS ............................................................................................................................. 122123
77-2.02E HAND WHEELS ................................................................................................................................................... 122123
77-2.03F WATER SERVICES ................................................................................................................................................... 123
77-2.02G TAPPING SLEEVES ............................................................................................................................................ 123124
77-2.03H EXISTING WATER PIPES ................................................................................................................................... 123124
77-2.03H(1) ABANDONMENT OF WATERLINES ......................................................................................................... 123124
77-2.03H(2) COORDINATION AND NOTIFICATION .................................................................................................... 123124
77-2.03I COMPLIANCE WITH PUBLIC HEALTH CODE .................................................................................................... 124125
77-2.03J TESTING .............................................................................................................................................................. 124125
77-2.03J(1) SAMPLING ....................................................................................................................................................... 125
xi
77-2.03J(2) FLUSHING .................................................................................................................................................. 125126
77-2.03J(3) DISINFECTION ........................................................................................................................................... 125126
77-2.03J(4) PRESSURE ................................................................................................................................................ 125126
77-2.04 PAYMENT .................................................................................................................................................................... 126127
77-3 SEWERS ................................................................................................................................................................................ 127129
77-3.01 GENERAL .................................................................................................................................................................... 127129
77-3.02 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................................................................. 127129
77-3.02A PIPE ..................................................................................................................................................................... 127129
77-3.02A(1) GENERAL .................................................................................................................................................. 127129
77-3.02A(2) HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) ............................................................................................... 127129
77-3.02A(3) POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE ........................................................................................................ 128130
77-3.02A(3)(A) PVC PIPE 4 TO 15 INCH DIAMETER ............................................................................................. 128130
77-3.02A(3)(B) PVC PIPE 18 TO 27 INCH DIAMETER ........................................................................................... 128130
77-3.02A(3)(C) PVC PIPE 30 TO 48 INCH DIAMETER ........................................................................................... 128130
77-3.02A(4) DUCTILE IRON PIPE ................................................................................................................................. 128130
77-3.02A(5) SEWER LATERAL PIPE ............................................................................................................................ 129131
77-3.02B JOINTS AND FITTINGS ...................................................................................................................................... 129131
77-3.02B(1) HDPE ......................................................................................................................................................... 129131
77-3.02B(2) PVC ............................................................................................................................................................ 129131
77-3.02B(3) DUCTILE IRON .......................................................................................................................................... 129131
77-3.02B(4) REPAIR JOINT ........................................................................................................................................... 129131
77-3.02B(5) SEWER LATERAL JOINTS (NEW AND REPLACEMENT) ....................................................................... 129131
77-3.02C CONCRETE ......................................................................................................................................................... 129131
77-3.02D MORTAR.............................................................................................................................................................. 130132
77-3.03 CONSTRUCTION ........................................................................................................................................................ 130132
77-3.03A PIPE INSTALLATION .......................................................................................................................................... 130132
77-3.03A(1) PIPE LAYING ............................................................................................................................................. 130132
77-3.03A(2) PIPE BURSTING AND REAMING ............................................................................................................. 130132
77-3.03A(3) HDPE PIPE JOINT ..................................................................................................................................... 131133
77-3.03B SAND TRAPS ...................................................................................................................................................... 132133
77-3.03C BYPASS PUMPING ............................................................................................................................................. 132133
77-3.03D MANHOLES ......................................................................................................................................................... 132134
77-3.03E SEWER LATERALS ............................................................................................................................................. 132134
77-3.03F EXISTING SEWER .............................................................................................................................................. 132134
77-3.03F(1) EXISTING MANHOLES .............................................................................................................................. 132134
77-3.03F(2) ABANDONMENT OF SEWERLINES ......................................................................................................... 132134
77-3.03F(3) REPAIR ...................................................................................................................................................... 132134
77-3.03G TESTING ............................................................................................................................................................. 133135
77-3.03G(1) AIR TEST ................................................................................................................................................... 133135
77-3.03G(2) DEFLECTION ............................................................................................................................................ 135137
77-3.03G(3) TELEVISION INSPECTION ....................................................................................................................... 135137
77-3.03G(4) PVC JOINTS .............................................................................................................................................. 136138
77-3.03G(5) TESTING OF FORCE MAINS ................................................................................................................... 136138
77-3.03G(6) MANHOLE VACUUM TESTING ................................................................................................................ 136138
77-3.03H CLEANING ........................................................................................................................................................... 136138
77-3.04 PAYMENT .................................................................................................................................................................... 137139
77-4 STORM DRAINS .................................................................................................................................................................... 137140
77-4.01 GENERAL .................................................................................................................................................................... 137140
77-4.02 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................................................................. 137140
77-4.02A PIPE ..................................................................................................................................................................... 138140
77-4.02A(2) HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) ............................................................................................... 138140
77-4.02B JOINTS AND FITTINGS ...................................................................................................................................... 138140
77-4.02B(1) HDPE ......................................................................................................................................................... 138140
77-4.02C CONCRETE ......................................................................................................................................................... 138140
77-4.03E CATCH BASINS ................................................................................................................................................... 138140
77-4.03G TESTING ............................................................................................................................................................. 138140
77-4.03G(1) AIR TEST ................................................................................................................................................... 138140
77-4.04 PAYMENT .................................................................................................................................................................... 138140
81 MONUMENTS ................................................................................................................................................................................. 139142
81-1.01 GENERAL ......................................................................................................................................................................... 139142
81-1.02 MATERIALS ...................................................................................................................................................................... 139142
81-1.03 CONSTRUCTION.............................................................................................................................................................. 139142
81-1.04 PAYMENT ......................................................................................................................................................................... 139142
84 TRAFFIC STRIPES AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS ...................................................................................................................... 140143
84-1 GENERAL .............................................................................................................................................................................. 140143
84-1.01 GENERAL .................................................................................................................................................................... 140143
84-1.01A SUMMARY ........................................................................................................................................................... 140143
84-1.01B DEFINITIONS....................................................................................................................................................... 140143
84-1.03 CONSTRUCTION ........................................................................................................................................................ 140143
84-1.03E APPLICATION OF STRIPES AND MARKINGS .................................................................................................. 140143
84-1.04 PAYMENT .................................................................................................................................................................... 140143
84-2 THERMOPLASTIC TRAFFIC STRIPES AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS ............................................................................... 141144
84-2.04 PAYMENT .................................................................................................................................................................... 141144
xii
84-3 PAINTED TRAFFIC STRIPES AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS .............................................................................................. 141144
84-3.02 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................................................................. 141144
84-3.02A GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................ 141144
84-3.02C APPLICATION EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................................................... 141144
84-3.03 CONSTRUCTION ........................................................................................................................................................ 141144
84-3.04 PAYMENT .................................................................................................................................................................... 141144
85 PAVEMENT MARKERS ................................................................................................................................................................. 141144
85-1 GENERAL .............................................................................................................................................................................. 141144
85-1.04 PAYMENT .................................................................................................................................................................... 141144
86 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ............................................................................................................................................................... 142145
86-1 GENERAL .............................................................................................................................................................................. 142145
86-1.01 SUMMARY ................................................................................................................................................................... 142145
86-1.015 DEFINITIONS ....................................................................................................................................................... 142145
86-1.03 SCHEDULE OF VALUES ............................................................................................................................................ 142145
86-1.04 EQUIPMENT LIST AND DRAWINGS .......................................................................................................................... 142145
86-1.04A MAINTENANCE AND OPERATIONS MANUALS ............................................................................................... 142145
86-1.07 SCHEDULING OF WORK ............................................................................................................................................ 143146
86-2 MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION ........................................................................................................................................ 143146
86-2.05 CONDUIT ..................................................................................................................................................................... 143146
86-2.05A MATERIAL ........................................................................................................................................................... 143146
86-2.05C INSTALLATION ................................................................................................................................................... 143146
86-2.06 PULL BOXES ............................................................................................................................................................... 143146
86-2.06A MATERIAL ........................................................................................................................................................... 143146
86-2.06B COVER MARKING ............................................................................................................................................... 143146
86-2.06C INSTALLATION AND USE .................................................................................................................................. 143146
86-2.08 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES ................................................................................................................................... 144147
86-2.08B CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION ........................................................................................................................ 144147
86-2.08C INSTALLATION AND USE .................................................................................................................................. 144147
86-2.08D SIGNAL CABLE ................................................................................................................................................... 144147
86-2.08E SIGNAL INTERCONNECT CABLE (SIC) ............................................................................................................ 145148
86-2.09 WIRING ........................................................................................................................................................................ 146149
86-2.09A CIRCUITRY .......................................................................................................................................................... 146149
86-2.09B INSTALLATION .................................................................................................................................................... 146149
86-2.09C CONNECTORS AND TERMINALS ..................................................................................................................... 146149
86-2.09D SPLICING AND TERMINATIONS ....................................................................................................................... 147150
86-2.09E SPLICE INSULATION .......................................................................................................................................... 147150
86-2.10 BONDING AND GROUNDING .................................................................................................................................... 147150
86-2.11 SERVICE ..................................................................................................................................................................... 147150
86-2.11C ELECTRICAL SERVICE FOR BOOSTER PUMPS ............................................................................................. 147150
86-2.14 TESTING...................................................................................................................................................................... 148151
86-2.14C FUNCTIONAL TESTING ..................................................................................................................................... 148151
82-2.16 PAINTING .................................................................................................................................................................... 148151
86-2.16A GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................ 148151
86-2.16B COLOR................................................................................................................................................................. 148151
86-2.16C PREPARATION ................................................................................................................................................... 149152
86-2.16D COATING SYSTEM ............................................................................................................................................. 149152
86-2.19 SIGNS .......................................................................................................................................................................... 150153
86-3 CONTROLLER ASSEMBLIES ............................................................................................................................................... 150153
86-3.01 CONTROLLER ASSEMBLIES ..................................................................................................................................... 150153
86-3.01A GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................ 150153
86-3.01B DEPARTMENT-FURNISHED CONTROLLER ASSEMBLIES ............................................................................. 150153
86-3.02 BATTERY BACKUP SYSTEM ..................................................................................................................................... 150153
86-3.02A GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................ 150153
86-3.02A(1) SUMMARY ................................................................................................................................................. 150153
86-3.02B MATERIALS ......................................................................................................................................................... 150153
86-3.04 CONTROLLER CABINETS ......................................................................................................................................... 151154
86-4 TRAFFIC SIGNAL FACES AND FITTINGS ........................................................................................................................... 151154
86-4.01 VEHICLE SIGNAL FACES .......................................................................................................................................... 151154
86-4.01A SIGNAL SECTIONS ............................................................................................................................................. 151154
86-4.01A(2) PLASTIC SIGNAL SECTIONS ................................................................................................................... 151154
86-4.01C VISORS................................................................................................................................................................ 151154
86-4.01D LIGHT EMITTING DIODE SIGNAL MODULE ..................................................................................................... 151154
86-4.01D(1) GENERAL .................................................................................................................................................. 151154
86-4.01D(1)(A) SUMMARY ....................................................................................................................................... 151154
86-4.01D(1)(C) QUALITY CONTROL AND ASSURANCE ....................................................................................... 151154
86-4.01D(1)(C)(I) GENERAL ............................................................................................................................... 151154
86-4.01E BACKPLATES ...................................................................................................................................................... 152155
86-4.03 PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL FACES ................................................................................................................................... 152155
86-4.03I LIGHT EMITTING DIODE PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL MODULES ............................................................................ 152155
86-4.03I(1) GENERAL .................................................................................................................................................... 152155
86-4.03I(1)(C) QUALITY CONTROL AND ASSURANCE ........................................................................................ 152155
86-4.03I(1)(C)(I) GENERAL ................................................................................................................................ 152155
86-5 DETECTORS ......................................................................................................................................................................... 152155
xiii
86-5.01 VEHICLE DETECTORS .............................................................................................................................................. 152155
86-5.01A INDUCTIVE LOOP DETECTORS ........................................................................................................................ 152155
86-5.01A(3) CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS ................................................................................................................. 152155
86-5.01A(3)(C) HOT-MELT RUBBERIZED ASPHALT SEALANT ............................................................................ 152155
86-5.01A(4) INSTALLATION DETAILS .......................................................................................................................... 152155
86-5.01D EMERGENCY VEHICLE PRE-EMPTION EQUIPMENT ..................................................................................... 152155
86-5.01E VIDEO DETECTION ............................................................................................................................................ 153156
86-5.01E(1) GENERAL .................................................................................................................................................. 153156
86-5.01E(2) CAMERAS AND BRACKETS ..................................................................................................................... 153156
86-5.01E(3) DETECTORS ............................................................................................................................................. 153156
86-5.01E(4) VIDEO TRANSMISSION EQUIPMENT ..................................................................................................... 154157
86-5.01E(5) INSTALLATION .......................................................................................................................................... 154157
86-5.01E(6) WARRANTY, MAINTENANCE AND, SUPPORT ....................................................................................... 154158
86-5.02 PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON ASSEMBLY ............................................................................................................... 154158
86-6 LIGHTING............................................................................................................................................................................... 155158
86-6.01 HIGH-PRESSURE SODIUM LUMINAIRES & 86-6.03 LOW-PRESSURE SODIUM LUMINAIRES ........................... 155158
86-6.02 LED LUMINAIRES ....................................................................................................................................................... 155158
86-6.02A GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................ 155158
86-6.02B MATERIAL ........................................................................................................................................................... 155159
86-6.02C CONSTRUCTION ................................................................................................................................................ 156159
86-6.02D PAYMENT ............................................................................................................................................................ 156159
86-6.11 PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROLS ................................................................................................................................. 156159
86-6.11B EQUIPMENT DETAILS ........................................................................................................................................ 156159
86-6.11B(1) PHOTOELECTRIC UNIT ........................................................................................................................... 156159
86-7 REMOVING, REINSTALLING, OR SALVAGING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ..................................................................... 156159
86-7.01 REMOVING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT .................................................................................................................... 156159
DIVISION X MATERIALS ......................................................................................................................................................................... 157161
90 CONCRETE .................................................................................................................................................................................... 157161
90-1 GENERAL .............................................................................................................................................................................. 157161
91-1.01 GENERAL .................................................................................................................................................................... 157161
90-1.01B DEFINITIONS....................................................................................................................................................... 157161
94 ASPHALTIC EMULSIONS ............................................................................................................................................................. 157161
94-1 GENERAL .............................................................................................................................................................................. 157161
94-1.04 PAYMENT .................................................................................................................................................................... 157161
APPENDICES .................................................................................................................................................................................................... A
QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM FOR CONSTRUCTION .................................................................................................................... B
1. GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................................................. B
2. ACCEPTANCE TESTING PROGRAM ................................................................................................................................................. B
2.1 QUALIFYING TESTING PERSONNEL ......................................................................................................................................... B
2.1.1 LABORATORIES .................................................................................................................................................................. B
2.1.2 CITY STAFF ......................................................................................................................................................................... B
2.1.3 TESTING BY ANOTHER AGENCY ...................................................................................................................................... B
2.2 PRE-CONSTRUCTION SAMPLING ............................................................................................................................................. B
2.3 TEST METHODS .......................................................................................................................................................................... B
2.4 TESTING EQUIPMENT CALIBRATION ....................................................................................................................................... B
2.5 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE ACCEPTANCE ..................................................................................................................... C
2.5.1 MATERIALS ACCEPTED WITH CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE .................................................................................. C
2.5.2 ACCEPTANCE OF CERTIFICATES FOR NON-LISTED MATERIALS .............................................................................. C
2.6 SAMPLING ................................................................................................................................................................................... C
2.6.1 START OF SAMPLING ....................................................................................................................................................... C
2.6.2 FREQUENCY OF SAMPLING ............................................................................................................................................. C
2.6.3 DEVIATIONS FROM FREQUENCY SAMPLING ................................................................................................................. E
2.7 FILING ........................................................................................................................................................................................... E
2.7.1 CONTENTS .......................................................................................................................................................................... E
2.7.2 APPROVALS ........................................................................................................................................................................ E
2.8 MANUFACTURED MATERIALS ................................................................................................................................................... E
2.8.1 SOURCE INSPECTION ....................................................................................................................................................... E
2.8.2 ALTERNATE INSPECTION .................................................................................................................................................. E
2.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND CONTROL .................................................................................................................................... E
2.10 DEVIATION OF MATERIALS FROM SPECIFICATIONS ........................................................................................................... E
2.11 PROJECT COMPLETION ........................................................................................................................................................... E
LOG OF MATERIALS ON SITE..................................................................................................................................................... F
LOG OF MATERIAL SAMPLING .................................................................................................................................................. G
JUSTIFICATION FOR MATERIAL DEVIATIONS ......................................................................................................................... H
MATERIALS CERTIFICATE ........................................................................................................................................................... I
REQUEST FOR DISCHARGE TO SANITARY SEWERS ............................................................................................................................ J
1
CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
January 2014
These Standard Specifications are to be used in conjunction with the State of California, Department of
Transportation Standard Specifications and Standard Plans dated 2010. In absence of revision by these
Standard Specifications, comply with the State of California Department of Transportation Standard
Specifications dated 2010.
DIVISION I GENERAL PROVISIONS
1 GENERAL
1-1.01 GENERAL
Add to 1st paragraph in section 1-1.01.
When counting paragraphs, individually numbered items and tables are part of the preceding paragraph.
Replace the 8th paragraph of section 1-1.01 with:
The Engineer will number bid items consecutively and uniquely for each contract.
1-1.05 REFERENCES
Replace the 2nd paragraph of section 1-1.05 with: (RSS Revision)
Where the version of a referenced document is not specified, use the most recent version in effect on the date
of the Notice to Bidders.
Replace the 4th paragraph of section 1-1.05 with:
Where a section number is referenced without a reference to a document, the reference is to a section of the
2010 State Standard Specifications as revised by the City Standard Specifications and Special Provisions.
1-1.07 DEFINITIONS
1-1.07B Glossary
Add to section 1-1.07B or
Replace if defined in section 1-1.07B with: (RSS Revision)
Architect: The Engineer as defined in this section.
Bid Item List: The bid item list is found in the bid forms.
City: City of San Luis Obispo
Contract Completion Date: Current extended date for completion of the Contract shown on the progress
payment or encroachment permit.
Contract time: Number of original working days as adjusted by any time adjustment.
Critical Delay: Excusable delay that extends the scheduled completion date
Concurrent Delay: Occurrence of at least 2 of the following events in the same period of time, either partially or
entirely:
1. critical delay
2. delay to controlling activity caused by you
2
3. non-working day
Delay: Event that extends the completion of an activity.
Department of Transportation: The City of San Luis Obispo Public Works Department.
Department: The City of San Luis Obispo Public Works Department.
Director: The City of San Luis Obispo Public Works Department Director or designee.
Disadvantaged Business Enterprise: Disadvantaged Business Enterprise as defined in 49 CFR 26.5.
Downtown Core: The downtown core is that area bounded by and including Nipomo, Marsh, Palm and Santa
Rosa streets.
Early Completion Time: Difference in time between an early scheduled completion date and the work
completion date.
Engineering Standards: The current City of San Luis Obispo engineering standards.
Engineer: The City Engineer, City of San Luis Obispo, acting either directly or through properly authorized
agents, the agents acting within the scope of the particular duties delegated to them.
Excusable Delay: Delay caused by the City and not reasonably foreseeable when the work began such as:
1. Change in the work
2. City action that is not part of the Contract
3. Described facility rearrangement not rearranged as described, by the utility owner by the date specified,
unless:
a. the rearrangement is solely for the Contractor's convenience, or
b. as a result of a Contractor proposed construction method or detail
4. City's failure to obtain timely access to the right-of-way
5. City's failure to review a submittal or provide notification in the time specified
Federal Aid Contract: A project that is identified within the Special Specifications as being financed with
Federal funding and for which you and the City must follow unique Federal requirement.
Highway: Highway or Highway Right of Way means the work site(s) as identified in the contract or the area of
work within the City right-of-way for privately funded projects.
Holiday: Holiday shown in the following table:
Holiday Date Observed
Sunday Every Sunday
New Year’s Day January 1st
Birthday of Martin Luther King, Jr. 3rd Monday in January
Washington’s Birthday 3rd Monday in February
Memorial Day Last Monday in May
Independence Day July 4th
Labor Day 1st Monday in September
Veterans Day November 11th
Thanksgiving Day 4th Thursday in November
Day after Thanksgiving Day after Thanksgiving Day
Day before Christmas Day Last working day prior to Christmas Day
Christmas Day December 25th
Day before New Year’s Day Last working day prior to New Year’s Day
If the holiday falls on a Sunday, the Monday following is a holiday. If the holiday falls on a Saturday, the
preceding Friday is a holiday.
3
Laboratory: The City or a designated laboratory authorized by the City to test materials and work involved in
the contract.
Landscape Architect: The Engineer as defined in this section.
Mission Style Sidewalk District: That area of the downtown and gateways specified to have Mission Style
Sidewalk along frontages. Resolution 9114 (2000 Series)
MUTCD: The most current version of the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices.
Office of Structure Design: The Office of the City Engineer at the address located in the special provisions for
the submission of bids.
Plans:
1. Project Plans: Drawings specific to the project, including authorized shop drawings.
2. Engineering Standards: Drawing standard to City of San Luis Obispo.
3. Standard Plans: Drawing standard to Caltrans.
Scheduled Completion Date: Planned work completion date shown on the current schedule.
Specifications: The directions, provisions and requirements contained in the City of San Luis Obispo, Standard
Specifications and engineering standards as supplemented by the special provisions. Whenever the term “these
specifications” or “these Standard Specifications” is used in this book, it means the provisions set forth in this
book, in conjunction with, by reference, the edition of the State Standard Specifications as referenced in the
beginning of this book. The Department of Transportation publications entitled Labor Surcharge and Equipment
Rental Rates and General Prevailing Wage Rates are to be considered as a part of the special provisions.
State: The City of San Luis Obispo Public Works Department.
State of California: The City of San Luis Obispo Public Works Department.
State Standard Specifications: Means the Standard Specifications of the California Department of
Transportation, Business and Transportation Agency, dated 2010
1-1.08 DISTRICTS
Delete section 1-1.08.
1-1.11 WEB SITES, ADDRESSES, AND TELEPHONE NUMBERS
Add to section 1-1.11:
Reference Web Site Address Telephone Number
City of San Luis Obispo www.slocity.org 919 Palm Street
San Luis Obispo, CA 93401 (805) 781-7200
1-1.12 MISCELLANY
Replace 1st paragraph of section 1-1.12 with:
Make checks and bonds payable to the City of San Luis Obispo.
4
2 BIDDING
2-1.06 BID DOCUMENTS
2-1.06A General
Replace section 2-1.06A with:
Standard Specifications and Standard Plans are available for review on the City’s web site or at the City Public
Works Office. Obtain bid packages including plans and specifications at the City Public Works Office.
2-1.06B Supplemental Project Information
Replace section 2-1.06B with:
Your attention is directed to the special provisions for the specific project regarding additional information that may
be available.
2-1.12 DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISES
2-1.12A General
Add to section 2-1.12A:
This section is applicable to federally funded projects and only as directed in the special provisions.
2-1.15 DISABLED VETERAN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES
2-1.15A General
Add to section 2-1.15A:
This section is applicable only as directed in the special provisions.
2-1.18 SMALL BUSINESS AND NON–SMALL BUSINESS SUBCONTRACTOR PREFERENCES
2-1.18A General
Add to section 2-1.18A:
This section is applicable only as directed in the special provisions.
2-1.24 TIED BID RESOLUTION
Delete section 2-1.24.
2-1.27 CALIFORNIA COMPANIES
Delete section 2-1.27.
2-1.33 BID DOCUMENT COMPLETION
2-1.33A General
Replace section 2-1.33A with:
Furnish bid using blank forms provided in the special provisions. Bid must include all forms and must be signed by
the bidder and each page must be initialed.
2-1.33B Bid Item List and Bid Comparison
Add to section 2-1.33B:
Any items of work that do not have a distinct pay item are included in other items of work paid and no additional
compensation will be allowed.
Bids must have all spaces for bid prices and totals filled in. In the case of arithmetic discrepancy between item
prices and total prices, item prices prevail over total prices.
Submit bid as directed in the notice to bidders.
5
2-1.33C Subcontractor List
Add to section 2-1.33C.
On the Subcontractor List, you must submit each subcontracted bid item number and corresponding percentage
with your bid. Failure to do so results in a nonresponsive bid.
2-1.33D Opt out of Payment Adjustments for Price Index Fluctuations
Delete section 2-1.33D.
2-1.34 BIDDER’S SECURITY
Replace 2nd paragraph of section 2-1.37 with:
The bidder's bond must conform to the bond form shown in special provisions for the project and must be
properly filled out and executed.
2-1.37 BID SUBMITTAL
Replace section 2-1.37 with:
Submit your bid:
1. Under sealed cover marked outside of the envelope containing the bid in compliance with the
instructions contained in the notice to bidders.
2. No bid will be considered unless accompanied by one of the following:
a. certified check
b. cashier’s check
c. bidder’s bond must comply with section 2-1.34
If the bid is made by an individual, the individual’s name and mailing address must be shown. If made by a firm
or a partnership, the name and mailing address of each member of the firm or partnership must be shown. If
made by a corporation, the bid must show the name of the state under the laws of which the corporation was
chartered, and the:
1. names
2. titles
3. business addresses
of the:
1. president
2. secretary
3. treasurer
6
3 CONTRACT AWARD AND EXECUTION
3-1.04 CONTRACT AWARD
Replace section 3-1.04 with:
If the City awards the contract, the award will be made to the lowest responsive bid submitted by a responsible
bidder within 60 calendar days.
3-1.04A Bid Protest
Bid protest procedure is defined in the notice to bidders.
3-1.04B Additive/Deductive Contract Award
When the bid form includes additive or deductive alternates, the Engineer will determine the lowest bid as
defined in the special provisions. If no method is defined in the special provisions, the lowest bid is determined
on the base price without consideration for the prices of the additive or deductive alternates in compliance with
section 20103.8 of the Public Contract Code.
The City reserves the right to award or not award the contract including or omitting the alternates. Determination
as to whether or not the alternates are included in the contract will be made by the City.
All requirements in the contract apply to the work required to complete the alternates.
3-1.05 CONTRACT BONDS
Replace section 3-1.05 with:
Furnish two good and sufficient bonds to the City of San Luis Obispo, California. Each bond must be in the
amount equal to one hundred percent of the total contract price. One bond is for payment of claims for labor and
materials, and the other bond for faithful performance.
Only bonds from companies that are "Admitted" to do business in California will be acceptable to the City.
Bonding companies must be on the Department of Treasuries approved list in Circular 570. Bonds must remain
in full force during the guaranty period.
3-1.05A Encroachment Permit Bond
Encroachment Permits issued by the City are not effective for any purpose until the permittee files with the City
a surety bond, when required by the Engineer, in the form and amount required by the City's Municipal Code
Section 12.04.050. A surety bond is not ordinarily required of any public corporation or utility but will be required
of any utility that fails to meet any obligation arising out of the work permitted or done under an Encroachment
Permit or fails to maintain its plant, work, or facilities. The surety bond must remain in force for a period of one
(1) year after acceptance of the work by the City.
3-1.07 INSURANCE POLICIES
Replace section 3-1.07 with:
Submit insurance as required by the special provisions or permit. Your attention is directed to the insurance
requirements in the special provisions. It is highly recommended that bidders confer with their insurance carriers
or brokers to determine in advance of bid submission the availability of insurance certificates and endorsements
as required in the special provisions or permit. Failure of the bidder to comply with the insurance requirements
within 8 working days after receiving the contract for execution is cause for forfeiture of the bidder’s bond and
considered failure to execute the contract.
Procure and maintain, for the duration of the contract, insurance against claims for injuries to persons or
damages to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work. The cost of
insurance is included in your bid.
All certificates and endorsements are to be:
1. received
2. reviewed
3. approved
7
by the Engineer before the City will execute the contract. The City reserves the right to require complete,
certified copies of all required insurance policies, at any time.
3-1.08 SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION REPORT
Delete section 3-1.08.
3-1.11 PAYEE DATA RECORD
Delete section 3-1.11.
3-1.18 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT
Replace section 3-1.18 with:
The successful bidder must sign the contract and deliver to the Engineer:
1. signed contract
2. contract bonds
3. insurance policies
The Engineer must receive these documents before the 10th business day after the bidder receives the contract.
The bidder’s security may be forfeited for failure to execute the contract and provide the Engineer with all
documents within the time specified
3-1.18A Encroachment Permit
In compliance with Municipal Code Section 12.04.033, any encroachment permit application can be denied and
once issued can be:
1. modified
2. revised
3. revoked
at any time, without prejudice, to prior rights including those evidenced by:
1. joint use agreements
2. franchise rights
3. reserved rights
4. any other agreements for operating purposes in the public right-of-way
If, in the opinion of the Engineer, you have violated any of the conditions of the permit, including but not limited to:
1. work hours
2. traffic control
3. time of completion
4. air pollution control
5. water pollution control
6. engineering standards
7. Engineer’s directive
the permit will be revoked. You are responsible to obtain a new permit including repayment of fees. You are
responsible to reimburse the City for any costs incurred to maintain the work site until a new permit can be obtained
and the work completed. If you violate any condition of any permit twice within any five-year period you will be
prohibited from working within the right-of-way for a period of two years following the completion of the project during
which the second violation occurred.
No party other than the named permittee or their agents may work under any permit.
Excavations must be restored to the applicable engineering standard within 4 weeks of removal of the existing
surface improvement or after one week where no work is completed within excavation, whichever is less.
If any:
1. street
2. sidewalk or
3. driveway
8
is not reconstructed within the time limit set forth in this section the City reserves the right to complete the repair
with its own or contract forces and obtain reimbursement from you in compliance with section 9-1.23. Temporary
paving must comply with section 77-1.03C.
Unless otherwise stated on the permit or other separate written agreement, all costs incurred for work within the
public right-of-way pursuant to this Encroachment Permit are borne by the permittee, and permittee hereby
waives all claims for indemnification or contribution from the City for such work.
This permit is not in effect for any purpose until the permittee files with the City a surety bond when required by
the Engineer in the form and amount required by the City's Municipal Code. The bond must remain in force for a
period of one year after acceptance of the work by the City (See Municipal Code Section 12.04.050).
This permit is issued with the understanding that any particular action is not to be considered as establishing
any precedent:
1. on the question of the expediency of permitting any certain kind of encroachment to be erected within
the public right-of-way; or
2. as to any utility of the acceptability of any such permits as to any other or future situation.
Permittee understands and agrees that whenever permitted facilities conflicts with future City:
1. improvements
2. projects
3. new construction
4. reconstruction
5. maintenance
in the public right-of-way, the facilities must be:
1. relocated
2. removed
3. modified
4. adjusted
5. as directed by the City
at permittee’s sole expense.
9
4 SCOPE OF WORK
4-1.02 INTENT
Add to section 4-1.02.
You are responsible to obtain a copy of the plans and current applicable standards and specifications and keep
them at the job site for reference.
You must maintain on the job site information on the manufacturer’s recommendation for installation or application
when that information exists.
4-1.05 CHANGES AND EXTRA WORK
4-1.05A General
Add to section 4-1.05A.
In instances where you and the City dispute that certain work is:
1. extra work or
2. a change in the character of the work
You are responsible to obtain, from the Engineer, for the disputed work daily agreement on:
1. labor
2. materials
3. equipment
The agreements must be signed by both parties daily. Maintain and submit these records in compliance with:
1. section 5-1.27E
2. section 5-1.43
Daily agreement by the Engineer for disputed work items does not constitute agreement to pay for disputed work.
4-1.05A(1) Cost Request Bulletin (CRB)
The Engineer may during the course of the work, issue Cost Request Bulletin (CRB) describing work that may
increase or delete work from the contract. Respond to the CRB in a thorough and timely manner identifying
separately and fully all costs of the proposed addition or deleted work as described in the CRB and how the work
change impacts critical path and contract completion date. Failure to respond within two weeks to CRB will not
constitute justification for a time extension to the project. Failure to adequately describe the full cost associated
with the CRB will not be justification for additional compensation at a later date.
4-1.07 VALUE ENGINEERING
Add to section 4-1.07.
This section is applicable only as directed in the special provisions.
4-1.13 CLEANUP
Add to section 4-1.13.
4-1.13A Work Site Maintenance
You agree, by acceptance of a contract or issuance of permit, to properly maintain the work site in a:
1. safe
2. clean
3. neat
condition at all times.
Prior to the end of each workday you must remove all equipment and construction materials from the public
right-of-way. The public right-off-way must be clean of any construction materials including but not limited to:
1. concrete
2. oils
3. asphalt
4. sand
5. aggregate
6. base
10
At the direction of the Engineer, use a self-loading motor street sweeper with spray nozzles to clean the right-of-
way. Do not use street sweepers or blowers that use high velocity air to disperse or blow contaminants out of
project area. Clean project area and surrounding perimeter including any other area impacted by this work.
Any traffic stripes or pavement markings that are removed or obliterated during work must be replaced with
temporary tape, markers, or paint prior to opening the area to traffic. This maintenance and repair responsibility will
run for the life of the encroachment and guarantee period. Replace with permanent striping and pavement
markings in compliance with section 84-1.03E.
4-1.13B Stockpiles
Keep stockpile materials in the street to a minimum and remove by the end of each work day. Sweeping is
required to remove stockpile residue either by hand, or at the direction of the Engineer, by mechanical street
sweeper.
Provisions must be made for controlling dust, arising for whatever reason, from stockpile materials. You are
responsible for maintaining all stockpile areas in a neat and dust-free condition, with adequate stormwater
controls.
11
5 CONTROL OF WORK
5-1.01 GENERAL
Replace the 9th paragraph in section 5-1.01 with:
Whenever you change the normal agreed-to hours of work you must provide 24-hour notice to the Engineer.
The Engineer may or may not approve such a change. If the change is not approved or work is allowed but no
inspection will be available any work you perform outside the normal hours of work and in the absence of the
Engineer will be subject to rejection.
Normal hours of work fall between 7:00 A.M. and 4:00 P.M. Monday through Friday excluding City holidays. Obtain
approval from the Engineer and Community Development Director for any work between the hours of 4 P.M. and 7
A.M.
5-1.02 CONTRACT COMPONENTS
Replace section 5-1.02 with:
A component in one contract part applies as if appearing in each. The parts are complementary and describe
and provide for complete work. These standard specifications work in conjunction with:
1. project plans
2. engineering standards
3. standard plans
4. manufacturer’s recommendations
Where materials and methods are specified, details in plans and standards are to be consulted to provide full
information needed to complete installations.
If a discrepancy exists, the governing ranking of contract parts in descending order is:
1. project special provisions
2. project plans
3. City engineering standards
4. City standard specifications
5. State standard specifications
6. State standard plans
7. Written numbers and notes on a drawing govern over graphics
8. A detail drawing governs over a general drawing
9. A detail specification governs over a general specification
10. A Specification in a section governs over a specification referenced by that section
Where manufacturer's recommendations for installation are more stringent than those prescribed in the standard
specifications or the special provisions, the manufacturer's recommendations will take precedence. This condition
may be waived at the discretion of the Engineer.
Working drawings must be submitted in compliance with the provisions in section 5-1.23.
5-1.02A Private Construction Projects Coordination and Interpretation of Plans
When private construction:
1. project plans, or
2. project special provisions
conflict with:
1. City engineering standards, or
2. City standard specifications
In these cases:
1. City engineering standards
2. City standard specifications
govern unless an approved exception is noted on the cover sheet of the approved plans or listed on the
encroachment permit.
5-1.02B Encroachment Permit Plans
For installation of all:
12
1. underground facilities
2. all surface work
3. other activity of consequence
the permittee must furnish three (3) sets of plans showing:
1. location
2. construction
3. other activity
For underground mainline facilities work, the permittee must submit a complete set of “record drawings”, prepared
by a registered civil engineer, for review and approval prior to placing facility into operation and signing of the final
inspection Blue Card or Encroachment Permit.
Any change to the approved plan must be reviewed and approved by the design engineer and the Engineer and
the change will not be authorized without the written concurrence of the owner for which the facility is being
constructed.
Place facility line markers or notification markers flush with the finished surface. Do not create a pedestrian trip
or slip hazard. Markers are the responsibility of the owner of the facility to maintain.
New facilities must maintain a clearance of five feet to existing City facilities unless otherwise authorized in
writing by the Engineer. Failure to comply with this condition will result in a revocation of the encroachment
permit at the time it is discovered by the Engineer. You are responsible to remove or relocate the facility at no
cost to the City.
5-1.02C Inspection for Encroachment into Public Right-of-Way
Before starting work notify the Engineer two working days prior to initial start of work. When work has been
interrupted for more than five working days, provide the Engineer with one working day notification before
restarting work. Unless otherwise specified, all work requiring inspection must be performed on weekdays,
excluding holidays, during the normal working hours in compliance with section 5-1.01.
Work is subject to:
1. monitoring
2. inspection
3. approval
by the Engineer. The Engineer must receive all inspection requests at least one working day prior to the need for
inspection. You must request a final inspection and acceptance of the work. The Engineer reserves the right to
require work completed without inspection to be removed and reconstructed with inspection.
5-1.02D Sequencing
Work within any block must be finished and the right-of-way completely restored (including finished pavement)
prior to commencing work at any other permitted location or along any other portion of a permitted route. The
Engineer may grant exceptions for permitted activities with low impacts to traffic (e.g. directional bore).
5-1.09 PARTNERING
Delete section 5-1.09.
5-1.13 SUBCONTRACTING
5-1.13A General
Replace 5th paragraph in section 5-1.13A with:
Perform work equaling at least 50 percent of the value of the original total bid with your:
1. employees
2. equipment
3. rental equipment with operator
4. rental equipment without operators
Excluding items designated with an “S” on the bid item list. “S” indicates specialty items of work. The value of
specialty items of work are not included in the calculation.
5-1.13B Disadvantaged Business Enterprises
5-1.13B(1) General
13
Replace the 7th paragraph in section 5-1.13B(1) with: (RSS Revision)
If a DBE is decertified before completing its work, the DBE must notify you in writing of the decertification date. If
a business becomes a certified DBE before completing its work, the business must notify you in writing of the
certification date. Submit the notifications. On work completion, complete a Disadvantaged Business Enterprises
(DBE) Certification Status Change form. Submit the form within 30 days of Contract acceptance.
5-1.13B(2) Performance of Disadvantaged Business Enterprises
Replace section 5-1.13B(2) with: (RSS Revision)
Section 5-1.13(B)(2) applies if a DBE goal is shown on the Notice to Bidders.
DBEs must perform work or supply materials as listed in the Caltrans Bidder - DBE - Commitment form.
Do not terminate or substitute a listed DBE for convenience and perform the work with your own forces or obtain
materials from other sources without authorization from the City.
The City authorizes a request to use other forces or sources of materials if it shows any of the following
justifications:
1. Listed DBE fails or refuses to execute a written contract based on the plans and specifications for the
project.
2. You stipulated that a bond is a condition of executing the subcontract and the listed DBE fails to meet
your bond requirements.
3. Work requires a contractor’s license and the listed DBE does not have a valid license under Contractors
License Law.
4. Listed DBE fails or refuses to perform the work or furnish the listed materials.
5. Listed DBE's work is unsatisfactory and not in compliance with the Contract.
6. Listed DBE is ineligible to work on the project because of suspension or debarment.
7. Listed DBE becomes bankrupt or insolvent.
8. Listed DBE voluntarily withdraws with written notice from the Contract.
9. Listed DBE is ineligible to receive credit for the type of work required.
10. Listed DBE owner dies or becomes disabled resulting in the inability to perform the work on the
Contract.
11. City determines other documented good cause.
Notify the original DBE of your intent to use other forces or material sources and provide the reasons. Provide
the DBE with 5 days to respond to your notice and advise you and the City of the reasons why the use of other
forces or sources of materials should not occur. Your request to use other forces or material sources must
include:
1. 1 or more of the reasons listed in the preceding paragraph
2. Notices from you to the DBE regarding the request
3. Notices from the DBE to you regarding the request
If a listed DBE is terminated or substitute, you must make good faith efforts to find another DBE to substitute for
the original DBE. The substitute DBE must perform at least the same amount of work as the original DBE under
the Contract to the extent needed to meet the DBE goal.
The substitute DBE must be certified as a DBE at the time of request for substitution.
Unless the City authorizes (1) a request to use other forces or sources of materials or (2) a good faith effort for a
substitution of a terminated DBE, the City does not pay for work listed on the Caltrans Bidder - DBE -
Commitment form unless it is performed or supplied by the listed DBE or an authorized substitute.
5-1.13C Disabled Veteran Business Enterprises
Delete section 5-1.13C.
5-1.13D Non-Small Businesses
Delete section 5-1.13D.
14
5-1.17 CHARACTER OF WORKERS
Add to section 5-1.17.
If in the opinion of the Engineer, you or an employee fail to comply with contract provisions after receiving either
written or oral direction, at the discretion of the Engineer, that person must not again be employed on the work or
project.
5-1.20 COORDINATION WITH OTHER ENTITIES
5-1.20B Permits. Licenses, Agreements, and Certifications
5-1.20B(4) Contractor–Property Owner Agreement
Add to section 5-1.20B(4).
Review the City of San Luis Obispo's Construction Code and Municipal Code dealing with the stockpiling of
materials in the City. Dispose of all materials in a legal manner.
Prior to use, furnish the Engineer evidence that properties have required:
1. permits
2. licenses
3. clearances
to be a construction yard and a temporary storage site for stockpiling.
5-1.20B(5) Comply with Local, State and Federal Regulations
Add to section 5-1.20B.
You are responsible to comply with:
1. Local
2. State
3. Federal
regulations regarding:
1. air pollution
2. water pollution
3. proper disposal of materials
in compliance with the standard specifications.
Should you fail to meet the requirements of a permit or regulation as it pertains to work for the City, and the City has
notice of an impending fine or mitigation measure against the City, the City will withhold payment or portions of
payment in compliance with section 9-1.16E in an amount sufficient to satisfy any fine or mitigation measure that may
be imposed on the City in addition to any other retention held.
Encroachment permittees are required to obtain all necessary permits and clearances including authorizations
required from:
1. Public Utilities Commission
2. railroad company
3. OSHA
4. other public agency
5. regulatory authority
having jurisdiction. Failure to comply is cause to revoke encroachment permit.
5-1.20C Railroad Relations
Replace section 5-1.20C with:
If the Contract includes an agreement with a railroad company, the City makes the provisions of the agreement
available in the Information Handout in the document titled "Railroad Relations and Insurance Requirements."
Comply with the requirements in the document.
5-1.20G City Authorizations and Permits
Add to section 5-1.20.
15
If you desire to discharge to the sanitary sewer, you must receive prior permission from the Wastewater
Collection Supervisor and the Environmental Programs Manager. Flushing waterlines must comply with section
77-3.
If permission to discharge requires an Industrial User Discharge Permit, you must submit an Industrial User
Discharge Permit Application to the Environmental Programs Manager. You must comply with all conditions of
the issued permit and pay all applicable fees. Maintain proof of authorization to discharge at the job site at all
times and provide that information to Engineer upon request. The application is available in the appendix to
these standard specifications.
A City of San Luis Obispo Fire Department permit is required prior to crossing any liquid petroleum or high
pressure gas main. If a prior encroachment conflicts with the proposed work, you must arrange for any necessary
removal or relocation with the prior permittee. Any such removal or relocation will be at no expense to the City.
Before using explosives in work, you must receive authorization from the Engineer and obtain a permit for use from
the City of San Luis Obispo Fire Department. You may also be required to increase the amount of insurance
coverage if, in the opinion of the Engineer, your insurance does not include sufficient coverage for use of explosives.
5-1.23 SUBMITTALS
Replace section 5-1.23 with:
5-1.23A General
Submittals are required for:
1. materials and equipment not specified by standards, or a trade name and number
2. for working drawings.
Submittals are also required when specified in the contract documents. Where products are clearly identified by
standards or trade names and no substitution is proposed, no submittal is required.
Submit adequate descriptive information, from which the Engineer can determine if the proposed:
1. materials
2. equipment
3. working drawings
are in compliance to the design concept and in compliance with the contract documents. Submittal must consist
of:
1. drawings
2. specifications
3. calculations
4. descriptive data
5. certificates
6. samples
7. MSDS sheets
8. test results
9. information required in the specifications.
Submittal will be reviewed for general compliance with the design concept and general compliance with the
information given in the contract documents. Submittals will not be review for:
1. quantities
2. dimensions
3. coordination with the work of other trades
4. construction safety precautions
all of which are your sole responsibility. Review of a specific item does not indicate acceptance of an assembly of
which the item is a component. The Engineer and contract designer are not required to review and will not be
responsible for any deviations from the contract documents not clearly noted. Partial submittals and partial grouped
submittals will not be reviewed.
5-1.23B Coordination
Submittals must be furnished by you to the Engineer. You must:
1. coordinate
2. compile
16
3. submit
all required submittals from suppliers and subcontractors to the Engineer. All communications between you and
a contract designer must be written and submitted to the Engineer to furnish to contract designer.
5-1.23C Organization
Submittals must be accompanied with a transmittal. Transmittal must include:
1. submittal number
2. brief description of the submittal
3. submittal log
The submittal number is a unique number in the following format:
XXXXX-YY-ZZ
X is equal the project’s specification number. Project specification number can be found in the project’s special
provisions.
Y is equal to the submittal item number. The submittal item number is a unique number and sequentially assigned
for each specific:
1. item
2. class of material
3. equipment
4. items specified in separate sections
Z is equal to the number of times the submittal item has been furnished to the Engineer for review. Start at 01 for the
initial review and increment 1 integer larger for each subsequent resubmittal.
A submittal log must accompany each submittal showing all known past and future submittals and current status.
5-1.23D Deviation from Contract
If you propose to provide any:
1. material
2. equipment
3. working drawings
which deviates from the contract requirements, indicate this on the transmittal form accompanying the submittal. In
the transmittal provide a brief description of submittal and why the deviation is requested and compare the:
1. material
2. coatings
3. mechanical functions
4. energy efficiency
5. warranty
differences between the material specified and the material submitted.
5-1.23E Submittal Completeness
Submittals which do not contain all the information required to allow the Engineer to make a determination as to the
submittals acceptability and compliance with the project documents, will be returned without a complete review. A
resubmittal must be made.
5-1.23F Submittal Package
Group submittal to expedite the review process and to reduce the likelihood of conflicts among submittals.
Submittals for various items must be made as a single submittal when the items taken together constitute a
manufacturer's package or are so functionally related that expediency indicates checking or review of the group or
package as a whole. Conversely, various items which are not functionally related must be submitted separately.
Submittal packages which are not appropriately grouped will be returned without review. Provide one complete
portable document format (PDF) file of each submittal to the Engineer. If you are unable to provide electronic
documents, provide two complete copies of each submittal to the Engineer. The Engineer will retain two copies of
the submittal and return one package to you within three weeks. Submittals that require review by:
1. agency
2. Community Development Department
3. utility
4. consultant designer
17
will require one additional copy of the submittal as well as three additional weeks of review time.
5-1.23G Returned Submittals
Returned submittals will indicate one of the following actions.
1. No Exceptions Taken – The review indicates that the material, equipment, or work method is in
compliance with the design concept and complies with the contract documents. You may begin to the
work method or incorporate the material or equipment covered by the submittal.
2. Make Corrections Noted – The review indicates limited corrections are required to the submittal in order
for the material, equipment, or work method to be in compliance with the design concept and to comply
with the contract documents. You may begin implementing the work method or incorporating the
material and equipment covered by the submittal in compliance with the noted corrections. Where
submittal information will be incorporated in Operation and Maintenance data, a corrected copy must be
provided.
3. Revise and Resubmit – The review indicates that the submittal is insufficient or contains incorrect data.
Except at your own risk, you may not undertake work covered by this submittal until it has been revised,
resubmitted and returned marked either "No exceptions taken" or "Make corrections noted."
4. Rejected – The review indicates that the material, equipment, or work method is not in compliance with
the design concept and not in compliance with the contract documents. Except at your own risk, you
may not undertake the work covered by such submittals until a new submittal is made and returned
marked either "No exceptions taken" or "Make corrections noted."
5. Information Only – The review indicates that the submittal contains contract required information.
5-1.23H Responsibility
Review of working drawings or submittals does not relieve you of responsibility for errors and does not indicate
an assumption of risks or liability by the:
1. City, or by any officer or employee of or
2. by any engineering firm conducting the review on behalf of the City and
you have no claim under the contract on account of the failure, or partial failure, of the method of:
1. work
2. material or
3. equipment
reviewed. A mark of "No exceptions taken" or "Make corrections noted" means that the City has no objection to
you using the:
1. plan
2. method of work proposed or
3. providing the materials or
4. equipment proposed.
5-1.23I Charges for Third Party Submittal Review
The Engineer will allow up to two reviews of each submittal. If you are required to make a third submittal for any
item, then the costs of the third review will be at your expense. The cost of the review will be deducted from
payments due. The cost of the review by contract professional services will be on a time and materials basis at
standard company billing rates. Billing for this expense will be in compliance with section 9-1.23.
5-1.26 CONSTRUCTION SURVEYS
Replace section 5-1.26 with:
5-1.26A General
You must provide the necessary horizontal and vertical survey control for the completion of the work. Survey
work must be performed by a Licensed Land Surveyor or a Registered Civil Engineer.
Control must be provided for site grading, significant layout, or as directed by the Engineer. Control must be
provided in the same system of units as shown. You must provide surface grade control every 50 feet and at
grade breaks and begin and end of curves. You must mark the control points in the field and provide a printed
sheet with the point information, site layout, and control point layout to the Engineer.
5-1.26B Payment
18
Full compensation for work specified in section 5-1.26 and applicable engineering standards is included in the
payment for other bid items unless a bid item of work is shown on the bid item list.
5-1.27 RECORDS
5-1.27E Change Order Bills
Replace section 5-1.27E with:
You must deliver all Change Order Bills and support documents in writing to the Engineer. A Change Order Bill
will not be accepted by the Engineer unless prior approval for the work has been given. A change order is
approved when both you and the Engineer have approved it in writing.
5-1.36 PROPERTY AND FACILITIES PRESERVATION
5-1.36A General
Add to section 5-1.36A.
10. infrastructure
11. street surfacing
12. traffic stripes
13. pavement markings and markers
14. survey monuments
15. bench marks
16. utilities
17. trees
18. traffic signal equipment
19. other public fixtures
Restore facilities in kind in compliance with appropriate specifications, standards, and plans.
Monuments and bench marks must comply with section 5-1.36.
Where trees or tree roots are present in the work area, tree protection must comply with section 77-1.03A(2)(g).
The Engineer reserves the right to require you to video inspect any service line or mainline suspected of
damage by your operation. If the Engineer requires a video inspection on a sewer lateral, you must install a
sewer clean out on the lateral in compliance with engineering standards. Provide written notification to the
property owner, with a copy to the Engineer, prior to any:
1. modification
2. repair
3. replacement
of the lateral.
Damage to property and facilities must be reported immediately to the Engineer.
Prior to beginning work determine the location of any underground facilities. Contact Underground Service Alert
at 811 and request all utility lines to be marked.
5-1.36A(1) Trenchless Operations
When any trenchless method is used to install or repair a utility, all pressurized utility lines and sewer laterals that
will be crossed must be pot-holed. Other State or Federal requirements may apply. When completing work by a
directional bore, you must field locate and verify the:
1. condition
2. type of material
3. depth of all service lines and mainlines to be crossed
If the bore will provide at least 3 feet of clearance from sewer laterals, field locating of sewer laterals may be
waived by the Engineer.
19
Add to Section 5-1.36B
Repair minor damage to turf by top dressing to create an even grade with amended topsoil and seeding with an
approved seed mix. Damage to turf in excess of 100 square feet may be required to be replaced with sod.
5-1.36C Railroad Property
Add to section 5-1.36C. (RSS Revision)
If the Contract does not include an agreement with a railroad company, do not allow personnel or equipment on
railroad property. Prevent material, equipment, and debris from falling onto railroad property.
Add to section 5-1.36 (RSS Revision)
5-1.36E Survey Monuments
Protect survey monuments on and off the highway.
All survey and construction, maintenance or other work must be performed consistent with Section 8725 and
8771 of the California Business & Professions Code. Monuments and bench marks must be set by a Licensed
Land Surveyor or a Registered Civil Engineer properly licensed to complete survey work. The City reserves the
right to review the Land Surveyor or Engineer's license to determine its validity.
Sufficient controlling monuments shall be retained or replaced in their original positions to enable property, right-
of-way and easement lines, property corners, and subdivision and tract boundaries to be reestablished.
Anything that appears to be a monument or benchmark must be reported to the Engineer prior to construction or
disturbance. A Licensed Land Surveyor must locate and reference known monuments or benchmarks that will
be disturbed by construction activities. A corner record shall be filed with the County prior to construction for any
monument or benchmark that will be disturbed by construction. The corner record must detail the location of the
monument and any tie-outs. Should the existing survey monument be disturbed or destroyed during
construction, it must be reset at the previous location. All tie-outs must be removed after the original monument
is re-established. Should any existing bench mark be disturbed or destroyed during construction, a new one
must be set at a nearby, but different, location than the existing, as determined by the Engineer prior to
construction. For monuments, a corner record must be filed with the County and a copy delivered to the
Engineer before and after construction. For bench marks, documentation of the transferred bench mark,
including a location map, field notes and surveyor certification, must be delivered to the Engineer prior the
project acceptance or sign off of the Encroachment Permit. Damaged or disturbed property corners must be
replaced by a Land Surveyor at the contractor’s or owner’s expense.
Upon discovery of a survey monument not identified and located immediately:
1. Stop work near the monument
2. Notify the Engineer
Do not resume work near the monument until authorized.
5-1.37 MAINTENANCE AND PROTECTION
5-1.37A General
Replace section 5-1.37A with: (RSS Revision)
Maintain and protect work until the City has granted relief from maintenance or accepted the Contract.
Do not remove any padlock used to secure a portion of the work until the Engineer is present to replace it. Notify
the Engineer at least 3 days before removing the lock.
Prevent construction equipment that exceeds the maximum weight limits in Veh Code Div 15 from operating on
completed or existing treated base, pavement, or structures.
5-1.38 MAINTENANCE AND PROTECTION RELIEF
Add to section 5-1.38.
However, nothing in this Section 5-1.38 providing for relief from maintenance and responsibility will be construed
as relieving you of full responsibility for correcting any defective work or materials found at any time.
20
5-1.39 DAMAGE REPAIR AND RESTORATION
5-1.39A General
Add to section 5-1.39A.
You must immediate repair or install approved alternate to any facility missing, damaged or non-operational as a
result of your work, prior to continuing with the other contract work. If the repairs are not made as required, you
agree to the cost of those repairs made by others at the City’s direction in compliance with section 9-1.23.
5-1.43 POTENTIAL CLAIMS AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION
5-1.43E Alternative Dispute Resolution
Delete section 5-1.43E.
21
6 CONTROL OF MATERIALS
6-2 MATERIAL SOURCE
6-2.05 BUY AMERICA
Add to section 6-2.05.
This section is applicable only as directed in the special provisions.
6-3 QUALITY
6-3.02 SPECIFIC BRAND OR TRADE NAME AND SUBSTITUTION
Replace section 6-3.02 with:
Whenever the specifications permit the substitution of a similar or equivalent material or article, no tests or
action relating to the approval of the substitute material will be made until you request for substitution is made in
writing accompanied by complete data as to the equality of the material or article proposed. The request must
be made a minimum of ten working days prior to the bid opening date identified in the Notice to Bidders.
Substitutions requested after bid opening must be made in ample time to permit approval without delaying the
work. Requests for substitutions must comply with section 5-1.23.
Any substitutions that are approved must be furnished without additional cost to the City. If any changes are
required for the proper installation and fit of alternative materials or equipment, or because of deviations from
the contract plans and specifications, such changes must not be made without the consent of the Engineer and
must be made without additional cost to the City.
6-3.03 AUTHORIZED LABORATORY LIST
Delete section 6-3.03.
6-3.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
6-3.05A General
Replace paragraph 7, 8, 9 in section 6-3.05A with:
Testing method for Relative Compaction is:
1. ASTM D-1557
2. ASTM D-2922
3. ASTM D-3017
Delete section 6-3.05B.
Delete section 6-3.05C.
Delete section 6-3.05I.
Delete section 6-3.05K.
Delete section 6-3.05L.
22
7 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO THE PUBLIC
7-1.02 LAWS
7-1.02K Labor Code
7-1.02K(2) Wages
Replace 6th paragraph in section 7-1.02K(2) with: (RSS Revision)
The Contractor and any subcontractor must forfeit to the City not more than $200 per day or part of a day for
each worker paid less than the prevailing wage rate and pay the worker the difference between the prevailing
wage rate and the rate paid (Labor Code § 1775). The Labor Commissioner determines the amount of this
penalty and bases the amount on:
1. Whether the failure to pay the correct prevailing wage rate was a good-faith mistake that the Contractor
or subcontractor promptly and voluntarily corrected upon notice
2. The prior record of the Contractor or subcontractor in meeting its prevailing wage obligations
3. The Contractor or subcontractor's willful failure to pay the correct rate of prevailing wages
7-1.02K(3) Certified Payroll Records (Labor Code 1776)
Delete paragraphs 5, 6, 7, 8 in section 7-1.02K(3)
Replace 13th paragraphs in section 7-1.02K(3) with: (RSS Revision)
Comply with a request for the records within 10 days after you receive a written request. If you do not comply
within this period, the City withholds from progress payments a $100 penalty for each day or part of a day for
each worker until you comply. You are not assessed this penalty for a subcontractor's failure to comply with
Labor Code § 1776.
Add to section 7-1.02K(3).
Weekly payrolls must include the base pay rate and the fringe benefits or you may submit a statement of fringe
benefits, clearly defining which benefits are paid directly to the employee as part of the hourly rate, and which
benefits are paid into an approved program. Fringe benefit statements must be signed by the employer or the
employer’s agent certifying the fringe benefit statement is correct and the employer has been authorized to
make any payments on behalf of the employee to approved programs. Submit certified payrolls to the Engineer.
Furnish the Engineer one Portable Document Format (PDF) file which contains all certified payroll records for
the prior month’s work. Redact the PDF file making the employee’s social security number and name illegible.
Failure to submit PDF file with other monthly payroll records is considered an incomplete payroll submission and
penalties will be assessed.
7-1.02K(6) Occupational Safety and Health Standards
7-1.02K(6)(b) Excavation Safety
Add to section 7-1.02K(6)(b).
Comply with Labor Code 6705 and 6707. Comply with Public Contracts Code 7104.
7-1.03 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE
Add to section 7-1.03.
Public traffic includes all:
1. motorized vehicles
2. bicycles
3. pedestrian traffic
4. personal mobility devices
Areas modified by you for use by pedestrians must provide adequate accessibility to meet Americans with
Disabilities Act (ADA) requirements. Where walkways are damaged, alternate walkways must be placed around the
work site or other materials may be used to allow use of the area. Where plywood is used it must be a minimum of
¾ inch in thickness and beveled at the ends to prevent tripping, fastened down to prevent shifting and supported
23
underneath as needed to prevent bowing. The Engineer may require cold mix to be placed to transition walkway to
plywood.
Sidewalks must not be blocked. Where excavations in pedestrian walkways are minor and do not restrict
pedestrian walking area or create a hazard to the pedestrian, structurally sound walkways with safety railings must
be provided over or around the excavated area. All walkway areas must comply with the Americans with
Disabilities Act. In the Downtown Business District or other high pedestrian traffic areas, temporary walkways must
be a minimum of five feet in width.
Where sidewalk and bike path facilities exist, a minimum width of four feet must be maintained at all times a must
provide for a safe passage through the work area. At no time will pedestrians be diverted into a portion of the street
used concurrently for motorized traffic. At locations where adjacent alternate walkways are not practical, the
Engineer may approve sidewalk closures. Appropriate signs and barricades must be installed at the limits of
construction and in advance of the closure at the nearest crosswalk or intersection to divert pedestrians across the
street.
Provisions must be made to accommodate existing transit routes and stops. You must notify the Engineer at least
72 hours in advance of any work that will require rerouting or delay of a transit line or school bus. You must post any
transit stop affected by the rerouting at least 48 hours in advance at the affected transit stop identifying the affected
routes, days, and times.
Furnish the Engineer and utility companies with the
1. names
2. addresses
3. telephone numbers
of two individuals in San Luis Obispo, before starting work that can be reached in case of emergency, 24 hours a
day, throughout the duration of the job. These emergency contacts must be able to provide on-site response within
one hour.
Do not close streets to traffic without written permission from the Engineer. However, in the absence of the
Engineer, if the necessity for closing a street is absolute to prevent immediate danger to the public, you must
immediately notify the:
1. Engineer
2. Police Department
3. Fire Department
Provide access to and from all property adjacent to the work area where normal access existed prior to your work.
All:
1. traffic lanes
2. driveways
3. sidewalks
4. street crossings
must be usable at the end of the work day.
7-1.03A Public Notification
Supply and deliver notices of the work to all properties adjacent to and within 100 feet of the work area. The
notice must include:
1. a briefly describe the work
2. date the work will start
3. date the work will end
4. potential impacts on the adjacent property
5. company representative’s name
6. company representative’s phone number where they can be reached or a message can be left
Company representative must respond to all phone calls received within 18 hours of receipt with the requested
information. Provide notices at least 48 hours in advance of the work. The dates in the notice must represent
only those dates when work is anticipated at the specific address. The project duration must not be used as a
substitute for actual site dates. Hangers without proper dates must be reissued to adjacent property owners at
your expense. The Engineer must review and approve notice wording prior to distribution. Do not place notices
24
inside mailboxes. Notices must be hand delivered or made up as a door hanger. This notice is in addition to
notice required for water service interruptions.
7-1.03A(1) Street Maintenance
Street maintenance activities, including:
1. overlays
2. reconstruction
3. slurry seal
4. micro-surfacing
5. other surfacing or seal coats
require you notify all residents and businesses within 300 feet or one block (whichever is a greater distance) of
the work areas between three and five days in advance of the work. This notification must be in the form of a
door hanger which is to be hand-delivered or placed on the front door of each business or residence. A sample
door hanger is included in the appendix of the engineering standards.
7-1.03A(2) Street Closure
Where street closures are allowed either under the conditions of the special provisions or by separate authority
of the Engineer, comply with the following conditions.
By noon Monday, submit a written schedule of planned closures for the following week period, defined as Friday
noon through the following Friday noon.
The street closure schedule must show the:
1. locations
2. dates
3. times
of the proposed street closures. Street closure schedules submitted to the Engineer with any:
1. incomplete
2. unintelligible
3. inaccurate information
will be returned for correction and resubmittal. The Engineer will review and approve or return for corrections the
street closure schedule. You may be required to coordinate with other parties as a condition of approval of the
street closure schedule.
Provide notification to:
1. police dispatch
2. bus services
3. garbage company
4. affected properties as described above
of the street closure.
Immediately notify the Engineer if a scheduled street closure will not take place. Amendments to the street
closure schedule, including adding additional closures, must be submitted to the Engineer for review and
approval, and must be done in writing at least three working days in advance of a planned street closure.
Approval of amendments to the street closure schedule will be at the discretion of the Engineer. Approved
closures that are cancelled due to unsuitable weather may be rescheduled at the discretion of the Engineer for
the following working day.
Public traffic may only be restricted during those times when work is actually underway.
7-1.03A(3) No Parking
Place "No Parking" signs at least 24 hours before beginning of work. In areas where vehicles may be in the way
of construction, place and request Police Department verify “No Parking” signs at least 30 hours prior to the
beginning of work to allow for the legal time required for notification prior to removing a vehicle..
Do not place “No Parking“ signs more than five days in advance of the anticipated work without prior approval
from the Engineer.
25
If no work is performed for five consecutive days, remove the “No Parking” signs and reposted as stated above
prior to the start of work.
“No Parking” signs must specify the following:
No Parking
Construction Zone
Tow Away
Per Municipal Code 10.36.040 and CVC 22651(m)
Towed Vehicles Contact SLOPD 781-7312
Date: XXXXX to XXXXXX
Time: XXXXX to XXXXXX
Contractor:
Contractor Office Number:
7-1.03B Traffic Control Plan
Submit to the Engineer a traffic control plan for review and approval by the Engineer prior to any construction
activities starting and prior to issuance of an encroachment permit. Submit separate traffic control plans for each
phase of the work requiring a change in traffic control. Allow a minimum of five working days for review of the
submitted traffic control plan and five working days for review of any resubmitted plans. Do not begin work until
the traffic control plan is approved by the Engineer.
Limited work hours may be imposed at any time. If the work impacts traffic flow on any:
1. major route, or
2. in the vicinity of schools, or
3. the downtown,
expect that work hour restrictions will be imposed by the Engineer.
Do not restrict the public right-of-way roadway without an approved traffic control plan. The Engineer must
review the implemented traffic control for compliance with the approved traffic control plan, prior to the start of
any work.
Provide adequate width to allow a bike lane adjacent to the travel lane or provide clear posting that the bicycle
lane is closed.
Do not place traffic control devices or construction equipment in bike lanes or in sidewalk such that they are
blocked, as determined by the Engineer, when these facilities are open for use.
7-1.04 PUBLIC SAFETY
Replace 14th paragraph of section 7-1.04 with:
Notify the Engineer not less than five days and not more than 40 days before the anticipated start of an activity
that will change the vertical or horizontal clearance available to traffic, including shoulders.
Add between the 18th and 19th paragraphs of section 7-1.04: (RSS Revision)
Temporary facilities that could be a hazard to public safety if improperly designed must comply with design
requirements described in the Contract for those facilities or, if none are described, with standard design criteria
or codes appropriate for the facility involved. Submit shop drawings and design calculations for the temporary
facilities and show the standard design criteria or codes used. Shop drawings and supplemental calculations
must be sealed and signed by an engineer who is registered as a civil engineer in the State.
26
8 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
8-1.02 SCHEDULE
Replace section 8-1.02A with:
8-1.02A General
Submit the type of schedule specified in the special provisions. If no type is specified, submit a Level 1.
Acceptance of the schedule will not relieve you of the responsibility for accomplishing the all the work in compliance
with the contract.
You agree by submission of a bid, that the work can be completed within contract duration and working hour
restrictions.
The Engineer will not accept a schedule which shows a project completion date in excess of the contract time
duration. No progress payments will be paid until the Engineer has approved the project schedule.
Float time shown on the approved project schedule is not for exclusive use or benefit of either you or the
Engineer. Float time is available for use by either you or the Engineer whoever needs it first in order to:
1. minimize the impact of project problems
2. delays
3. changes in the work
You agree that float time may be used by the Engineer to resolve project problems. You agree that there will be
no basis for any modification of the
1. project milestone dates
2. an extension of the contract time
3. a claim for additional compensation
as a result of any:
1. project problem
2. change orders
3. delay
that only results in the loss of available float on the project schedule.
On a monthly basis prior to application for payment, you must arrange a meeting with the Engineer to review
your updated project schedule. Updates must include accurate progress data and be based upon your best
judgment. Updates must be made to the project schedule in consultation with all subcontractors and suppliers.
8-1.02A(1) Privately Funded Encroachment Permits, Projects, Tracts and Subdivisions
For privately funded projects, submit a copy of the project schedule prior to the start of work. The schedule must
be a Level 1 schedule and at a minimum show:
1. the start of work
2. all major phases of the project
3. the project completion date
Schedule updates must be submitted when prepared or as requested by the Engineer.
8-1.02B Level 1 Critical Path Method Schedule
8-1.02B(1) General
Replace 1st paragraph in section 8-1.02B(1) with:
Section 8-1.02B applies to a contract with a total bid less than $1 million and less than 100 original working
days.
Add to section 8-1.02B
8-1.02B(4) Payment
Full compensation for work specified in section 8-1.02A and 8-1.02B is included in the payment for other bid
items unless a bid item of work is shown on the bid item list.
27
8-1.02C Level 2 Critical Path Method Schedule
8-1.02C(1) General
Replace 1st paragraph in section 8-1.02C(1) with: (RSS Revision)
Section 8-1.02C applies to a contract with:
1. a total bid less than $1 million and 100 or more original working days
2. a total bid from $1 to $5 million or
3. a total bid over $5 million and less than 100 original working days.
8-1.03 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
Replace section 8-1.03 with:
The Engineer will execute the contract with the successful bidder upon receipt of:
1. bonds
2. insurance
3. signed agreement
The Engineer will set a date for the pre-construction conference. The pre-construction conference will take place
within 15 working days of the execution of the contract by the Engineer. Attendance by your representative is
required.
The pre-construction conference will generally be held on a Thursday or Friday.
8-1.04 START OF JOB SITE ACTIVITIES
8-1.04B Standard Start
Replace section 8-1.04B with:
The contract time, as stated in the special provisions, will begin on the date specified in the notice to proceed,
generally the second Monday following the pre-construction conference. Work must commence within ten
working days from the start of contract time. Failure to start work within the allotted time period, without written
approval of the Engineer, is considered abandonment of the work and the Engineer may terminate your control
over the work in compliance with section 8-1.13.
Work must be diligently prosecuted to completion before the expiration of the contract time provided in the
special provisions, beginning on, and including, the start date given in the notice to proceed.
Private projects may begin following receipt of required approvals and noticing for inspection staff.
8-1.05 TIME
Replace section 8-1.05 with:
You must complete all of the work called for under the contract within the time set forth in the special provisions.
You must complete any designated portion of the project within the time as shown or specified.
Determination that a day is a non-working day by reason of inclement weather or conditions resulting from, will
be made by the Engineer.
The Engineer will provide the status of working days on the monthly progress payment, including:
1. total days
2. days used
3. days remaining
You are responsible to verify the days are correctly shown on the pay estimate. If you believe an error has been
made, notify the Engineer in writing within 15 days of receipt of the pay estimate, or the status of days is
deemed accepted as correct.
Complete all work including punch list items before the expiration of the contract time.
28
Monthly status of working days will only be provided when working days are being charged and monthly
payment is due to you.
8-1.06 SUSPENSIONS
Replace headings and paragraphs in section 8-1.06 with: (RSS Revision)
The Engineer may suspend work wholly or in part due to conditions unsuitable for work progress. Provide for
public safety and a smooth and unobstructed passageway through the work zone during the suspension in
compliance with sections 7-1.03 and 7-1.04.
The Engineer may suspend work wholly or in part due to your failure to:
1. fulfill the Engineer's orders
2. fulfill a Contract part
3. perform weather-dependent work when conditions are favorable so that weather-related unsuitable
conditions are avoided or do not occur.
The Engineer may provide for a smooth and unobstructed passageway through the work during the suspension
and deduct the cost from payments. No time adjustment will be made for the suspension.
Upon the Engineer's order of suspension, suspend work immediately. Resume work when ordered.
8-1.07 DELAYS
8-1.07B Time Adjustments
Replace 1st paragraph in section 8-1.07B with: (RSS Revision)
For a critical delay, the City may make a time adjustment. The Engineer uses information from the schedule to
evaluate requests for time adjustments.
8-1.07C Payment Adjustments
Replace 1st paragraph in section 8-1.07C with: (RSS Revision)
For an excusable delay that affects your costs, the City may make a payment adjustment.
The City does not make a payment adjustment for overhead incurred during non–working days that extend the
Contract into an additional construction season.
8-1.10 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
8-1.10A General
Replace 1st paragraph in section 8-1.10A with: (RSS Revision)
The City specifies liquidated damages (Pub Cont Code § 10226). Liquidated damages, if any, accrue starting on
the 1st day after the expiration of the working days through the day of Contract acceptance except as specified
in sections 8-1.10B and 8-1.10C.
Replace 3rd paragraph in section 8-1.10A with:
Liquidated damages per day amount are as directed in the special provisions.
8-1.10B Failure to Complete Work Parts within Specified Times
Add to section 8-1.10B.
8-1.10B(1) Failure To Coordinate Signal Turn-Ons, Striping And Signing
If signal turn-on, road striping, and signing are not coordinated as required by the project specifications, damage
will be sustained by the City and its residents. Since it is and will be impractical to determine the actual damage
which the City and its residents will sustain by reason of your failure to comply with the project specifications, it
is agreed that you will pay to the City the sum of $500 per day for each:
1. day that you fail to stripe the road
2. day that you fail to install required signs after the third day after a signal is turned on
29
3. day that you fail to turn on a signal after the second day after striping the road
4. day that you fail to remove signs which conflict with new striping
5. day that you fail to install signs as shown or specified
30
9 PAYMENT
Add to Section 9-1.02
Final pay item quantities are designated with an “(F)” in the bid item list.
9-1.03 PAYMENT SCOPE
Add to list in 1st paragraph in section 9-1.03: (RSS Revision)
Any royalties and costs arising from patents, trademarks, and copyrights involved in the work
Replace 1st item in 3rd paragraph in section 9-1.03 with: (RSS Revision)
Full compensation for all work involved in each bid item shown on the Bid Item List by the unit of measure
shown for that bid item
Delete the 11th and 12th paragraphs in section 9-1.03.
Add to section 9-1.03.
When the Engineer does not retain a portion of the funds during the prosecution of the work, as required on
federally funded projects, you may not retain a portion of the funds due to subcontractors when making progress
payments.
The City does not pay interest on progress payment retentions.
Your bid prices includes all items of work and materials as shown and called out in the project special provisions
necessary to complete all the work. The contract prices for doing the work include full compensation for
furnishing all:
1. labor
2. materials
3. tools
4. equipment
5. incidentals
to complete the work.
Any items of work that does not have a separate pay item is considered included in other items cost of work and
no additional compensation will be paid.
9-1.04 FORCE ACCOUNT
9-1.04A General
Replace 3rd paragraph in section 9-1.04A with: (RSS Revision)
The markups specified for labor, materials, and equipment include compensation for all delay costs, overhead
costs, and profit.
Add to section 9-1.04A.
When force account or extra work is in dispute, you must still review your daily work report for the disputed work
with the Engineer every day. The daily work must be signed by the Engineer daily to verify that your report has
been reviewed. Final determination as to whether the work is included in the contract work or is extra work, may
be decided after the work is completed.
Add to section 9-1.04A. (RSS Revision)
For non-subcontracted work paid by force account for a contract with a Time Related Overhead (TRO) bid item,
the markups are those shown in the following table instead of those specified in sections 9-1.04B–D:
31
Cost Percent markup
Labor 30
Materials 10
Equipment rental10
9-1.04B Labor
Add to section 9-1.04B.
For the purposes of calculating the cost of extra work or force account payment:
1. owner
2. superintendents
3. other salaried employees
performing work on the project must be billed at the prevailing wage corresponding to the type of work
performed as shown in the current labor rate publication.
9-1.04D Equipment Rental
9-1.04D(1) General
Add to section 9-1.04D(1).
You must submit a list of equipment anticipated to be used on the project and the associated Caltrans
equipment rental rate. If there is no established rate for equipment planned to be used, furnish that information
to the Engineer. Provide equipment submittal with Caltrans rates at the pre-construction conference. The most
current Caltrans equipment rental rate publication at the date of contract award will be used for the entire
project.
9-1.07 PAYMENT ADJUSTMENTS FOR PRICE INDEX FLUCTUATIONS
Delete section 9-1.07.
9-1.11 TIME RELATED OVERHEAD
Replace section 9-1.11 with: (RSS Revision)
9-1.11A General
Section 9-1.11 applies if a bid item for time-related overhead is included in the Contract. If a bid item for time-
related overhead is included, you must exclude the time-related overhead from every other bid item price.
9-1.11B Payment Quantity
The TRO quantity does not include the number of working days to complete plant establishment work.
For a contract with a TRO lump sum quantity on the Bid Item List, the City pays you based on the following
conversions:
1. LS unit of measure is replaced with WDAY
2. Lump sum quantity is replaced with the number of working days bid
3. Lump sum unit price is replaced with the item total divided by the number of working days bid
9-1.11C Payment Inclusions
Payment for the TRO bid item includes payment for time-related field- and home-office overhead for the time
required to complete the work.
The field office overhead includes time-related expenses associated with the normal and recurring construction
activities not directly attributed to the work, including:
1. Salaries, benefits, and equipment costs of:
a. Project managers
b. General superintendents
c. Field office managers
d. Field office staff assigned to the project
2. Rent
3. Utilities
32
4. Maintenance
5. Security
6. Supplies
7. Office equipment costs for the project's field office
The home-office overhead includes the fixed general and administrative expenses for operating your business,
including:
1. General administration
2. Insurance
3. Personnel and subcontract administration
4. Purchasing
5. Accounting
6. Project engineering and estimating
Payment for the TRO bid item does not include payment for:
1. The home-office overhead expenses specifically related to:
a. Your other contracts or other businesses
b. Equipment coordination
c. Material deliveries
d. Consultant and legal fees
2. Non-time-related costs and expenses such as mobilization, licenses, permits, and other charges
incurred once during the Contract
3. Additional overhead involved in incentive/disincentive provisions to satisfy an internal milestone or
multiple calendar requirements
4. Additional overhead involved in performing additional work that is not a controlling activity
5. Overhead costs incurred by your subcontractors of any tier or suppliers
9-1.11D Payment Schedule
For progress payments, the total work completed for the TRO bid item is the number of working days shown for
the pay period on the progress payment.
For progress payments, the City pays a unit price equal to the lesser of the following amounts:
1. Price per working day as bid or as converted in compliance with section 9-1.11B.
2. 20 percent of the total bid divided by the number of original working days
For a contract without plant establishment work, the City pays you the balance due of the TRO item total in
compliance with section 9-1.17B
.
For a contract with plant establishment work, the City pays you the balance due of the TRO item total in the 1st
progress payment after all non–plant establishment work is completed.
9-1.11E Payment Adjustments
The 3rd paragraph of section 9-1.17C does not apply.
The City does not adjust the unit price for an increase or decrease in the TRO quantity except as specified in
section 9-1.11E.
Section 9-1.17D(2)(b) does not apply except as specified for the audit report below.
If the TRO bid item quantity exceeds 149 percent of the quantity shown on the Bid Item List or as converted
under section 9-1.11B, the Engineer may adjust or you may request an adjustment of the unit price for the
excess quantity. For the adjustment, submit an audit report within 60 days of the Engineer's request. The report
must be prepared as specified for an audit report for an overhead claim in section 9-1.17D(2)(b).
Within 20 days of the Engineer's request, make your financial records available for an audit by the State for the
purpose of verifying the actual rate of TRO described in your audit. The actual rate of TRO described is subject
to the Engineer's authorization.
33
The City pays the authorized actual rate for TRO in excess of 149 percent of the quantity shown on the Bid Item
List or as converted under section 9-1.11B.
The City pays for 1/2 the cost of the report; the Contractor pays for the other 1/2. The cost is determined under
section 9-1.05.
9-1.16 PROGRESS PAYMENTS
9-1.16A General
Add to section 9-1.16A
Progress payments will provide you compensation for work and eligible materials through the last day of the
month. No progress payment will be made when the work is not proceeding in compliance with the contract or
when the total value of the work done since the last progress payment is less than $300, as determined by the
Engineer. Payment will be made within 30 days of the last day of the month.
9-1.16C Materials on Hand
Replace section 9-1.16C with:
Materials on hand but not incorporated into the work are eligible for progress payment of fifty percent (50%) of the
value of the materials furnished and delivered and unused. For materials to be eligible for progress payment:
1. the cost of the materials must be greater than $20,000
2. an invoice is provided for the material clearly showing the material is for this current work and cost
3. the material is stored in a secure yard and made available to the Engineer for inspection
4. a request for partial payment is made
Replace section 9-1.16D with: (RSS Revision)
9-1.16D Mobilization
9-1.16D(1) General
Section 9-1.16D applies if a bid item for mobilization is shown on the Bid Item List.
Payments for mobilization made under section 9-1.16D are in addition to the partial payments made under Pub
Cont Code § 10261.
Section 9-1.16D(2) applies unless the Contract includes a special provision for section 9-1.16D(1) that specifies
section 9-1.16D(3) applies.
9-1.16D(2) Mobilization for Projects Except for Those Over Water Requiring Marine Access
The City makes partial payments for mobilization under Pub Cont Code § 10264(a) except the amount of work
completed does not include the amount earned for mobilization. The partial payment amount is reduced by a
prorated amount bid in excess of the maximum allowed under Pub Cont Code § 10264(a)(5).
The City pays the item total for mobilization in excess of the maximum allowed under Pub Cont Code §
10264(a)(5) in the 1st payment after Contract acceptance.
9-1.16E Withholds
9-1.16E(2) Progress Withholds
Replace 1st paragraph in section 9-1.16E(2) with: (RSS Revision)
The City withholds 10 percent of a progress payment for noncompliant progress. Noncompliant progress occurs
when:
1. Total days to date exceed 75 percent of the working days
2. Percent of working days elapsed exceeds the percent of value of work completed by more than 15
percent
Add to section 9-1.16E(2).
The City may withhold a portion of your payment for fines and mitigation imposed by outside regulatory
authorities, as a result of your failure to comply with regulations and permits.
34
9-1.16E(4) Stop Notice Withholds
Add to section 9-1.16E(4).
The City will withhold 125 percent of the value of all Stop Notices, pursuant to Section 3179 et seq. of the Civil
Code.
9-1.16F Retentions
Replace section 9-1.16F with:
Public Contract Code 7202 does not apply to the City.
Unless defined differently in the special provisions the Engineer will withhold and retain five percent of the
estimated value of the work done from each progress payment.
9-1.17 PAYMENT AFTER CONTRACT ACCEPTANCE
9-1.17C Proposed Final Estimate
Replace 2nd paragraph in section 9-1.17C with: (RSS Revision)
Submit either a written acceptance of the proposed final estimate or a claim statement postmarked or hand
delivered before the 31st day after receiving the proposed final estimate.
Delete 3rd paragraph in section 9-1.17C.
9-1.17D Final Payment and Claims
9-1.17D(1) General
Replace section 9-1.17D(1) with:
If you accept the proposed final estimate or do not submit a claim statement within 30 days of receiving the
proposed final estimate, the Engineer will process the proposed final estimate for payment. The final payment
will not be due and payable until the expiration of 40 days from the date the notice of completion is filed with the
County of San Luis Obispo. The Notice of Completion will be filed within five days of formal acceptance of the
work by the City Council or its designated representative, upon the recommendations of the Engineer. This final
estimate and payment is conclusive except as specified in sections 5-1.27, 6-3.06, and 9-1.21.
If you submit a claim statement within 30 days of receiving the Engineer’s proposed final estimate, the Engineer
will process for payment the proposed final pay estimate for payment of the uncontested amount due. The
Engineer will pay the uncontested amount due within 40 days from the date the notice of completion is filed with
the County of San Luis Obispo. The uncontested amount due estimate is conclusive as to the amount of work
completed and the amount payable except as affected by the claims or as specified in sections 5-1.27, 6-3.06,
and 9-1.21.
9-1.17D(2) Claim Statement
9-1.17D(2)(a) General
Add to section 9-1.17D(2)(a).
For each claim, submit a claim statement showing:
1. The identification number
2. Date the Initial Potential Claim was furnished to the Engineer
3. Date the Supplemental Potential Claim was furnished to the Engineer
4. The final amount of additional payment requested
5. Attach a copy of the Full and Final Potential Claim Record
Submit claims to:
City Engineer
City of San Luis Obispo – Public Works Department
919 Palm Street
San Luis Obispo, CA 93401
35
9-1.17D(2)(b) Overhead Claims
Replace 6th paragraph in section 9-1.17D(2)(b) with: (RSS Revision)
The CPA's audit must be performed as an examination-level engagement under the attestation engagements in
the Government Auditing Standards published by the Comptroller General of the United States. The CPA’s audit
report must express an opinion whether or not your calculations of your actual field and home office overhead
daily rates comply with section 9-1.17D(2)(b). The attest documentation prepared by the CPA in connection with
the audit must be reproduced and submitted for review with the audit report.
9-1.17D(2)(d) Waiver
Add to 1st paragraph in section 9-1.17D(2)(d).
6. You did not comply with applicable notice or protest requirements including but not limited to:
a. section 4-1.06
b. section 5-1.06
c. section 5-1.42
d. section 8-1.07
9-1.17D(3) Final Determination of Claims
Delete 6th paragraph in section 9-1.17D(3)
9-1.22 CLAIM RESOLUTION PROCEDURE
Replace section 9-1.22 with:
Claim Resolution Procedure is substituted for arbitration provisions and is as follows:
1. For all claims contested by the Engineer and not included in the semifinal estimate, the Engineer may
request additional information within 30 days of submittal of the semifinal estimate. A proof of mailing or
delivery must be retained.
2. You must submit to the Engineer the information requested for each claim within 30 days of the date of
mailing of the Engineer’s request. Proof of mailing or Engineer’s receipt will be retained for the
submittal. Failure to timely submit the information requested is deemed a waiver of the claim.
3. The Engineer will submit a written response to you for each claim within 30 days after the date of
mailing of your submittal, or if the Engineer did not request additional information, within 30 days of
submittal of the semifinal estimate.
4. If you dispute the Engineer’s written response to any claim, or the Engineer fails to respond within the
time specified, you must notify the Engineer in writing, either within 15 days of the Engineer’s response
or the Engineer’s failure to respond within the specified time period, and demand an informal meeting to
discuss and attempt to settle the issues remaining in dispute. Upon receipt of such a demand, the
Engineer will schedule such a meeting within 30 days.
5. Following the meeting if any claim or portion thereof remains in dispute, you may file a claim as provided
in Government Code 910 and following.
6. Either party may request non-binding mediation at any time following the informal meeting in an attempt
to settle any issues remaining in dispute. If both sides agree to mediation and agree on a mediator, the
parties must pay equally the fees and expenses of the mediator.
7. If either party initiates litigation against the other, within 60 days, but no earlier than 30 days, following
the filing of the responsive pleading, the court may submit the matter to nonbinding mediation unless
both parties stipulate to waive this requirement. The parties must select a disinterested third person as
mediator within 15 days following the 60th day after the filing of the responsive pleading, and the
mediation must commence within 30 days of selection of the mediator, unless the parties stipulate
otherwise, or the court, on a showing of good cause, orders a time extension. If the parties fail to select
a mediator within the 15 day period, any party may petition the court to appoint the mediator. The
parties must pay equally the fees and expenses of the mediator. The court may, upon either party’s
request, order any witnesses to participate in the mediation process. The party requesting the
appearance of any witness must pay the costs and expenses of the witness.
36
9-1.23 CITY BILLING
Add to section 9-1
Where City staff and equipment are used for work, billing will be done at the hourly billing rate for City staff in
compliance with the City’s Revenue Management Manual. City materials and equipment will be billed in
compliance with section 9-1.04. Work performed by a third party will be billed at the amount charged to the City
for the work plus an additional five percent markup. The total cost plus markup may be retained from contract or
for private work billed to permittee.
37
DIVISION II GENERAL CONSTRUCTION
10 GENERAL
Replace section 10 with: (RSS Revision)
10-1 GENERAL
10-1.01 GENERAL
Section 10 includes general specifications for general construction work.
10-1.02 WORK SEQUENCING
Before obliterating any traffic stripes, pavement markings, and pavement markers to be replaced at the same
location, reference the stripes, markings, and markers. Include limits and transitions with control points to
reestablish the new stripes, markings, and markers.
10-1.03 TIME CONSTRAINTS
Reserved
10-1.04 TRAINING AND MEETINGS
Training and meetings are held at times and locations you and the Engineer agree to.
10-6 JOB SITE WATER CONTROL
10-6.01 GENERAL
Section 10-6 includes specifications for controlling water to provide a dry working area at the job site.
10-6.02 WATER-FILLED COFFERDAM
Reserved
38
11 QUALITY CONTROL AND ASSURANCE
11-2 RESERVED
Replace section 11-2 with: (RSS Revision)
Reserved
11-3 WELDING
11-3.01 GENERAL
11-3.01A General
Replace 3rd paragraph in section 11-3.01A with: (RSS Revision)
Wherever reference is made to the following AWS welding codes in the Contract, the year of adoption for these
codes is shown in the following table:
AWS code Year of adoption
D1.1 2010
D1.3 2008
D1.4 2011
D1.5 2010
D1.6 2007
D1.8 2009
11-3.01B Definitions
Replace section 11-3.01B with: (RSS Revision)
continuous inspection: QC Inspector must be within close proximity of all welders or welding operators so that
inspections by the QC Inspector of each welding activity at each welding location do not lapse for a period
exceeding 30 minutes.
gross nonconformance: Rejectable indications are present in more than 20 percent of the tested weld length.
11-3.01C Quality Control Inspector
Replace 1st paragraph in section 11-3.01C with: (RSS Revision)
Replace clause 6.1.3 of AWS D1.1, the 1st paragraph of clause 7.1.2 of AWS D1.4, and clause 6.1.2 of AWS
D1.5 with:
1. The QC Inspector must be the duly assigned person who acts for and on your behalf for inspection,
testing, and quality related matters for all welding.
2. Quality assurance is the prerogative of the Engineer. The QA Inspector is the duly designated person
who acts for and on behalf of the Engineer.
3. The QC Inspector must be responsible for QC acceptance or rejection of materials and workmanship.
4. Where the term "Inspector" is used without further qualification, it refers to the QC Inspector.
Replace 3rd paragraph of section 11-3.01C with: (RSS Revision)
For each inspection, including fit-up, WPS verification, and final weld inspection, the QC Inspector must confirm
and document compliance with the specifications, AWS welding codes, and any referenced drawings.
11-3.01D Personnel Qualifications and Certifications
Replace section 11-3.01D with: (RSS Revision)
The Engineer has the authority to verify the qualifications or certifications of any welder, QC Inspector, or NDT
personnel to specified levels by retests or other means determined by the Engineer. If welding will be performed
without gas shielding, then qualification must also include welding without gas shielding.
39
Replace clause 6.14.6.1 of AWS D1.1, clause 7.8 of AWS D1.4, and clause 6.1.3.4 of AWS D1.5 with:
Personnel performing NDT must be qualified and certified under American Society for Nondestructive
Testing (ASNT) Recommended Practice No. SNT-TC-1A and the written practice of the NDT firm. The
written practice of the NDT firm must comply with or exceed the guidelines of the ASNT Recommended
Practice No. SNT-TC-1A. Individuals who perform NDT, review the results, and prepare the written reports
must be one of the following:
1. Certified NDT Level II technicians
2. Level III technicians certified to perform the work of Level II technicians
11-3.01E Weld Joint Details
Replace section 11-3.01E with: (RSS Revision)
If weld joint details proposed for use in the work are not prequalified under clause 3 of AWS D1.1 or figure 2.4 or
2.5 of AWS D1.5, submit the proposed WPS and the intended weld joint locations.
Upon authorization of the proposed joint detail locations and qualification of the proposed joint details, welders
and welding operators using these details must weld an additional qualification test plate using the WPS
variables and the weld joint detail to be used in production. The test plate must:
1. Have the maximum thickness to be used in production and a minimum length of 18 inches.
2. Be mechanically and radiographically tested. Mechanical and radiographic testing and acceptance
criteria must comply with the applicable AWS codes.
If a nonprequalified weld joint configuration is proposed using a combination of WPSs for work welded under
AWS D1.1, you may conduct a single test combining the WPSs to be used in production, if the essential
variables, including weld bead placement, of each process are limited to those established in table 4.5 of AWS
D1.1.
The Engineer will witness all procedure qualification tests for WPSs that were not previously authorized by the
City.
Submit an inspection request form to METS at least 7 days before performing any procedure qualification tests.
Notify the Engineer of your submittal. Witnessing of qualification tests by the Engineer does not constitute
authorization of the intended joint locations, welding parameters, or essential variables.
11-3.01F Nondestructive Testing
Replace 1st and 2nd paragraph in section 11-3.01F with: (RSS Revision)
Replace paragraph 3 of clause 6.26.3.2 of AWS D1.5 with:
3. If indications that exhibit these planar characteristics are present at scanning sensitivity, or other
evidence exists to suggest the presence of transverse cracks, a more detailed evaluation of the
discontinuity by other means must be performed (e.g., alternate UT techniques, RT, grinding, or gouging
for visual inspection or MT of the excavated areas.). For welds that have transverse cracks, excavate
the full length of the crack plus 2 inches of weld metal on each side adjacent to the crack and reweld.
Clause 6.6.5 of AWS D1.1, clause 7.6.5 of AWS D1.4, and clause 6.6.5 of AWS D1.5 do not apply.
11-3.02 WELDING QUALITY CONTROL
11-3.02A General
Replace 1st paragraph in section 11-3.02A with: (RSS Revision)
Except for stud welding, section 11-3.02 applies to (1) work welded under sections 49, 52, 55, and 75-1.03E and
(2) work in section 99 that must comply with an AWS welding code.
40
11-3.02C Submittals
11-3.02C(2) Welding Quality Control Plan
Replace 4th, 5th, and 6th paragraphs in section 11-3.02C(2) with: (RSS Revision)
Submit an amended welding QC plan or an addendum to the welding QC plan for any changes to:
1. WPSs
2. NDT firms
3. QC personnel or procedures
4. NDT personnel or procedures
5. Systems for tracking and identifying welds
6. Welding personnel
Allow 15 days for the Engineer's review of an amended welding QC plan or an addendum to the welding QC
plan.
Submit 7 copies of each authorized QC plan and any authorized addendums. Make 1 copy available at each
location where work is performed.
11-3.02C(3) Welding Report
Replace 1st paragraph in section 11-3.02C(3) with: (RSS Revision)
Submit a welding report within 7 days following the performance of any welding. The welding report must
include:
1. Daily production log for welding for each day that welding is performed
2. Reports of all visual weld inspections and NDT performed, whether specified, additional, or informational
3. Radiographs and radiographic reports, and other required NDT reports
4. Summary of welding and NDT activities that occurred during the reporting period
5. Reports of each application of heat straightening
6. Summarized log listing the rejected lengths of weld by welder, position, process, joint configuration, and
piece number
7. Documentation that you have:
8. Evaluated all radiographs and radiograph reports and NDT and NDT reports
9. Corrected all rejectable deficiencies and that all repaired welds have been reexamined using the
required NDT and found acceptable
10. Reports or chart recordings of each application of any stress relieving used
11. Reports and chart recordings for any electroslag welding used
Replace 3rd paragraph in section 11-3.02C(3) with: (RSS Revision)
Clearly write the following information on the outside of radiographic film envelopes:
1. Name of the QC manager
2. Name of the NDT firm
3. Name of the radiographer
4. Date
5. Contract number
6. Complete part description
7. All included weld numbers, report numbers, and station markers or views as detailed in the welding QC
plan
Replace 5th paragraph in section 11-3.02C(3) with: (RSS Revision)
The QC Inspector or certified technician must sign all visual inspection and NDT reports and submit them daily
to the welding QC manager for review and signature before submittal to the Engineer. Corresponding names
must be clearly printed or typewritten next to all signatures.
41
11-3.02D Personnel Qualifications and Certifications
Replace section 11-3.02D with: (RSS Revision)
Clauses 6.1.4.1 and 6.1.4.3 of AWS D1.1, the 2nd paragraph of clause 7.1.2 of AWS D1.4, clauses 6.1.3.1
through 6.1.3.3 of AWS D1.5, and clause 7.2.3 of AWS D1.8 are replaced with:
The QC Inspector must be currently certified as an AWS Certified Welding Inspector under AWS QC1.
The QC Inspector may be assisted by an Assistant QC Inspector provided that this individual is currently
certified as an AWS Certified Associate Welding Inspector under AWS QC1. The Assistant QC
Inspector may perform inspection under the direct supervision of the QC Inspector provided the
assistant is always within visible and audible range of the QC Inspector. The QC Inspector must be
responsible for signing all reports and for determining if welded materials comply with the workmanship
and acceptance criteria. The ratio of QC Assistants to QC Inspectors must not exceed 5 to 1.
Welding inspection personnel or NDT firms to be used in the work must not be employed or compensated by
any subcontractor or by other persons or entities hired by subcontractors who will provide other services or
materials for the Contract, unless one of the following conditions is met:
1. Work is welded at a permanent fabrication or manufacturing plant that is certified under the AISC
Certification Program for Steel Bridge Fabricators, Intermediate Bridges, and Fracture-Critical Member
endorsement if required.
2. Structural steel for building construction work is performed at a permanent fabrication or manufacturing
plant that is certified under the AISC Quality Certification Program, Category STD, Standard for Steel
Building Structures.
Except for the exempt facilities identified above, an authorized independent third party must witness the
qualification tests for welders or welding operators. The independent 3rd party must be currently certified as a
CWI and must not be an employee of the Contractor performing the welding. Allow 15 days for the Engineer to
review the qualifications and copy of the current certification of the independent 3rd party.
11-3.02F Welding Procedures Qualification
Replace section 11-3.02F with: (RSS Revision)
Welding procedures qualification for work welded under AWS D1.5 must comply with clause 5.12 or 5.12.4 of
AWS D1.5 and the following:
1. Unless considered prequalified, qualify fillet welds in each position. Conduct the fillet weld soundness
test using the essential variables of the WPS as established by the PQR.
2. For qualifying joints that do not comply with figures 2.4 and 2.5 of AWS D1.5, conduct the test
complying with figure 5.3 using the welding parameters that were established for the test conducted
complying with figure 5.1.
3. Macroetch tests are required for WPS qualification tests, and acceptance must comply with clause
5.19.3 of AWS D1.5.
4. If a nonstandard weld joint is to be made using a combination of WPSs, you may conduct a test under
figure 5.3, combining the qualified or prequalified WPSs to be used in production, if the essential
variables, including weld bead placement, of each process are limited to those established in table 5.3
of AWS D1.5.
5. Before preparing mechanical test specimens, inspect the PQR welds by visual and radiographic tests.
The backing bar must be 3 inches in width and must remain in place during NDT. Results of the visual
and radiographic tests must comply with clause 6.26.2 of AWS D1.5 excluding clause 6.26.2.2. All other
requirements for clause 5.17 are applicable.
11-3.02G Repair Work
Replace section 11-3.02G with: (RSS Revision)
Notify the Engineer immediately when you discover welding problems, deficiencies, base metal repairs, or any
other type of repairs not included in the welding QC plan. Submit the proposed repair procedures to correct
them.
42
Allow the Engineer 7 days to review the repair procedures.
You must receive authorization before performing:
1. 3rd-time excavations of welds or base metal to repair unacceptable discontinuities, regardless of NDT
method
2. Repairs of cracks
3. Repairs not included in the welding QC plan
Requests to perform 3rd-time excavations, repairs of cracks, or repairs not included in the welding QC plan
must include an engineering evaluation. At a minimum, the engineering evaluation must address:
1. Cause of each defect
2. Why the repair will not degrade the material properties
3. What steps are being taken to prevent similar defects from happening again
43
12 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL
12-1 GENERAL
12-1.01 GENERAL
Replace 1st paragraph in section 12-1.01 with:
Section 12-1 includes general specifications for:
1. flagging
2. placing and installing temporary traffic-handling equipment and devices
3. maintaining traffic
4. placing and installing temporary traffic control systems
5. placing temporary pavement delineation
in compliance with approved traffic control plan and Engineer authorized field adjustments.
You must provide all:
1. signs
2. lights
3. barricades
4. programmable message boards
5. other facilities
to provide protection and warning for public traffic. Traffic cones must be used to delineate detoured lanes.
12-1.03 FLAGGING COSTS
Replace section 12-1.03 with:
Full compensation for work specified in section 12-1.03 in compliance with sections 7-1.03 and 7-1.04 is
included in the payment for other bid items unless a bid item of work is shown on the bid item list.
12-1.04 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL COSTS
Add section 12-1.04.
Full compensation for work specified in section 12 and applicable engineering standards is included in the
payment for other bid items unless a bid item of work is shown on the bid item list.
12-3 TRAFFIC-HANDLING EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES
12-3.01 GENERAL
12-3.01A General
12-3.01A(4) Quality Control And Assurance
Replace 1st paragraph in section 12-3.01A(4) with: (RSS Revision)
Category 2 temporary traffic control devices must be on FHWA's list of acceptable, crashworthy Category 2
hardware for work zones. This list is available on FHWA's Safety Program Web site.
12-3.02 BARRICADES
12-3.02C Construction
Replace 4th 4th paragraph in section 12-3.02C with: (RSS Revision)
If barricades are required after sunset, lights and flashing beacons are required. Do not remove barricades that
are shown to be left in place at the time of work completion.
12-3.03 FLASHING ARROW SIGNS
12-3.03B Materials
Replace 2nd paragraph in section 12-3.03B with: (RSS Revision)
Flashing arrow signs must be capable of being operated in the following display modes:
1. Pass Left Display
2. Pass Right Display
3. Simultaneous Display
4. Caution Display or Alternating Diamond
44
12-3.07 CHANNELIZERS
12-3.07C Construction
Replace 3rd paragraph in section 12-3.07C with: (RSS Revision)
Do not remove channelizers that are shown to be left in place at the time of work completion.
Add to section 12.
12-8 TEMPORARY PAVEMENT DELINEATION
12-8.01 GENERAL
Furnish and install:
1. raised reflective pavement markers
2. paint for lane lines
3. legends
Install temporary lane lines and legends using paint. Install temporary striping, prior to opening the travel lanes
to traffic and prior to installation of permanent delineation, under the following conditions:
1. after removal of existing striping
2. after new surface applications
3. if your operation has either removed or obliterated the existing striping or markings
4. at the direction of the Engineer
Maintain temporary delineation and striping in good condition at all times. Install temporary delineation before
the end of the work day in which the existing delineation is removed.
Reflective tape and raised reflective pavement markers may be used instead of temporary paint when allowed
by the Engineer.
12-8.02 MATERIALS
Temporary raised reflective pavement markers must be one of the temporary pavement markers listed below:
1. Apex Universal, Model 932
2. Pexco LLC, Models TOM, TRPM and "HH" (High Heat)
3. Hi-Way Safety, Inc., Model 1280/1281
4. Glowlite, Inc., Model 932
or approved equal.
12-8.03 CONSTRUCTION
Paint must comply with section 84-3.03.
Place temporary raised reflective pavement markers per the manufacturer's instructions at an interval of 15-foot
or less. Place, a minimum of six, temporary raised reflective pavement markers at all stop bars that are removed, or
as directed by the Engineer. Completely remove all temporary road marker tabs prior to the application of
thermoplastic stripping and pavement markings.
45
13 WATER POLLUTION CONTROL
13-1 GENERAL
13-1.01 GENERAL
13-1.01A Summary
Add before 1st paragraph in section 13-1.01A.
All work must comply with the following requirements:
1. You must comply with City Storm Water Ordinance, Chapter 12.08 of the Municipal Code.
2. As part of the Water Pollution Control Plan (WPCP) or Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP),
you are required to keep enough gravel bags, sand bags, filter bags, and filtering material at the job site
at all times to protect all drainage inlets within the work area.
3. All drainage inlets are considered as flowing to a waterway protected under this section. You must not
allow anything but clean rainwater into the drainage inlet. Cover all drainage inlets within and adjacent
to work area.
4. Approval of the WPCP or SWPPP by the Engineer does not release you from the responsibility to only
allow clean rainwater to leave the site. You must make immediate changes in the control system as
needed to ensure that only clean rainwater leaves the site.
5. If your work interferes with established drainage patterns, ample provisions must be made to provide for
drainage. The Engineer may direct additional provisions if needed.
For projects less than one acre in size and not regulated by the Regional Water Quality Control Board’s General
Construction Permit you must complete and comply with a simplified City Water Pollution Control Plan.
For private projects one acre and larger in size, you must additionally comply with all requirements in the
Regional Water Quality Control Board’s General Construction Permit.
Add to 1st paragraph in section 13-1.01A.
Information on:
1. form
2. reports
3. manuals
4. other documents
referenced in the 2nd and 3rd paragraph of this section refer to Caltrans maintained documents and web sites. A
simplified City Water Pollution Control Plan (WPCP) form is available for use in the special provisions or may be
furnished by the Engineer.
Add to 2nd paragraph in section 13-1.01A.
WPCP may be either City’s WPCP or Caltrans forms.
13-1.01D Quality Control and Assurance
13-1.01D(3) Water Pollution Control Manager
13-1.01D(3)(a) General
Replace 2nd paragraph in section 13-1.01D(3)(a) with:
Assign one Water Pollution Control Manager to implement SWPPP.
Assign one Water Pollution Control Manager to implement WPCP. Water Pollution Control Manager is not required
to be QSP for WPCP implementation unless:
1. WPCP is not being implemented as required
2. work area discharge is unacceptable
3. required by the engineer
Provide QSP for Water Pollution Control Manager at no additional cost to City.
46
13-1.01D(3)(b) Qualifications
Replace section 13-1.01D(3)(b) with: (RSS Revision)
The QSD must:
1. Have completed the stormwater management training described on Caltrans’ Web site for the Division
of Construction, Storm Water and Water Pollution Control Information
2. Be registered or certified for at least one of the following:
a. California registered civil engineer
b. California registered professional geologist or engineering geologist
c. California licensed landscape architect
d. Professional hydrologist registered through the American Institute of Hydrology
e. Certified Professional in Erosion and Sediment Control (CPESC)™ registered through Enviro Cert
International, Inc.
f. Certified Professional in Storm Water Quality (CPSWQ)™ registered through Enviro Cert
International, Inc.
g. Professional in erosion and sediment control registered through the National Institute for
Certification in Engineering Technologies (NICET)
h. Have completed SWRCB approved QSD training and passed the QSD exam
The QSP must comply with the qualifications for a QSD or must:
1. Have completed the storm water management training described on Caltrans’ Web site for the Division
of Construction, Storm Water and Water Pollution Control Information
2. Be certified for at least one of the following:
a. Certified Erosion, Sediment and Storm Water Inspector (CESSWI)™ registered through Enviro Cert
International, Inc.
b. Certified Inspector of Sediment and Erosion Control (CISEC) registered through CISEC, Inc.
c. Have completed SWRCB approved QSP training and passed the QSP exam
13-1.01D(3)(c) Responsibilities
Replace section 13-1.01D(3)(c) with: (RSS Revision)
The WPC manager must:
1. Be responsible for water pollution control work
2. Be the primary contact for water pollution control work
3. Oversee:
a. Maintenance of water pollution control practices
b. Inspections of water pollution control practices identified in the SWPPP or WPCP
c. Inspections and reports for visual monitoring
d. Preparation and implementation of REAPs
e. Sampling and analysis
4. Preparation and submittal of:
a. NAL exceedance reports
b. Receiving water monitoring trigger reports
c. SWPPP annual certification
d. Annual reports
e. BMP status reports
5. Oversee and enforce hazardous waste management practices in compliance with section 14-11,
including spill prevention and control measures
6. Have authority to mobilize crews to make immediate repairs to water pollution control practices
7. Ensure that all employees have current water pollution control training
8. Implement the authorized SWPPP or WPCP
9. Amend the SWPPP or WPCP if required
10. Be at the job site within 2 hours of being contacted
11. Have the authority to stop construction activities damaging water pollution control practices or causing
water pollution
47
13-1.04 PAYMENT
Replace section 13-1.04 with:
Full compensation for work specified in section 13 and applicable engineering standards is included in the
payment for other bid items unless a bid item of work is shown on the bid item list.
13-2 WATER POLLUTION CONTROL PROGRAM
13-2.01 GENERAL
Replace 1st paragraph in section 13-2.01B with: (RSS Revision)
Within seven days after Contract approval, submit one copies of your WPCP for review. Allow five business
days for review.
If the RWQCB requires review of the authorized WPCP, the Engineer submits the authorized WPCP to the
RWQCB for its review and comment. If the Engineer orders changes to the WPCP based on the RWQCB's
comments, amend the WPCP within three business days.
13-3 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN
13-3.01 GENERAL
Add to section 13-3.01.
Section 13-3 is only applicable if required in the special provisions or if required due to work’s area of
disturbance.
13-3.01B Submittals
13-3.01B(2) Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
13-3.01B(2)(a) General
Replace 1ST paragraph in section 13-3.01B(2)(a) with: (RSS Revision)
Within 15 days of Contract approval, submit one copy of your SWPPP for review. The Engineer provides
comments and specifies the date when the review stopped if revisions are required. Change and resubmit a
revised SWPPP within 15 days of receiving the Engineer's comments. The City's review resumes when a
complete SWPPP has been resubmitted.
When the Engineer authorizes the SWPPP, submit an electronic copy and two printed copies of the authorized
SWPPP.
If the RWQCB requires review of the authorized SWPPP, the Engineer submits the authorized SWPPP to the
RWQCB for its review and comment. If the Engineer requests changes to the SWPPP based on the RWQCB's
comments, amend the SWPPP within 10 days.
Replace 3rd paragraph in section 13-3.01B(2)(a) with: (RSS Revision)
Include the following items in the SWPPP:
1. For all projects:
a. Schedule
b. CSMP
2. For risk level 2 projects add:
a. Adherence to effluent standards for NALs
b. REAP
3. For risk level 3 projects add:
a. Adherence to effluent standards for NALs and receiving water monitoring triggers
b. REAP
48
13-3.01B(6) Sampling And Analysis Day
13-3.01B(6)(c) Receiving Water Monitoring Report
Replace section 13-3.01B(6)(c) with: (RSS Revision)
Whenever a receiving water monitoring trigger is exceeded, notify the Engineer and submit a receiving water
monitoring trigger report within 48 hours after conclusion of a storm event. The report must include:
1. Field sampling results and inspections, including:
a. Analytical methods, reporting units, and detection limits
b. Date, location, time of sampling, visual observation and measurements
c. Quantity of precipitation from the storm event
2. Description of BMPs and corrective actions
13-3.01C Quality Control And Assurance
13-3.01C(1) General
Replace 6th paragraph in section 13-3.01C(1) with: (RSS Revision)
For a risk level thee project, obtain samples and analyze the suspended sediment concentration whenever the
turbidity receiving water monitoring trigger is exceeded as shown in the following table:
Parameter Test method Detection limit (min) Unit
Suspended sediment concentration ASTM D 3977 5 Mg/L
13-3.01C(3) Receiving Water Monitoring Trigger
Replace section 13-3.01C(3) with: (RSS Revision)
For a risk level 3 project, receiving water monitoring triggers must comply with the values shown in the following
table:
Receiving Water Monitoring Trigger
Parameter Test method Detection limit (min) Unit Value
pH Field test with calibrated portable
instrument 0.2 pH Lower limit = 6.0
Upper limit = 9.0
Turbidity
Field test with calibrated portable
instrument 1 NTU 500 NTU max
The storm event daily average for storms up to the 5-year, 24-hour storm must not exceed the receiving water
monitoring trigger for turbidity.
The daily average sampling results must not exceed the receiving water monitoring trigger for pH.
13-3.03 CONSTRUCTION
13-3.03C Sampling And Analysis Day
Replace the 3rd paragraph in section 13-3.03C with: (RSS Revision)
Collect receiving-water samples for a risk level 3 project and whenever a direct discharge to receiving waters
occurs.
13-3.04 PAYMENT
Replace section 13-3.04 with: (RSS Revision)
Full compensation for work specified in section 13 and applicable engineering standards is included in the
payment for other bid items unless a bid item of work is shown on the bid item list. Storm water pollution
prevention plan work if included in the bid item list will be paid as follows:
1. For projects with 60 original working days or less, the City pays you for prepare stormwater pollution
prevention plan as follows:
49
a. A total of 75 percent of the item total upon authorization of the SWPPP
b. A total of 100 percent of the item total upon Contract acceptance
2. For projects with more than 60 original working days, the City pays you for prepare stormwater pollution
prevention plan as follows:
a. A total of 50 percent of the item total upon authorization of the SWPPP
b. A total of 90 percent of the item total over the life of the Contract
c. A total of 100 percent of the item total upon Contract acceptance
3. The City pays $500 for each rain event action plan submitted.
4. The City does not adjust the unit price for an increase or decrease in the rain event action plan quantity.
5. The City does not adjust the unit price for an increase or decrease in the storm water sampling and
analysis day quantity.
6. The City pays $2,000 for each storm water annual report submitted.
7. The City does not adjust the unit price for an increase or decrease in the storm water annual report
quantity.
8. For each failure to submit a completed storm water annual report, the City withholds $10,000. This
withhold is in addition to other performance failure withholds.
13-4 JOB SITE MANAGEMENT
13-4.03 CONSTRUCTION
13-4.03C Material Management
13-4.03C(3) Stockpile Management
Replace 2nd paragraph in section 13-4.03C(3) with: (RSS Revision)
If stockpiles are being used, do not allow soil, sediment, or other debris to enter storm drains, open drainages,
and watercourses.
Manage stockpiles by implementing water pollution control practices on:
1. Active stockpiles before a forecasted storm event
2. Inactive stockpiles according to the WPCP or SWPPP schedule
13-4.04 PAYMENT
Replace section 13-4.04 with: (RSS Revision)
Not Used.
13-5 TEMPORARY SOIL STABILIZATION
13-5.03 CONSTRUCTION
13-5.03F Temporary Hydraulic Mulch (Polymer-Stabilized Fiber Matrix)
Replace section 13-5.03F with: (RSS Revision)
Reserved
13-5.03K Temporary Covers
Replace 1st paragraph in section 13-5.03K with: (RSS Revision)
Install temporary cover fabric as follows:
1. Place fabric loosely on the slope with the longitudinal edges perpendicular to the slope contours.
2. Place fabric on the upper portion of the slope to overlap the fabric on the lower portion of the slope.
3. Place fabric on the side facing the prevailing wind to overlap the fabric on the downwind side of the
slope.
4. Anchor the perimeter edge of the fabric in key trenches.
5. Overlap edges of the fabric by at least 2 feet.
6. Place restrainers at the overlap area and along the toe of the slope. Space the restrainers a maximum
of 8 feet on center between the overlaps.
7. If anchor restraints are used, ensure that the leg of the steel reinforcing bar pierces the fabric and holds
the wooden lath firmly against the surface of the slope or stockpile.
50
Delete 3rd paragraph in section 13-5.03K. (RSS Revision)
13-9 TEMPORARY CONCRETE WASHOUTS
13-9.01 GENERAL
13-9.01A Summary
Replace 1st paragraph in section 19-9.01A with: (RSS Revision)
Section 13-9 includes specifications for installing temporary concrete washouts. You may use any of the
following systems for temporary concrete washout:
1. Temporary concrete washout facility
2. Portable temporary concrete washout
3. Temporary concrete washout bin
13-9.01B Submittals
Replace 2nd paragraph in section 19-9.01B with: (RSS Revision)
Retain and submit an informational submittal for records of disposed concrete waste.
Delete 4th paragraph in section 19-9.01B. (RSS Revision)
13-9.02 MATERIALS
13-9.02A General
Replace 1st paragraph in section 19-9.01B with: (RSS Revision)
The sign for a concrete washout must comply with section 12-3.06B(3), except the sign panel may be plywood.
The sign panel must be at least 2 by 4 feet in size. The sign legend must read "Concrete Washout" in at least 6-
inch high black letters on a white background.
51
14 ENVIRONMENTAL STEWARDSHIP
14-1 GENERAL
14-1.01 GENERAL
Add to section 14-1.01.
When an environmental stewardship monitor is required for construction operations that are being conducted under
City contract, the monitor will be retained by the City and work together with you. Environmental stewardship
monitors do not eliminate your responsibility for compliance. The monitor has no authority to direct your work unless
this authority is granted by the project’s special provisions. Any costs incurred by you resulting from work done at
the direction of the monitor without proper authorization must be borne entirely by you.
You must give the Engineer written notice 14 calendar days in advance of the need for environmental stewardship
monitor. The Engineer will coordinate environmental stewardship monitor to be at the work-site in compliance with
your notification. Once the environmental stewardship monitor is at the work-site, you must work consistently to
complete task requiring environmental stewardship monitor. If you fail to provide the proper notification or fail to work
consistently to complete task requiring environmental stewardship monitor, you will be responsible for any additional
cost for the monitors work.
14-2 CULTURAL RESOURCES
14-2.03 ARCHAEOLOGICAL MONITORING AREA
14-2.03A General
Add to section 14-2.03A.
When archaeological monitoring is required by the Engineer the following apply:
1. Your attention is directed to Section 15064.5 of the Guidelines for the California Environmental Quality
Act (Public Resources Code Section 21000 et seq.) and the City of San Luis Obispo Archaeological
Resource Preservation Guidelines that provide for the protection and preservation of historical and
archaeological resources (hereinafter called “cultural resources”). You must conform to the applicable
requirements of these statutes and guidelines as they relate to the protection and preservation of
cultural resources.
2. You must exercise care to protect significant cultural resources from being damaged. In addition to other
notifications in this section, you are required to notify the Engineer forty-eight (48) hours prior to entering
areas that require cultural resource monitoring to allow time for monitors to be mobilized. You must not
start activities that require cultural resource monitoring until the cultural resource monitor arrives to
work-site and the Engineer authorizes the start of work.
3. You must work with the cultural resource monitor to ensure systematic removal of excavation
sediments, allow examination of trench spoils and sidewalls as they are removed and exposed, and
permit documentation and evaluation of cultural resources remains according to the terms of the
Cultural Resources Monitoring Plan. If potentially significant remains are encountered, you may be
requested to alter excavation methods to accommodate cultural resource requirements, or use a
smooth-bladed backhoe bucket to avoid cutting into intact cultural deposits.
4. You are strictly prohibited from collecting prehistoric or historical artifacts from project site.
5. In the event that potentially significant cultural resources are discovered during the course of
construction, you must follow the procedures for the treatment of such discoveries as established in the
Cultural Resource Monitoring Plan. In addition, the following procedures must be instituted:
a. You must immediately cease all construction operations at the location of the discovery. The work
may be redirected to a location beyond the cultural resource discovery site.
b. You must immediately notify the Engineer.
c. You may not resume work in the area until given clearance by the Engineer.
6. In the event that human remains are uncovered, work within the vicinity of the find must be halted
immediately. You may not resume work in the area until given clearance by the Engineer.
52
14-11 HAZARDOUS WASTE AND CONTAMINATION
14-11.01 GENERAL
Add to section 14-11.01A
Should the you or any of your subcontractors, while performing work on or in the vicinity of the project area,
unexpectedly encounter any material you have reason to believe may be a hazard to human health and safety
and/or the environment, you must stop the work, cordon off the affected area and notify the Engineer in writing
immediately. Secure the work area such that the public and employees are not exposed to the contaminated
materials or potentially contaminated materials. This shall be accomplished through temporary backfilling, trench
plating, covering exposed areas with plastic sheeting, or other means.
The Engineer will order tests to determine the level of contamination and work in the immediate area will be
suspended until the Engineer authorizes the work to resume. In the event that the work is delayed in the completion
of the Contract solely because of such materials or conditions not previously identified in the Special Provisions, you
are entitled to an extension of time in accordance with the provisions of Section 8-1.07 “Delays”.
The City reserves the right to use other forces for exploratory work to identify and determine the extent of such
material and for removing contaminated material from such area.
14-11.01B Hazardous Waste Management Practices
Add to section 14-11.01B.
14-11.01B(3) Health And Safety Plan
If contamination exists in the work area, prepare and submit a site specific Health and Safety Plan (HSP) if
directed by the Engineer.
HSP must include requirements to protect workers while working in the presence of contaminate. Provide HSP
that has been:
1. prepared
2. signed
3. stamped
by a Certified Industrial Hygienist. The HSP must comply with all:
1. local
2. state
3. federal
4. ordinances
5. rules
6. regulations
7. guidelines
for occupational health and safety.
Provide a copy of the HSP to all personnel working in the contaminated area. All personnel working in or
overseeing work in the contaminated areas must read the HSP and sign an acknowledgment that stating that
they have:
1. been furnished a copy of the HSP
2. read the HSP
Maintain acknowledgements on file and furnish to the Engineer upon request.
Submit two copies of the HSP to the Engineer prior to the start of work. Revise the HSP as required by the
progress of work. Submit two copies of the revised HSP to the Engineer prior to proceeding with the work.
HSP must require the implementation of ongoing monitoring of the work by you for contaminated materials. All
personnel must have appropriate equipment and training.
If you are not prepared to work in the area of contamination, you must stop work in that area until preparation is
complete. No additional working days will be granted for failure to be prepared for contaminate working
conditions.
53
14-11.02 CONSTRUCTION
14-11.02B Hazardous Waste Management Practices
Add to section 14-11.02B.
14-11.02B(1) Groundwater
Ground water containing hazardous or contaminated materials may be encountered. If encountered and if you
choose to remove the water from the excavation, you may dispose of the ground water in the sanitary sewer
system once a no fee discharge permit is obtained. Provide the type of contaminate and levels of contamination
with permit application.
Under no conditions may contaminated groundwater be discharged to the:
1. street
2. storm drains
3. waterways
14-11.02F City – Generated Hazardous Waste
Add to section 14-11.02F.
14-11.02F(4) Payment
Costs resulting from unanticipated hazardous or contaminated materials in the work area for:
1. preparation of specialized documents
2. changed hauling and disposal
will be considered Extra Work.
Measurement for removal of contaminated material will be taken daily. The Engineer will measure the trench in
the area affected by the contamination. You must verify the measurement. If you fail to verify measure to
confirm the findings of the Engineer is interpreted as an agreement with the Engineer’s measurements.
Full compensation for work specified in this section, is included in the payment for other bid items unless a bid
item of work is shown on the bid list item. Contaminated material work performed under this section is
designated in the contract by:
1. size
2. type
3. quantity, or
4. whatever information is necessary for identifying the work.
HSP preparation is paid by lump sum.
HSP implementation and work area monitoring is paid by the day.
The excavation of contaminated soils is paid by the cubic foot.
Costs for special disposal or hauling, when paid for as extra work, will be reimbursement for costs of the work
only, together with a reasonable markup for overhead, but in no event, will the contractor be paid for other delay
damages including but not limited to lost productivity or unallocated overhead.
If directed by the Engineer, you will stop work in the area of contamination and move to another work area. This
shall be considered as part of the work and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor.
54
15 EXISTING FACILITIES
15-1 GENERAL
15-1.03 CONSTRUCTION
15-1.03C Loop Detectors
Replace section 15-1.03C with:
Traffic Signal Detection Loops may exist as far as 300 feet from a signalized intersection. If working within such
an area you must meet with the Engineer at the project site to physically locate all detection loops. Loops are
typically within 2 inches of the top of the pavement surface and are not repairable. Any loops damaged by the
your operation must be replaced in compliance with section 86 within two working days and as directed by the
Engineer.
15-1.03D Highway Irrigation Facilities
Replace the 1st paragraph of section 15-1.03D with:
Locate and protect existing irrigation facilities that are not identified to be removed. Contact Underground
Service Alert (811) for location and identification work. Contact property owner to obtain record information. If
existing facilities are damaged you must repair them immediately at your expense and to the satisfaction of the
owner.
15-1.04 PAYMENT
Replace section 15-1.04 with:
Full compensation for work specified in section 15 and applicable engineering standards is included in the
payment for other bid items unless a bid item of work is shown on the bid item list.
15-2 MISCELLANEOUS FACILITIES
15-2.01 GENERAL
15-2.01C Construction
Replace section 15-2.01C with: (RSS Revision)
If a portion of the guard railing or barrier is to remain in place, removing, salvaging, reconstructing, relocating, or
resetting work includes:
1. Resetting end caps, return caps, terminal sections, and buried post anchors
2. Providing connections to existing and new facilities, including connections to concrete
15-2.02 REMOVE
15-2.02B Remove Pavement
15-2.02B(1) General
Replace section 15-2.02B(1) with: (RSS Revision)
Section 15-2.02B includes specifications for removing pavement, base, subbase, and subgrade.
If only a portion of the pavement is removed, saw-cut the outline of the removal area on a neat line and with a
power-driven saw before removing.
For asphalt concrete pavement, saw cuts must be at least 2 inches deep unless otherwise described.
15-2.02B(2) Obliterate Roads, Detours, And Surfacing
Delete 3rd and 4th paragraph in section 15-2.02B(2).
Add to section 15-2.02B(3).
Grind with abrasive grinding equipment designed for grinding asphalt in the longitudinal direction of the traveled
way. Cutter head for asphalt concrete grinding machines must not less than 6 feet in width and must be operated
without producing fumes or smoke. The grinding machine must be capable of cold plane grinding without the
need to soften pavement. Streets may contain areas of concrete below the asphalt concrete surface; grinding
equipment must be capable of grinding through these areas.
55
Provide the depth, width, and shape of the grind as shown or as directed by the Engineer. The final grind must
result in a uniform longitudinal and transverse surface conforming to the new cross section as shown. The outer
limits of the grind area must be neat and uniform. Do not damage remainder surface.
Provide a continuous grind width. You may grind around corners and through conform lines at intersections.
Remove grind spoils and deposit in:
1. gutters
2. driveways
3. around structures
4. on adjacent lanes
concurrently with grinding operations. Furnish and operate a self-loading motor sweeper with spray nozzles to
clean and maintain ground areas at all times until final lift of paving.
15-2.02B(3)(a) Temporary Transitions
Where transverse joints are ground in the pavement at conform lines, no drop-off may remain between the
existing pavement and the ground area when the pavement is opened to public traffic. Provide an asphalt
concrete temporary taper, if permanent asphalt concrete has not been placed to the level the pavement prior to
opening to public traffic. Any joints must occur at lane lines.
Provide the following temporary tapers at locations shown below if difference in elevation between adjacent
surfaces is more than ¾ inch:
Location Ratio (horizontal: vertical)
Transverse joints 30:1
Sidewalk ramps 20:1
Driveway / Access Point 12:1
Longitudinal joints * 12:1
* Required only for streets with existing bike lanes where joint will remain more than 2 calendar days
Use commercial quality asphalt concrete for temporary tapers. Spread and compact asphalt concrete for
temporary tapers by any method that will produce a smooth riding surface. Completely remove, including all
loose material from the underlying surface, temporary tapers before placing the permanent surfacing.
15-2.02B(5) Remove Concrete Pavement
Add to section 15-2.02B: (RSS Revision)
15-2.02B(5)(a) General
Remove only the portion of pavement to be replaced or repaired during the same lane closure. If there is
overlying material on the concrete pavement, remove it with the pavement.
Do not impact the surface within 18 inches of the pavement to remain in place. Use removal methods that do
not damage the remaining pavement and base. Slab-lifting equipment must attach to the pavement.
15-2.02B(5)(b) Saw Cuts
Saw cut using a diamond blade and make cuts perpendicular to the pavement surface. Saw cutting is not
required where concrete pavement is adjacent to asphalt concrete pavement, with no continuous overlay.
Saw cut:
1. no more than 2 days before removing pavement
2. such that traffic will not dislodge any pavement piece or segment.
Saw cut perpendicular to the traveled way except you may cut parallel or diagonal to the traveled way when
removing the pavement during the same lane closure as the saw cutting.
You may make additional saw cuts within the sawed outline.
Saw cuts must be the full depth of the pavement unless otherwise shown.
56
Saw cut at longitudinal and transverse joints to remove entire slabs. For partial-slab areas, the Engineer
determines the exact saw-cut locations.
15-2.02B(5)(c) Reserved
15-2.02B(6) Reserved
15-2.02B(7) Payment
Reserved
15-2.02C Remove Traffic Stripes and Pavement Markings
15-2.02C(1) General
Add to section 15-2.02C(1).
Not more than five days before the start of roadway surfacing or paving, you must remove existing paint and
thermoplastic:
1. striping
2. pavement marking
3. pavement markers
Extra caution is required at locations with traffic signal loops where pavement markings or striping must be
removed. Loops are located just below surface grade. Tie-out bicycle detector symbols prior to removal and
coordinate the reinstallation with the Engineer.
15-2.02C(3) Payment
Delete section 15-2.02C(3).
Reserved
Replace section 15-2.02G with: (RSS Revision)
15-2.02G Remove Guardrail
Where removing guardrail, remove any concrete anchors and steel foundation tubes.
15-2.02K Remove Drainage Facilities
Replace the 1st paragraph in section 15-2.02K with: (RSS Revision)
Box culverts, concrete pipes, inlets, headwalls, and endwalls must be completely removed if any portion of
these structures is (1) within 3 feet of the grading plane in excavation areas, (2) within 1 foot of original ground
in embankment areas, or (3) shown to be removed.
15-2.03 SALVAGE
15-2.03A General
15-2.03A(2) Materials
15-2.03A(2)(a) General
Replace 1st and 2nd paragraphs in section 15-2.03A(2)(a) with: (RSS Revision)
Cleaning includes removing earth, foreign materials, and concrete.
Comply with the requirements for bundles and packages shown in the following table:
57
Material or item Component Bundle or package
Guardrail
Rail 25/bundle
Wood posts, 6 by 8 inches 30/bundle
Wood posts, 10 by 10 inches20/bundle
Steel posts 10/bundle
Blocks 50/bundle
Fences Chain link fabric 50 ft/pallet
Corner posts and end posts One assembly/bundle
Manholes,
Inlets,or
other facilities
Frames and covers Match marked pairs
Frames and grates Match marked pairs
Single sheet
aluminum signs -- Banded on a pallet with a total weight
of not more than 500 lb/pallet
15-2.03A(2)(b) Department Salvage Location
Replace section 15-2.03A(2)(b) with:
Deliver material to be salvaged to the City Corporation Yard at 25 Prado Road.
Replace section 15-2.03B with: (RSS Revision)
15-2.03B Salvage GuardRail
Reserved
15-2.04 RECONSTRUCT
Replace section 15-2.04D with: (RSS Revision)
15-2.04D Reconstruct GuardRail
Reserved
15-2.10 ADJUST
15-2.10B Adjust Frames, Covers, Grates and Manholes
Replace 4th paragraph in section 15-2.10B with: (RSS Add)
Instead of using new materials similar in character to those in the existing structure, you may use raising
devices to adjust a manhole to grade. Before starting paving work:
1. measure
2. fabricate
3. install
raising devices. Raising devices must:
1. Comply with section 75 except that galvanizing is not required
2. Have a shape and size that matches the existing frame
3. Be match marked by painting identification numbers on the device and corresponding structure
4. Result in an installation that is equal to or better than the existing one in stability, support, and
nonrocking characteristics
5. Be fastened securely to the existing frame without projections above the surface of the road or into the
clear opening
6. Receive thermoplastic surround marking approved by the Engineer.
Add to section 15-2.10B.
Lower existing utility surface facilities within the paving area prior to grinding and paving. Furnish the Engineer with a
copy of the utility surface facility reference point documentation in the event of a utility emergency. Do not start
lowering utilities sooner than ten working days before paving. Within two working days after final paving, mark
locations of all:
1. water valves
2. sewer manholes
3. storm drain manholes
58
4. survey monuments
within project area. All utilities must be raised within ten working days of final paving. The Engineer may direct the
order in which utilities must be raised. Replace all:
1. frames
2. covers
3. wells
as needed to meet current engineering standards.
Set metal lids over lowered wells and manholes to keep them clean and to assist with future locating work. Coat
utility covers with sand or fabric that will be paved over to prevent the adhesion of new asphalt to the metal lid. Cut
fabric neatly around the utility covers prior to placement.
Attention is directed to the replacement of City Communication boxes and wells with manhole cover and access box
as shown in City of San Luis Obispo Engineering Standard 9030.
Prior to the application of a slurry seal or other bituminous seal coat, locate and protect all existing utility covers and
concrete collars. Cover all utility covers and surrounding collars prior to the application of the seal. Place a vertical
tab on each cover for future locating after the seal application is complete. The vertical tab must extend at least
3 inches above the existing pavement surface.
Upon completion of any reconstruction work within two feet of a survey monument, verify the monument has not
been disturbed.
Replace section 15-2.10D with: (RSS Revision)
15-2.10D Adjust Guardrail
Reserved
15-3 CONCRETE REMOVAL
15-3.01 GENERAL
Replace 6th paragraph of section 15-3.01 with:
Dispose of concrete outside the right-of-way, in compliance with section 5-1.20B(4).
15-3.03 CONSTRUCTION
Add to section 15-3.03.
Concrete removal in sidewalk areas must be sawcut to the nearest score mark in either direction in compliance
with section 73.
15-4 BRIDGE REMOVAL
15-4.01 GENERAL
15-4.01A General
15-4.01A(2) Submittals
Add to section 15-4.01A(2): (RSS Revisions)
Allow 20 days for review of the bridge removal work plan.
15-5 BRIDGE REHABILITATION
15-5.01 GENERAL
15-5.01C Construction
15-5.01C(1) General
Replace 1st paragraph in section 15-5.01C(1) with: (RSS Revision)
Before starting deck rehabilitation activities, complete the removal of any traffic stripes, pavement markings, and
pavement markers.
15-5.01C(4) Remove Asphalt Concrete Surfacing
59
Replace 2nd and 3rd paragraph in section 15-5.01C(4) with: (RSS Revision)
Before removing asphalt concrete surfacing, verify the depth of the surfacing at the supports and midspans of
each structure:
1. in each shoulder
2. in the traveled way
3. at the roadway crown
if a crown is present.
Remove asphalt concrete surfacing by cold milling. At least ½ inch of asphalt concrete surfacing must remain
after milling activities.
15-5.03 REPAIR SPALLED SURFACE AREA
15-5.03B Materials
Replace section 15-5.03B with: (RSS Revision)
Mortar must comply with section 51-1.02F.
Shotcrete must comply with section 53.
Alternative filler materials and bonding agents must have the values for the material properties shown in the
following table:
Property Test method Value
Abrasion resistance, 28 days California Test 550 25 grams, maximum
Modulus of elasticity, 28 days California Test 551 10.3 to 24.1 GPa
Water soluble chlorides California Test 422 500 mg/kg, maximum
Water soluble sulfates California Test 417 2,500 mg/kg, maximum
For a contract with less than 60 original working days, alternative materials must be authorized before use.
15-5.03C Construction
Replace section 15-5.03C with: (RSS Revision)
Remove unsound concrete in compliance with section 15-5.01C(5).
Clean concrete surfaces and existing reinforcing steel by abrasive blasting before placing filler material. Place
reinforcing steel where shown.
Fill spalled surface areas in compliance with section 51-1.03F(2) or you may use an alternative filler material
and bonding agent.
If using an alternative filler material, apply bonding epoxy before placing the filler material. Place the filler
material under the manufacturer's instructions.
If using shotcrete, you may apply the shotcrete using a dry mix process with a hydration liquid applied
immediately after placing the shotcrete.
The final surface finish of the patched concrete surface must comply with section 51-1.03F.
Patched concrete must emit a ringing sound similar to adjacent sound concrete when struck with a metal tool 14
days after placement.
Removing and patching spalled concrete more than 4 inches deep is change order work.
15-5.06 POLYESTER CONCRETE OVERLAY
15-5.06C Construction
15-5.06C(1) General
60
Replace 3rd paragraph in section 15-5.06C(1) with: (RSS Revision)
The Engineer tests existing deck surface smoothness in compliance with section 51-1.01D(4)(b) and may
require you to modify the existing deck smoothness in compliance with section 42-3. Modifying the existing deck
smoothness is change order work.
Replace 5th paragraph in section 15-5.06C(1) with: (RSS Revision)
New concrete deck surfaces must comply with section 51-1.03F(5) before starting overlay work.
Delete 9th and 15th paragraph in section 15-5.06C(1) with: (RSS Revision)
Add between 18th and 19th paragraph in section 15-5.06C(1). (RSS Revision)
Texture the polyester concrete surface before gelling occurs by longitudinal tining in compliance with section 51-
1.03F(5)(b)(iii), except do not perform initial texturing.
Replace section 15-5.06C(2) with: (RSS Revision)
15-5.06C(2) Reserved
15-5.06D Payment
Delete 3rd paragraph in section 15-5.06D. (RSS Revision)
15-5.07 CORE CONCRETE
15-5.07B Core and Pressure Grout Dowels
15-5.07B(4) Payment
Replace 1st paragraph in section 15-5.07B(4) with: (RSS Revision)
Payment for furnishing dowels is not included in the payment for core and pressure grout dowel.
Replace section 15-5.09 with: (RSS Revision)
15-5.09 POLYESTER CONCRETE EXPANSION DAMS
15-5.09A General
Section 15-5.09 includes specifications for constructing polyester concrete expansion dams.
Polyester concrete expansion dams must comply with the specifications for polyester concrete overlays in
section 15-5.06, except a trial slab is not required.
Reinforcement must comply with section 52.
15-5.09B Materials
Not Used
15-5.09C Construction
For new asphalt concrete overlays, place the asphalt concrete overlay before starting polyester concrete
activities. Saw cut and remove asphalt concrete at expansion dam locations.
For existing asphalt concrete overlays, remove expansion dams and asphalt concrete to the limits shown.
Removing expansion dams must comply with section 15-4 except a bridge removal work plan is not required.
61
Where a portion of the asphalt concrete overlay is to remain, saw cut a 2-inch-deep neat line along the edge to
remain in place before removing the asphalt concrete. Do not damage the existing surfacing to remain in place.
Prepare the deck surface in compliance with section 15-5.01C(2).
You may use a mechanical mixer to mix the polyester concrete for expansion dams. The mixer capacity must
not exceed 9 cu ft unless authorized. Initiate the resin and thoroughly blend it immediately before mixing it with
the aggregate. Mix the polyester concrete for at least 2 minutes before placing.
The application rate of methacrylate resin must be approximately 100 sq ft/gal.
You may place and finish expansion dams using hand methods.
Protect expansion dams from moisture, traffic, and equipment for at least 4 hours after finishing.
For expansion dams over 6 feet long, install 1/4-inch-wide joint material at 6-foot intervals across the width of
the expansion dam. Joint material must be either expanded polyurethane or expanded polyethylene.
15-5.09D Payment
Not Used
15-6 CULVERT REHABILITATION
15-6.01 GENERAL
15-6.01A General
15-6.01A(3) Submittals
15-6.01A(3)(a) General
Add to section 15-6.01A(3)(a). (RSS Revision)
Within 5 days of completing annular space grouting at a culvert, submit the grouting records.
15-6.01A(3)(d) Contract Grouting Plan
Replace 2nd in section 15-6.01A(3)(d) with: (RSS Revision)
The grouting plan must include:
1. Order of work
2. Maximum injection pressures
3. Details and data for drilling and grouting equipment
4. Plans for controlling groundwater and existing culvert stream flows
5. Pressure gage, recorder, and field equipment certifications, including calibrations by an independent
testing agency
6. Sample printout of the form for recording grouting operations. Form must show the following tabulated
information for each grout port:
a. port location
b. pressure
c. volume
d. start and end time
7. Schedule of grout port installations and method for obtaining probe depth dimensions at grout ports;
tabulation of locations and dimensions
8. Culvert strut details as necessary
9. Method for monitoring deformation of culvert or concrete lining
10. Grout mix design, including:
a. Densities and viscosity
b. Initial set time
c. Materials and the independent testing agency's test data as specified in section 41-2.
d. Grout working time before 15 percent change in density or viscosity occurs
15-6.01B Materials
62
15-6.01B(2) Contact Grout
Replace 1st paragraph in section 15-6.01B(2) with: (RSS Revision)
Grout for contact grouting must comply with section 41-1.02 and contain:
1. Not more than 2 percent bentonite by weight of cement and water
2. Not less than 590 lb of cement per cubic yard
63
DIVISION III GRADING
16 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
16-1.01 GENERAL
Add to section 16-1.01.
Protect trees not marked for removal, in compliance with section 14-1.03C(1) and 77-1.03A(2).
17 WATERING
17-1 GENERAL
17-1.01 GENERAL
17-1.01A General
Replace section 17-1.01A with:
Use of potable water from City water mains and fire hydrants is not allowed. Recycled water is available by
permit for use at the recycled-water hydrants located within the City limits at various locations. Use of the
recycled water is subject to the conditions of the Recycled-Water program, completion of required training, and
payment of the permit fee.
18 DUST PALLIATIVE
18-1.04 PAYMENT
Replace section 18-1.04 with:
Full compensation for work specified in section 18 and applicable engineering standards is included in the
payment for other bid items unless a bid item of work is shown on the bid item list.
64
19 EARTHWORK
19-1 GENERAL
Add to Section 19-1.01B:
hard bedrock: Firm, hard bedrock which when tested under ASTM D1586, yields a blow count of 50 blows or
greater per 3 inches of penetration.
19-1.03 CONSTRUCTION
19-1.03A General
Replace section 19-1.03A with:
Unless otherwise specified in section 14-11, and subject to the approval of the Engineer, native and base
material resulting from any excavation may be used to construct:
1. embankments
2. dikes
3. landscape mounds
4. backfill structures
where details specify the use of native backfill. In all other cases, remove and dispose of excess material.
Use suitable fill for plant growth for landscape mounds in compliance with section 20. Prior to filling, clear and till
all areas to a depth of 4 inches. Compact all fills to 90 percent relative compaction in compliance with section
19-5.03C. Fill beyond the indicated areas then cut back to the required finish grade.
Replace Section 19-1.03B with:
Notify the Engineer prior to removal of unsuitable material. Excavate unsuitable material. Ensure that unsuitable
material is separated from other suitable construction materials or removed from the work area.
Removal of unsuitable material, including rock, within contract work area and limits will be paid as described on
the Bid Item List. Removal of unsuitable material outside contract work area and limits, as directed by the
Engineer, will be paid by force account.
19-1.03F Rock Excavation
Notify the Engineer if hard bedrock is encountered during excavation. To receive payment for rock excavation,
coordinate the testing by a Cal-trans certified materials testing company equipment with a drill rig capable of
testing per ASTM D1586 to perform testing of the encountered bedrock. If ASTM D1586 testing yields a blow
count of 50 blows or greater per three inches of penetration, you will be paid the contract unit price for Rock
Excavation for the removal of the hard bedrock, and will be reimbursed for the cost for the testing. If the tests
show fewer than 50 blows per three inches, then the testing will be at Contractor’s expense and no additional
payment will be provided. A separate test must be performed for each increment of 50 cubic yards of hard
bedrock removed, or as determined by the Engineer to be eligible for payment under the rock excavation pay
item.
Where no contract item exists for Rock Excavation, hard bedrock excavation will be paid for as extra work.
19-1.04 PAYMENT
Add to section 19-1.04.
Full compensation for applying water is included in the payment for other bid items unless a bid item of work is
shown on the bid item list.
Full compensation for work specified in section 19-1 and applicable engineering standards is included in the
payment for other bid items unless a bid item of work is shown on the bid item list.
19-2 ROADWAY EXCAVATION
65
19-2.04 PAYMENT
Add to section 19-2.04.
Full compensation for applying water is included in the payment for other bid items unless a bid item of work is
shown on the bid item list.
Full compensation for work specified in section 19-2 and applicable engineering standards is included in the
payment for other bid items unless a bid item of work is shown on the bid item list.
19-3 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
19-3.03 CONSTRUCTION
19-3.04 PAYMENT
Add to section 19-3.04.
Full compensation for removing water or dewatering excavations is included in the payment for other bid items
unless a bid item of work is shown on the bid item list.
Full compensation for work specified in section 19-3 and applicable engineering standards is included in the
payment for other bid items unless a bid item of work is shown on the bid item list.
66
20 LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION
20-1 GENERAL
20-1.01 GENERAL
20-1.01A Summary
Add to section 20-1.01A.
Whenever section 20 refers to required informational forms, ask the Engineer to provide the form. The Engineer
may direct you to produce your own form providing all the required data.
20-1.01A(1) Plans And Site Conditions
Plans are schematic. Provide all offsets and other fittings required. Equipment is not drawn to scale, but is
shown in its proper location, unless otherwise stated.
All dimensions or spacing’s are approximate, before proceeding with the work, check and verify all dimensions
and report any variations to the Engineer. Do not install the irrigation system when discrepancies exist between
the plans and the site conditions. Bring discrepancies to the attention of the Engineer before work starts.
Since the plans are schematic, with approval of the Engineer, make minor adjustments to the system layout to
compensate for variations in the site. Verify that adjustments in irrigation do not result in conflicts with plant
materials.
20-1.01C Submittals
20-1.01C(2) Notification
Replace item 3 in 1st paragraph in section 20-1.01C(2) with:
3. Provide written approval from property owner prior to taking cuttings.
20-1.02 MATERIALS
Add to section 20-1.02.
20-1.02C Organic Soil Amendments
Use organic soil amendment made from ground or processed wood product derived from:
1. Redwood sawdust
2. Pine sawdust
3. Cedar sawdust
4. Pine bark
that complies with the following requirements:
Gradation: Sieve Size Percent Passing
1/4” 95% min.
#8 80% min.
#30 30% min.
Nitrogen content (percent, dry weight)
Redwood sawdust 0.40% - 0.60%
Pine & Cedar sawdust 0.56% - 0.84%
Pine bark 0.80% - 1.20%
Treated with a non-toxic agent to absorb water quickly
Apply organic soil amendments in a uniform thickness of 1 inch.
67
20-1.02D Fertilizer
Application Type Fertilizer Type(1) Application Rate
Mulched Ground Cover, initial planting Grow-Power Plus
(5-3-1) 200 pounds per 1000 square feet
Mulched Ground Cover, establishment period Grow-Power Plus
(5-3-1)
20 pounds per 1000 square feet
Every 30 days
Turf / Lawn Area – Sod
Agriform Turf Mix
(34-0-7)
8 month formula
10 pounds per 1000 square feet
Turf / Lawn Area – Hydroseed Grow-Power (5-3-1) 12.5 pounds per 1000 square feet
Turf / Lawn Area – Stolonized Plantings Grow-Power (5-3-1) 25 pounds per 1000 square feet
Trees and Plants
Agriform (20-10-5)
21 gram tablet
Quantity Size
1 tablet #1 or #2
2 tablets #5
4 tablets #7 or #10
5 tablets #15
7 tablets 24” box
8 tablets 36” box
9 tablets 48” box
(1) Or equal as determined by the Engineer
20-1.03 CONSTRUCTION
20-1.03A Progress Inspections
Replace section 21-1.03A with:
The following inspections and testing is required as the work progresses. Provide the Engineer with two working
day notice of the need for inspection. Correct all work that does not pass inspection or testing and request re-
inspection or re-testing. Do not proceed with the next order of work until the inspection or testing passed and the
Engineer gives direction to proceed with the next order of work. The Engineer may reject any work done without
necessary pre-approvals.
1. Existing irrigation - preexisting damage check
2. Tree protection
3. Erosion control
4. Site clearance
5. Finish Grading
6. Mow strip and header boards - chalk layout
7. Mow strip formwork
8. Header board -chalk layout
9. Soil conditioning materials
10. Soil conditioning
11. Irrigation mainline, valve, controller and heads - flag layout
12. Backflow device inspection by the County Health Department
13. Irrigation audit / Coverage test
14. Full irrigation system test
15. Re-test of existing irrigation
16. Drip Irrigation distribution tubing run - chalk layout
17. Plant delivery
18. Plant layout (excluding ground cover) - actual or flagged
19. Planting completion
20. Drip Irrigation spray heads - flag layout
21. Drip installation micro tubing, emitter placement and flow test
22. Controller operation test, manual and automatic
23. Existing irrigation - damage check
24. Final Submittals and Record Drawings
25. Completion of establishment maintenance period
68
20-1.03D Pruning
Replace section 20-1.03D with:
Do not prune limbs of trees except as approved by the Engineer. If the Engineer allow pruning of trees, provide a
certified arborist to prune trees in compliance with American National Standard Institute:
1. ANSI A300 - Pruning Standards and
2. ANSI Z133.1 - Safety Requirements
Provide tree care compliant with the International Society of Arboriculture Best Management Practices.
Add to section 20-1.03.
20-1.03E Site Clearance and Grading
You must kill-off, clear, and remove from the work area all undesired:
1. surface growth
2. grass
3. roots
4. shrubs
5. tree stumps
6. weeds.
Remove from the project site all:
1. existing construction
2. paving materials
3. asphalt-stabilized earth
4. rubbish
5. other debris
Prior to finish grading and planting, remove site growth. Spray the entire area with a systemic non-selective
herbicide. Repeat spraying as necessity until growth is eradicated to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
Completely remove, including root system, all:
1. weeds
2. existing turf
3. other undesired growth.
Apply herbicide in absolute compliance with the manufacturer’s recommendations of use.
20-1.03F General Installation Requirements
After rough grading and before landscaping, construct:
1. walls
2. curbs
3. planter boxes
4. walks
5. irrigation system
6. similar improvements
20-1.03G Grade Tolerance
Finished grades must meet the following requirements:
1. You must adjust the soil surface as required to achieve even, continuous contours capable of
facilitating surface run-off.
2. Finish grades in planting areas adjacent to:
a. paving
b. header boards
c. concrete mow strips
d. curbs, valve boxes
e. etc
must be one inch below adjacent elevations. In areas of mulch, the finish grade must be two inches
below adjacent elevations.
3. When grades are not shown on the plans, slopes must be uniform and constant between given or
set elevations.
69
4. Grades must slope away from buildings at two percent slope for a distance of three feet, unless
drainage structures are present, and then slopes must be graded towards these structures.
5. Maintain a minimum six inches vertical separation between wood used on the exterior of structures,
including wall framing, and grading.
6. Finished grading in areas of hardscaping must be done to allow for base course and paving material
thickness.
7. Finished grading in areas of landscape must not deviate more than ¼” in ten feet in grade or
straightness.
8. Finished grade must be maintained through the entire establishment, maintenance and warranty
periods. Any subsidence must be repaired by you and returned to the finished grade at no cost to
the City.
20-3 IRRIGATION
20-3.01 GENERAL
20-3.01C Submittals
20-3.01C(4) Wiring Plans And Diagrams
Add to section 20-3.01C(4).
Obtain a set of the project plans of the irrigation system before the start of work. Use this set of plans for the sole
purpose of generating and preparing record drawings. Draw the actual locations and installation depths of irrigation
system onto project plans as work proceeds, including:
1. pipes
2. valves
3. heads
4. wiring
5. controllers
6. electrical service
7. miscellaneous irrigation components
Show the location by dimensioning from two permanent references points all:
1. Point of connection (POC)
2. Mainline pipe and electrical conduit routing at all changes in direction and at 150-foot intervals on long
straight runs.
3. Low voltage wiring that does not parallel the mainline.
4. Any direct burial equipment that does not have a utility box access from grade.
5. All moisture sensor locations and their exact depth from grade.
6. Other related items as may be directed by the Engineer.
Trees are not considered permanent reference points. Transfer all information about the location of the appliances
and equipment onto the record drawings in a neat and clear manner. Sign and date record drawings and provide a
statement on record drawings indicating:
“Record Drawings are complete and accurate”
Submit record drawings to the Engineer for review and approval. Complete and accurate record drawings are a
condition of project acceptance and authorization for final payment.
20-3.01C(7) Notifications
Add to section 20-3.01C(7).
5. At least 48 hours before testing static water pressure at the Point of Connection (POC) of the irrigation
system.
20-3.01C(8) Maintenance And Operations Manuals
Replace section 20-3.01C(8) with:
Provide the Engineer one bound plastic covered 3-ring notebook detailing the operation and maintenance
requirements of the system prior to project acceptance. All pages within the notebook must be in clear plastic
70
sleeves, of a type to withstand field conditions without warping and yellowing and protect pages during field use.
Include the following information in the manual on letter size sheets:
1. Title sheet
2. Table of contents
3. Irrigation zone map, one for each controller
a. The map must be a small scaled drawing showing the area covered by each remote control valve,
and laminated.
b. Each zone must be numbered to correspond to the controller number and color code.
c. The map cannot be a reproduction of the irrigation plan. No equipment is to be shown, only the
irrigated areas. If soil sensors are specified, show these locations with "S".
4. Maintenance checklist by week, month and year.
5. Copy of material list.
6. Parts breakdown sheets for all equipment.
7. Equipment list with replacement cycles, including all irrigation.
8. Copy of your guarantee statement.
9. Copy of the manufacturer's equipment warranties.
10. One folded copy of the Record Drawings included in the back of the manual.
Provide two copies, in plastic bound three ring binders, of manufactures:
1. operations
2. maintenance
3. parts manuals
for:
1. controllers
2. valves
3. quick couplers
4. rotary heads
5. pumps and related pump station equipment
6. other equipment as specified in the special provisions.
Provide two controller charts showing the operational areas and zones of each valve and how the controller
schedules these stations. Provide black line drawing for controller chart using color to denote the valve station areas
and be of a size that can be attached to the door of the controller cabinet. Laminate controller charters between
sheets of 20-mil plastic. Furnish one chart to the Engineer and attach one to the door of the controller cabinet.
Supply the Engineer with the following tools and equipment:
1. Two wrenches for each type of sprinkler head installed.
2. One quick coupler key for each four or less valves installed.
3. One loose key for each hose bib installed.
4. Two keys for each controller cabinet door.
5. One key for each four units of:
a. valve boxes,
b. quick coupler lock covers, or
c. other items as required.
20-3.02 MATERIALS
20-3.02A General
Add to section 20-3.02A.
Furnish equipment from the same manufacturer for all drip irrigation elements and for all sprinkler irrigation
elements. The manufacturer may be different for the two irrigation types.
20-3.02D Concrete
Replace section 20-3.02D with:
Concrete must comply with section 90 requirements. Hand mixing of concrete is not allowed.
71
20-3.02E Conductors, Electrical Conduit, and Pull Boxes
Add to section 20-3.02E.
20-3.02E(5) Splices
Where splices are permitted, splices must be water-proofed as follows:
1. 18-16 gauge: Spears brand Dri-splice connectors.
2. 16-14 gauge: as above or with 3M's DBY #054007-09053.
3. 12-10 gauge: 3M's DBR #054007-09964.
20-3.02H Irrigation Controller Systems
20-3.02H(1) Irrigation Controllers
Replace section 20-3.02H(1) with:
Supply controller unit as shown that is compatible with the City’s existing central irrigation control system.
You are also responsible to provide:
1. 120 volt power supply connection
2. electrical grounding
3. power surge protection
4. communication equipment
5. communication connection (telephone or radio).
Follow all applicable codes. Use a licensed electrician.
20-3.02I Irrigation Controller Enclosure Cabinets
Add to 2nd paragraph of section 20-3.02I.
Use stainless steel outdoor enclosures.
20-3.02M Pipe
20-3.02M(1) Copper Pipe
Add to section 20-3.02M(1).
Join copper pipe with the appropriate solder type wrought copper fittings for 2½-inch and smaller pipe diameter. Use
cast brass fittings for copper pipe sizes greater than 2½ inches in diameter.
20-3.02M(2) Galvanized Steel Pipe Supply Lines
Delete section 20-3.02M(1).
20-3.02M(3) Plastic Pipe
20-3.02M(3)(b) Plastic Pipe Irrigation Lines (Drip Irrigation)
Replace section 20-3.02M(3)(b) with:
Use polyethylene tubing made of:
1. extruded
2. linear
3. low density polyethylene resin
4. ½ inch diameter (0.61” I.D. x 0.70” O.D.)
5. suitable for compression fittings
6. ultraviolet light resistant.
20-3.02P Sprinklers
Replace section 20-3.02P with:
20-3.02P(1) General
Furnish sprinkler heads of the type and sizes as shown. Mount sprinkler heads on triple swing joint assemblies.
72
20-3.02Q Unions
Replace section 20-3.02Q with:
Use brass unions. Unions must withstand working pressure range for adjacent pipes.
20-3.02R Valves
20-3.02R(2) Check Valves
Replace section 20-3.02R(2) with:
Use line size check valves for "low head drainage".
20-3.03R(3) Control Valves
20-3.02R(3)(b) Remote Control Valves
Add to section 20-3.02R(3)(b).
Use remote control valves that are normally closed.
Use master remote control mainline valves that are normally open.
Use remote control valves in recycled water irrigation systems that are designed for such use.
20-3.02R(8) Quick Coupling Valves
Add to section 20-3.02R(8).
Use quick coupling valves made of:
1. heavy duty brass
2. two-piece construction
3. with locking rubber cover.
Provide rubber cover marked with:
“NON-POTABLE, DO NOT DRINK"
for quick coupling valves connected to non-potable irrigation systems.
20-3.02R(9) Garden Valves
Replace section 20-3.02R(9) with:
Hose bib valves must be:
1. bronze or brass
2. ¾-inch straight-nosed
3. loose key operated
4. pressure rated at 150 psi.
Provide permanent sign marked with:
"NON-POTABLE, DO NOT DRINK".
For hose bibs connected to non-potable irrigation systems.
20-3.02U Valve Boxes and Covers
Replace 1st paragraph of section 20-3.02U with:
Use precast concrete or plastic valve boxes that are lockable.
20-3.03 CONSTRUCTION
20-3.03A General
Replace 2nd paragraph of section 20-3.03A with:
Work must comply with section 77-1.
Replace 2nd paragraph of section 20-3.03A with:
73
The entire sprinkler layout is diagrammatic. Place sprinklers as required to provide proper coverage. Do not
place mainlines within 20 feet of trees.
Replace 9th paragraph of section 20-3.03A with:
Prevent foreign material from entering the irrigation system during installation. Prior to assembly clean all:
1. pipes
2. valves
3. fittings
Plug or cap all ends of:
1. pipe
2. valves
3. fittings
until connection of next pipe or fittings.
Upon completion of installation of all distribution tubing, remove all end caps and flush the system until water
runs clear through all ends of tubing, then cap. Flush out all lines before attachment of:
1. sprinklers
2. emitters
3. other terminal fittings.
Add to section 20-3.03A.
Install sprinkler heads elevated above grade in seeded areas when shown or as directed by the Engineer.
Lower sprinkler heads to their proper position upon the establishment of seeded areas.
Adjust all sprinkler heads to their proper height after completion of finished grading.
Place controllers and enclosures at locations approved by the Engineer.
Attach identification number tag at each valve as shown or as directed by the Engineer.
20-3.03D Irrigation Sleeves
Replace section 20-3.03D with:
Install irrigation lines and control wire in PVC schedule 40 sleeve when placed under:
1. class 2 aggregate base / gravel access paths and roads
2. driveways
3. parking lots
4. walkways
5. hardscape
6. other paved areas
Use irrigation sleeves that are two times larger in diameter than irrigation line.
Use control wire sleeves that allow for ease of pulling wires without damage that have a minimum diameter of 2
inches.
Use separate sleeves for control wire and irrigation piping.
Minimum sleeve depth is 18 inches below finished grade.
Extend sleeves 12 inches beyond hardscape edge.
Cap end of sleeves until used. Place a galvanized nail or other suitable marker at the edge of pavement on each
side to indicate the location of sleeves.
74
20-3.03E Trenching and Backfilling
20-3.03E(1) General
Add to section 20-3.03E(1).
After approval of layout, trench for:
1. pipe
2. tubing
3. control wire
4. conduit
5. sleeve runs
Provide trenches that have uniform vertical sides and uniform flat bottoms.
Remove or cut to the width and depth of the trench all:
1. boulders
2. rocks
3. other debris
Fill any voids resulting from the removal of such material with compacted native soil or sand. Dig trenches six
inches deeper and fill with six inches of compacted sand all trenches in:
1. soft
2. spongy
3. solid rock areas
Provide a trench with an appropriate width and depth for the number of:
1. pipes
2. fittings
3. valve boxes
4. swing joint assemblies
5. final surface improvements
After all test and inspections are passed, as determined by the Engineer, you may backfill:
1. piping
2. heads
3. valves
4. wiring
5. thrust blocking
6. valve boxes
7. pull or splice boxes
8. sleeves
9. other equipment installed
20-3.03E(4) Open Trenching In Existing Surfacing
Delete section 20-3.03E(4).
20-3.03F Pipe
20-3.03F(1) General
Add to section 20-3.03F(1).
Provide training, or evidence of training, by manufacture that installers for solvent and rubber gasket joints are
knowledgeable in the techniques for making the correct joints.
Pipe must be continuously supported during installation and placement into trench.
Separate pipes placed into common trench a minimum of six inches horizontal distance.
20-3.03F(2) Galvanized Steel Pipe Supply Lines
Add to section 20-3.03F(2).
Galvanized steel pipe is not allowed.
75
Wrap with a protective covering all metal pipe and fittings placed below grade or set in concrete with three
layers of polyvinyl chloride tape, overlapping until the total thickness is a minimum of 40 mils.
20-3.03F(3) Plastic Pipe Supply Lines
Add to section 20-3.03F(3).
Install PVC tubing following manufacturer’s instructions. Use solvent welded fittings for PVC tubing. Use a
solvent weld that consists of an application of primer and then an application of cement. Keep PVC tubing
temperature below 110°F during installation of fittings by means of:
1. shading,
2. damp rags, or
3. working when temperatures are cooler.
20-3.03F(6) Recycled Water Supply Line
Add to section 20-3.03F(6).
Lay pipe with wording facing up.
20-3.03H Electric Installation for Electric Automatic Irrigation Systems
20-3.03H(2) Conductors, Electrical Conduit, And Pull Boxes
20-3.03H(2)(a) Conductors
Delete 14th paragraph in section 20-3.03H(2).
Replace 5th paragraph in section 20-3.03H(2) with:
If multiple conductors are installed in a trench and not in a conduit, wrap conductors together with electrical tape
at 10 foot intervals. If piping is present in trench with conductors, tape conductors to the pipe at the 4 or 8
o’clock position at 20 foot intervals. Install conductors not run in common trenches with pipes, along:
1. walks
2. curbs
3. building edges
wherever possible.
Replace 7th paragraph in section 20-3.03H(2) with:
Provide two feet of slack at each valve box for each conductor that is:
1. connected to other facilities within the box
2. spliced within the box
3. at changes in direction
4. splice boxes
5. at 500 foot intervals of straight runs
6. at each controller
Replace 13th paragraph in section 20-3.03H(2) with:
Install conductors in the same trench as the supply line whenever possible.
Replace 16th paragraph in section 20-3.03H(2) with:
Install conductors in non-metallic electrical conduit when:
1. surfaced mounted,
2. installed in or on structures,
3. installed under hardscape areas,
4. installed in irrigation crossovers,
5. placed in concrete,
6. gopher protection is required,
7. if conductor is computer control cable, or
8. if conductors is high voltage wire.
76
Add to section 20-3.03H(2)
Use dedicated common conductor for master valves.
Share common conductor for control valves that are served by a common trench.
Use separate dedicated control conductor for each control valve and master valve. Use different color insulation
or color pattern insulation from that of the other conductors for each control conductor. Do not use:
1. white,
2. black; or
3. green.
conductor insulation colors for control conductors. Connect control conductor to controller in sequential order
according the valve station numbers as shown.
Use dedicated conductors for flow sensors.
Install two spare black insulation conductors for all wiring runs.
20-3.03H(2)(c) Pull Boxes
Replace 2nd paragraph in section 20-3.03H(2)(c) with:
Install pull boxes at the following locations:
1. At all conductors splices except splices made in valve boxes
2. Within 5 feet of irrigation controllers
3. At ends of electrical conduits
4. At other locations shown
5. At 500 foot intervals of runs
20-3.03K Sprinklers Type D
Replace section 20-3.03K with:
20-3.03K Plastic Pipe Irrigation Lines (drip irrigation) Installation.
After the supply system is determined to be water tight, install drip irrigation system.
Use fittings to prevent kinking for any tight turns in the drip irrigation tubing.
Square cut all tubing ends with a sharp tool. Install tubing-to-compression fittings using full depth of fitting for
seating.
Remove any:
1. Sharp stones
2. Aggregate, or
3. Debris
for distribution tubing runs on soil surface.
20-3.03K(1) End Caps
Add to section 20-3.03K.
Temporarily cap all free ends of tubing with tape to prevent dirt contamination. Use removable or flushable end
caps at all ends of distribution tubing.
20-3.03K(2) Hose Stakes
Add to section 20-3.03K.
Use hose stakes that have:
1. 9 gauge wire or greater for distribution tubing
2. 12 gauge wire or greater for the micro tubing
3. six inch leg length, minimum
77
Size and gauge may vary with soil conditions and as direct by the Engineer.
Secure all surface runs of distribution tubing and micro tubing to the finish grade with stakes.
Stake distribution tubing at six foot intervals and at terminus.
Stake micro tubing at three foot intervals and at terminus.
20-3.03K(3) Control Valve, Drip Filter, And Pressure Regulator
Add to section 20-3.03K.
Install a drip filter and pressure regulator at each control valve in drip irrigation system.
Use a drip filter that is a wye-strainer type with 140 to 155 mesh filtering screen.
Use inline pressure regulator that is designed for use in low flow irrigation systems and allow drip emitters to run
at a pressure range of 10 to 50 psi.
Install:
1. control valve
2. drip filter
3. pressure regulator
as close to the first emitter as possible. Place drip filter between the control valve and pressure regulator with the
pressure regulator placed on the outflow side of the valve.
Place the:
1. control valve
2. drip filter
3. pressure regulator
in one valve box of sufficient size to allow 6 inches of clear space in all direction.
20-3.03K(4) Drip Emitters, Micro Spray Heads, And Bug Caps
Add to section 20-3.03K.
After installation of all:
1. underground components
2. backfilling
3. surface run distribution tubing
4. plant materials
install:
1. drip emitters
2. micro tubing
3. micro spray heads or bug caps
Allow low pressure (5 psi) water to flow during emitter installation.
Use an appropriate hole punch for the installation of the emitters and micro spray heads.
Use the appropriate size micro tubing for the drip emitter. The ends of this tubing must be:
1. above grade
2. outside the planting pit
3. fitted with a micro spray heads or bug caps.
Adjust spray heads:
1. spacing
2. pattern
3. riser height
to achieve full and uniform coverage with minimum overthrow.
78
20-3.03K(5) Access Sleeves
Add to section 20-3.03K.
Place all underground drip emitters and end caps in access sleeves.
Place a one inch layer of pea gravel in the bottom of access sleeves.
20-3.03L Valves and Valve Boxes
Delete section 20-3.03L.
20-3.03N Pressure Testing
Replace section 20-3.03N with:
Use only potable water with all pressure testing work. Only pressure test newly installed irrigation system
components. Provide all necessary:
1. capping
2. temporary connections
3. air release devices
to isolate existing irrigation system components
Pressure testing sequence:
1. Install all pressure irrigation components.
2. Flush the irrigation system.
3. Isolate newly installed irrigation system from existing system.
4. Cap all sprinklers heads (before swing joints) and other non-pressure connections.
5. Bleed all air from the irrigation system.
6. Ensure that the manufacture’s recommended cure time has elapsed for solvent welded joints.
7. Pressurize the irrigation system to 110 psi with water for a period of four (4) hours.
8. If any leaks are found, repair leak and repeat pressure test. The irrigation system has failed the
pressure test.
Once pressure test has passed, install sprinkler heads and backfill.
20-3.03N(1) Cross-Connection Test (Recycled Water Irrigation System Only)
Add to section 20-3.03N.
The irrigation system must pass a required cross-connection test performed by a certified AWWA cross-
connection specialist. Use potable water for the cross-connection test. If potable water is not present on the site,
this testing may be waived at the discretion of the Engineer.
Notify the Engineer five working days prior to testing. The Engineer will provide the certified AWWA cross-
connection specialist. You must provide all personal required to pressurize and depressurize irrigation system.
20-3.03O Repairs and Sprinkler Coverage
Replace 3rd paragraph of section 20-3.03O with:
Complete sprinkler operation and coverage testing using the permanent water supply system, recycled water or
potable water.
Irrigation Audit / Coverage test sequence:
1. Verify that the entire system has been flushed and cleaned.
2. Verify that all main line shut-off valves are fully open.
3. If plans show a mainline pressure regulator, set the pressure to the required pressure as called out on
the plans, then proceed downstream to zone adjustments.
4. Using pressure gauges and pilot tubes, adjust remote control valve flow controls and/or pressure
regulators to the zone setting as called out on the plans. The set pressure is the operating pressure of
the sprinkler head furthest or highest from the valve. All other heads will have slightly higher pressures.
5. After zone pressures have been set, adjust arc patterns to achieve full and uniform coverage with
minimum overthrow to avoid overspray onto non-planted areas.
79
6. Arrange for an irrigation audit by a certified irrigation auditor or other qualified person acceptable to the
Engineer to determine the distribution uniformity.
7. Adjust the system to maximize uniform coverage and minimize overthrow as determined by the
Engineer, at no additional cost.
20-3.03P Irrigation System Functional Test
Add to section 20-3.03P.
Remove all construction:
1. barricades
2. equipment
3. tools
prior to testing.
Evaluate the performance of all components of the system for proper:
1. working order
2. function
3. coverage
Run the irrigation system in both manual and automatic mode, testing each station operation through the entire
cycle.
20-3.03P(1) Drip Irrigation Operational Test
Add to section 20-3.03P.
Complete drip irrigation operational testing using the permanent water supply system (recycled water or potable
water.)
At the completion of the drip irrigation installation, the Engineer will inspect the system installation and at the
same time have an operational test run.
Testing will allow the evaluation of the system for proper:
1. working order
2. function
3. coverage
4. emitter flow
Each plant will be inspected for:
1. proper number of emitters
2. correct location
3. required bug caps
The Engineer will spot check the emitters for correct flow rate by discharging water into a container for a
calculated time period.
Check for desired minimum pressure at points located at the system lowest hydraulic condition with pressure
testing equipment supplied by you (Schrader pressure testing valve).
The system must be run in its manual mode and its automatic mode, testing each valve station operation
through its entire cycle.
20-3.04 PAYMENT
Replace section 20-3.04 with:
Full compensation for work specified in section 20-3 and applicable engineering standards is included in the
payment for other bid items unless a bid item of work is shown on the bid item list.
80
20-7 HIGHWAY PLANTING
20-07.01 GENERAL
20-7.01A Summary
Add to section 20-7.01A.
Numerical quantities and totals are provided on the plans for convenience only. You are responsible verify all
quantities prior to bid and to supply all plants called out by symbols or spacing.
20-7.01B Submittals
Delete section 20-7.01B.
20-7.02 MATERIALS
20-7.02A General
Replace section 20-7.02A with:
Plant names shown on the plans refer to botanical names (genus, species and variety) of each plant. Common
names, when shown, are for convenience only and must not be used when ordering plants.
All plants must be No. 1 grade and conforming to the State of California Grading Code of Nursery Stock.
Plants furnished must be:
1. healthy
2. shapely
3. well rooted
4. well grown
5. free from pest and disease
6. show no evidence of having been restricted or deformed at any time
7. grown in nurseries that have been inspected by the State of California’s Department of Food and
Health.
Where height or spread are shown, they are measured with branches in their normal position. Where caliper is
noted, they are measured 4 feet above finish grade. Where only container size is noted, it is understood that
these plants be of accepted industry size
All plants furnished must be true to the type as shown and must be tagged identifying the plants by:
1. genus
2. species
3. variety
However verification of the plant species or variety will be made by the Engineer. Tag plants individually or be
group. The Engineer reserves the right to reject any plants.
20-7.02C Plants
20-7.02C(5) Turf Sod
Add to section 20-7.02C(5).
Furnish drought tolerant, fine bladed tall fescue sod.
20-7.02C(6) Hand Seeded Turf
Add to section 20-7.02C.
Seed must be:
1. fresh
2. clean
3. mechanically pre-mixed to the specified proportions.
Deliver the seed to the site in the original unopened containers bearing the dealers:
1. guarantee
2. analysis
3. germination (90 percent pure with 85 percent germination)
81
20-7-.02C(7) Hydroseeded Lawn Planting
Add to section 20-7.02C.
Use Weyerhaeuser's Silva-Fiber or equal fiber that is 100 percent virgin wood fiber mulch (dyed green). Add
organic tackifier, M-Binder by Ecology Controls or equal, when slopes exceed five percent.
20-7.02D Miscellaneous
20-7.02D(1) Fertilizer
Replace section 20-7.02D(1) with section 20-1.02D.
20-7.02D(4) Iron Sulfate
Replace section 20-7D(4) with:
Use iron sulfate that is ferrous sulfate in pelleted or granular form containing not less than 18.5 percent iron
expressed as metallic iron. Use Iron sulfate that complies with the Food & Agri Code. Add sulfur at 1 pound per
1000 square feet and gypsum at 2 pounds per 1000 square feet, both finely broken up.
20-7.02D(5) Edging
20-7.02D(5)(a) Header Board Edging
Replace section 20-7.02D(5)(a) with:
Boards, Laminate Boards (bender-board), and stakes must be one of the following types:
1. construction grade cedar
2. pressure treated Douglas fir
3. construction heart grade redwood complying with 57-2.01B(2)
4. an approved composite of equal strength and durability
Boards must be:
1. rough cut from sound timber
2. straight. Sweep must not exceed 1 inch in 6 feet
3. free from loose or unsound knots. Knots must be sound, tight, well-spaced, and not to exceed 2 inches
in size on any face
4. free of shakes in excess of 1/3 the thickness of the lumber
5. free of splits longer than the thickness of the lumber
6. free of other defects that would render the lumber unfit structurally for the purpose intended
7. nominal size 2 inch x 4 inch
Bender-board must be:
1. of an appropriate thickness, that when bent, does not kink or cracking
2. a nominal 4 inches
Anchor edging with stakes. Stakes must be:
1. a nominal size of 1 inch x 2 inches with a length of 18 inches
2. secured to headers with six penny (6d) galvanized common nails or screws two per stake
3. driven ¼ inch lower than top of header and back cut at a forty-five (45) degree angle, with the acute part
facing stake
4. placed at no more than 5 foot on center and within 1 foot of the ends when placed in a straight line
5. placed at no more than 3 foot on center and alternating on either side of header board when placed on
curve. Staking interval may be reduced in order to maintain smooth radius
6. placed on the planter side of header’s or as directed by the Engineer
Trench and set the header boards after location is approved by the Engineer. Set the boards on firmly
compacted subgrade. Stake the headers, backfill and compact. Finish grade the soil on each side of the
headers to the required elevation.
82
20-7.02D(5)(b) Metal Edging
Add to section 20-7.02D5(b).
Use metal edging that is a minimum of 1/8” thick.
20-7.02D(6) Mulch
20-7.02D(6)(a) General
Add to section 20-7.02D(6)(a).
Mulch all disturbed areas using shredded bark mulch (gorilla hair) except for:
1. turf or
2. any other areas that have been specifically addressed in compliance with Section 21 for erosion control.
20-7.03 CONSTRUCTION
20-7.03F Cultivate
Replace section 20-7.03F with:
Cultivate by mechanical methods and repeat until the soil is loose to a minimum depth of 6 inches and soil clods
are less than 1 inch maximum dimension.
The use of rubber-tired equipment will be permitted for cultivating operations provided the equipment used
cultivates any compaction caused by the tires. Do not use rubber-tired equipment on areas once cultivated.
Extend one foot beyond the outer row of plants requiring cultivation for cultivation area.
Cultivate areas before adding soil amendment and fertilizer. Add soil amendment and fertilizer at the rates
shown. Re-cultivate to thoroughly mix soil amendment and fertilizer with the soil.
Re-cultivate planting areas that have been compacted.
Bring to the surface encountered rocks or debris during soil preparation work in planting areas. Remove rocks or
debris larger than 1 inch in maximum dimension.
Remove existing pavement prior to cultivation.
20-7.03I Planting
20-7.03I(1) General
Add to section 20.7.03I(1)
The backfill mixture must be composed of:
1. Native, rock free soil - 75% by volume
2. Soil amendments - 25% by volume
3. "Grow-power" - 15 pounds per cubic yard of mix
4. Sulfur - 6 ounces per cubic yard of mix
Install plants in boxed containers, which are 24 inches or larger, prior to installation of the irrigation system.
Reroute irrigation lines which conflict with these plant locations to clear the root ball.
Cut back wrapping of balled and burlapped plants at the root crown after the plant is positioned in the plant pit.
Fill with backfill mixture up to the finish grade and water thoroughly. Add additional backfill mixture to fill voids or
settlement below finish grade. Construct a mound of backfill mixture around each plant forming a watering basin
the same diameter of the drip line of the plant, except for:
1. ground covers planted from flats
2. trees and shrubs in grass areas;
Attach vines to supports as follows:
1. Trellis - After planting, carefully cut vine from nursery stake and spread branches. Spread and attach
branches to trellis with green, plastic tie ribbon.
83
2. Walls - Same procedure as trellis, but secure branches with adhesive masonry vine ties.
The Engineer will have final approval of placement of vine on supports.
Add a 2 inch layer of mulch in a neat even layer:
1. around
2. under
3. between
all plants in newly planted areas. Clear the mulch away from the root crowns.
Do not place mulch in newly planted ground cover areas that are expected to fill in the first year.
20-7.03I(9) Ground Cover
Add to section 20-7.03I(9).
Plant trees and shrubs prior to planting ground cover. Plant ground cover:
1. under
2. around
3. between shrubs and trees
Plant ground cover in moist soil with a proportionate amount of soil from the flat. Soil most not crumble and fall
away from the plant when removed from the flat.
Apply a pre-emergent herbicide to the ground cover planting area for weed control.
20-7.03I(14) Turf Sod
Add to section 20-7.03I(14).
Establish sod subgrade taking into account thickness of sod that will be installed. Sod subgrade is equivalent to
finished grand minus sod thickness. Sod subgrade must be:
1. firm
2. raked smooth
3. no depressions or undulations
4. moist but not wet when sod is laid
Lay sod parallel with staggered ends and offsetting adjacent rows. Butt sod tightly against each other and all
construction.
Within two hours after installing sod and before rolling, lightly water sod. Roll all seams and joints with a half filled
roller.
After rolling, thoroughly water area to a depth of at least 6 inches into soil. Repeat watering as necessary to keep
the sod moist until rooted.
20-7.03I(14)(a) Hand Seeded Lawn
Add to section 20-7.03I(14).
After finish grading, rake the soil surface and apply seed. Apply seed in uniform amounts in in two opposite
directions.
After seeding, cover the area with mulch evenly to a depth of ¼ inch. Roll area with an empty roller, then
thoroughly water.
Keep seeded area continuously moist throughout the germination period, as specified by the seed company.
Any seed that germinates outside of the designated grass area must be immediately removed, including roots.
84
20-7.03(14)(b) Stolonized Planted Lawn
Add to section 20-7.03I(14).
After finish grading, thoroughly water area to a depth of at least 6 inches into soil. As soon as the soil can be
worked, add fertilizer into the top 1 inch of soil.
When the top two inches of soil is friable but contains enough moisture to prevent the stolons from drying out,
plant stolons.
Work stolons into the soil to depth of ½ inch to 1½ inches and cover with mulch.
Plant stolons by:
Turf Area Stolon Planting Means
Less than 2,000 square feet Hand Planting Only
2,000 to 10,000 square feet Hand or Mechanical Planting
Greater than 10,000 square feet Mechanical Planting Only
Hydroseeding of stolon grass area is allowed, if approved by the Engineer.
Do not allow stolons to dry out. Water stolons immediately after planting and keep stolons moist at all times until
plants are well established.
20-7-03(14)(c) Hydroseeding
Add to section 20-7.03I(14).
After finish grading, thoroughly water area to a depth of at least 6 inches into soil. As soon as the soil can be
worked, cultivate top 2 inches of soil and level. Keep area moist to a depth of 6 inches into soil.
Prepare slurry at the site by an experienced hydroseeding company. Commence spraying within five minutes
after all materials have been mixed into the slurry.
Clean overspray areas immediately. Remove any seed that germinates outside of the hydroseed area.
20-7.03I(14)(d) Turf Protection
Add to section 20-7.03I(14).
Protect planted turf areas, at a minimum, with fencing until established. Provide stake that are three feet long.
Embed stakes one foot into soil at eight foot on center around the perimeter of turf area. Connect stake with two
strands of orange plastic ribbon. Place one strand at the top of the stake and one strand six inches above turf.
Provide signs stating:
“KEEP OFF GRASS”
placed at every change in direction. Protect and maintain area until the grass is well rooted and has 2½ inches of
top growth.
20-7.03I(17) Pre-Emergent Herbicide
Add to section 20-7.03I.
Apply pre-emergent herbicide for weed control prior to the application of mulch. Determine which herbicide is safe
for adjacent plants. Notify the Engineer if detrimental compatibility exists between the herbicide and the plants prior
to application.
Apply only granular forms of pre-emergent herbicide, and do not apply it if the foliage is wet or the wind is more than
five miles per hour. Wash all foliage of pre-emergent herbicide residue after application. Apply the pre-emergent
herbicide in strict compliance with manufacture’s recommendations.
85
20-8 WILDFLOWER SEEDING
Replace section 20-8 with:
20-8.01 GENERAL
Add to section 20-8.
Hydroseeding of wildflower must conform to the requirements of 21-1.02L.
20-8.02 MATERIAL
Add to section 20-8.
Apply wildflower seed to natural areas. Seed must be:
1. fresh
2. clean
3. new crop seed
4. delivered to the site in labeled, un-opened containers
Seed containers must be labeled with:
1. germination rate
2. germination test date
3. quantity of seed supplied
For seed mixtures, supply an itemized list citing percent composition and minimum germination standard for each
component in the mixture.
20-8.03 PLANTING
Add to section 20-8.
Mow and remove vegetation from area to be seeded. Loosen the top 2 inches of the soil with verticutting blades
or by light cultivation.
Apply seed with a cyclone seeder and use sand as a proportioner (2:1 sand to seed) to help ensure even
distribution.
After seed application, lightly rake area to achieve a seed cover using hand rake or a drag mat behind a tractor.
Planting must occur in late summer or early fall, before the first rain of the season.
20-9 PLANT ESTABLISHMENT WORK
Replace section 20-9 with:
20-9.01 GENERAL
Add to section 20-9.
Section 20-9 includes specifications for performing plant establishment work that consists of caring for the
planting including:
1. watering plants
2. pruning plants
3. replacing damaged plants
4. weeding
5. rodent and pest control
6. operation and repair of irrigation facilities.
Prior to project acceptance, establish and continually maintain all newly planted areas for one year starting the day
after the date of project acceptance. The remainder of the contract, excluding the work involved in the maintenance
period, will be finalized in compliance with section 9-1.17C.
Before the maintenance period begins, an agreed upon a maintenance schedule indicating the days that
maintenance are planned to be performed.
86
20-9.02 MATERIAL
Add to section 20-9.
Not used.
20-9.03 MAINTENANCE
20-9.03A Mowing and Edging
Add to section 20-9.03.
Once the seeded lawn grass has ninety percent coverage, mow the lawn for the first time. Cut the lawn to one
half (1/2) its height the first mowing, then to its normal height thereafter. Catch, collect and remove all lawn
clippings.
Mow the lawn, at a minimum, every seven calendar days to the following heights:
Grass Type Mow Height
bluegrass & rye grass 2 inches
Bermuda grass 1 inch
Dichondra 1 inch
tall fescue 2½ inches
Trim edges of lawn, at a minimum, every 14 calendar days.
20-9.03B Watering
Add to section 20-9.03.
Apply water lightly and frequently until roots begin to grow.
Once plants are established, water as required to maximize plant growth. Schedule lawn water one day prior to
wilting and then water until surface run off begins.
Complete watering during rising temperature. Start automated systems to begin watering at 5:00 A.M. or as
directed by the Engineer.
20-9.03C Pruning
Add to section 20-9.03.
Prune lateral branches and buds flush with trunk.
Do not prune young trees until they are able to support themselves without stakes or other supports. Pruning will
be allowed to remove:
1. dead,
2. diseased, or
3. damaged portions
of young trees.
Do not shear shrubs unless directed by the Engineer.
Complete pruning to maintain growth within space limitations or to maintain a proper leaf-to-root relationship.
20-9.03D Staking and Guying
Add to section 20-9.03.
Replace all broken support materials.
Remove support materials prior to disfiguring of plant. Remove support system or replace support system if still
required as directed by the Engineer.
Review supported plants monthly and remove support system as soon as they are no longer needed.
87
20-9.03E Pest and Disease Control
Add to section 20-9.03.
Identify pest and immediately control by mechanical or chemical means. Complete control work in strict
compliance with the manufacturer’s recommendations without harming any other plant or animal life. Do not
use:
1. chlorinated hydrocarbons, or
2. organic phosphate
based pesticides.
20-9.03F Weeding
Add to section 20-9.03.
Remove all weeds by mechanical or chemical means once a week. Complete control work in strict compliance
with manufacturer’s recommendations without harming any other plant or animal life.
20-9.03G Fertilization
Add to section 20-9.03.
Fertilize:
1. ground cover
2. planted areas
3. planted mulch beds
every 30 calendar days.
Fertilize turf area 30 calendar days after maintenance period has begun and at intervals recommended by the
fertilizer manufacture. Send a letter to the Engineer stating that fertilization has taken place documenting dates
and enclose copies of invoices showing amount of fertilizer applied.
20-9.03H Plant Replacement
Add to section 20-9.03.
Replace all dead plant materials with the originally planted type and size within two weeks of the plant dying or
when notified by the Engineer.
Should a potted plant die, the pot must be immediately relocated out of view until the plant can be replaced.
Complete replacement within five working days.
Obtain written consent from the Engineer for any substitute plant type.
20-9.03I Irrigation System
Add to section 20-9.03.
Maintain the irrigation system in proper operating condition at all times; repairing:
1. broken heads
2. valves
3. pipes
4. controllers
5. etc.
within two days of failure. Isolate, cap or turn off zones that will cause a loss of water or damage due to excess
flows.
Set, monitor, and adjust station run times to supply adequate watering for plant growth without causing:
1. overwatering,
2. standing water,
3. wet muddy conditions, or
4. run off of water.
Should failure occur, hand water to ensure healthy plant growth.
88
Seasonally adjust automatic irrigation systems to appropriate watering. Inspect irrigation heads weekly for
proper coverage and to eliminate overthrow.
On a monthly basis:
1. flush and clean filters for drip irrigation system
2. test pressure at the worst hydraulic points for correct pressure and adjust as needed
On a weekly basis check for proper flow for all micro tube emitters. Clean and replace as needed or as directed
by the Engineer.
20-9.03J Damage
Add to section 20-9.03.
Immediately repair all damage to planting areas. Keep all planting areas and adjacent paved areas neat and
clean.
Fill depressions caused by:
1. vehicles
2. equipment
3. foot traffic
with lightly compacted and leveled soil.
Rebuild, replant, and re-compact eroded or washed out sections of slopes.
Remove deposits of silt on:
1. walkways
2. planting
3. lawn areas
20-9.04 PAYMENT
Establish and continually maintain all newly planted areas until final project acceptance by City Council or
designated representative. Costs for continued maintenance until project acceptance is included in other bid
items of work.
After final project acceptance, continually maintain planted areas during the one year maintenance period which
begins the day after final project acceptance. Maintenance period compensation will be withheld from the final
payment and paid in even monthly payments over the maintenance period. The remainder of the contract, excluding
the work involved in the maintenance period, will be finalized in compliance with section 9-1.17C.
Submit a maintenance schedule indicating the day you will perform maintenance work to the Engineer for review
and approval. If you fail to perform the maintenance within one week of the pre-determined schedule, payment will
be forfeited for that month. If you fail to perform maintenance per the pre-determined schedule three times, the
Engineer will put you on notice for violation of the contract and notify your bonding company. The Engineer reserves
the right to continue maintenance in compliance with section 9-1.23 and to start legal proceedings to recapture costs
required to maintain planted areas during the maintenance period.
Full compensation for work specified in section 20-9 and applicable engineering standards is included in the
payment shown on the bid item list. No plant establishment and maintenance period is required unless specified
and included in the bid item list.
If no plant establishment and maintenance period is required, plant material and irrigation repairs are covered
for the duration of the guaranty period in compliance with section 5-1.39C(2). Replace plant material in
compliance with section 20-7.
89
21 EROSION CONTROL
21-1.02 MATERIALS
21-1.02G Seed
Add to section 21-1.02G
Seed (% minimum purity, % minimum germination) pounds per acre
Bromus carinatus - California Brome (95%, 85%) 22
Festuca megalura - Zorro Fescue (85%, 80%) 10
Trifolium hirtum "Hykon" - Rose Clover (95%, 90%) 30
inoculated with appropriate bacteria 5
Eschscholzia californica - California Poppy (95%, 75%) 5
Lupinus nanus - Sky Lupine (95%, 75%) 5
21-1.02L Hydraulically Applied Erosion Control Products
Replace section 21-.02L with:
Hydraulically applied erosion control slurry mix must be in compliance with:
Material Pounds per acre
100% Wood fiber mulch (green) 1800
Commercial fertilizer (16-20-0) 400
"M-binder" (stabilizing emulsion) or equal 130
Water *
Seed per special provision or section 21-1.02G
* Quantity of water as needed for the application as specified by the manufacturer of stabilizing emulation.
Application of Hydraulically applied erosion control must be:
1. completed by an experienced hydraulically applied erosion control company
2. started within five minutes after materials have been mixed thoroughly
3. applied in the presence of the Engineer
21-1.03 CONSTRUCTION
21-1.03A General
Add to section 21-1.03A.
Apply hydromulch and hydroseed to all slopes in excess of 10 percent gradient.
In addition to hydromulch and hydroseed, apply:
1. erosion control mats,
2. blankets, or
3. jute mesh
to all slope in excess of 25 percent gradient.
Apply nylon mesh reinforced visqueen to all temporary construction slopes equal to or greater than 50 percent
gradient. Visqueen must be anchored at the top of slope using a 6 inch deep backfilled trench
Apply all erosion control devices as first order of work or as soon as practical, as determined by the Engineer.
From October 15 to April 15, erosion control must be:
1. installed,
2. applied, or
3. reinstalled
after area is:
1. graded
2. prior to any rain event
90
3. no later than five working days after disturbance.
Employ appropriate best management practices to contain all sediment on site and do not allow sediment to
enter:
1. adjacent properties,
2. City right-of-way,
3. storm drains, or
4. creeks.
21-1.03B Site Preparation
Add to section 21-1.03B.
Surfaces left smooth and compacted by grading operations must be loosened to a depth of 1 inch by:
1. raking,
2. tilling, or
3. other methods.
91
DIVISION IV SUBBASES AND BASES
26 AGGREGATE BASES
26-1.02 MATERIAL
26-1.02A General
Replace the 1st and 2nd paragraph of section 26-1.02A with:
Aggregate for base must be clean and consist of any combination of the following:
1. Broken stone
2. Crushed gravel
3. Natural rough surfaced gravel
4. Sand
5. reclaimed portland cement concrete
6. lean concrete base
7. cement treated base
Recycled or reclaimed asphalt concrete may only be used in class 2R aggregate base.
Use ¾ inch maximum grading aggregate for class 2 and 2R aggregate base.
All aggregate base must be free from organic matter and other deleterious substances.
Add to section 26-1.02.
26-1.02D Class 2R Aggregate Base (Recycled)
Class 2R aggregate base material use is limited to the City right-of-way unless authorized by the Engineer. Do not
use class 2R aggregate base material within the creek areas or creek setback areas as described in the Municipal
Code.
Class 2R aggregate base must conform to the following grading and quality requirements:
Aggregate Grading Requirements
Percentage Passing ¾” Maximum
Sieve Sizes Operating Range Compliance Range
1 inch 100 100
¾ inch 90-100 87-100
No. 4 35-62 30-65
No. 30 10-30 5-35
No. 200 2-9 0-12
Quality Requirements
Test Operating Range Compliance Range
Resistance (R-Value) ---- 70 Min.
Sand Equivalent 25 Min. 22 Min.
Durability Index ---- 30 Min.
Furnish a laboratory report, not more than 3 months old, verifying the material’s compliance with this section’s
requirements prior to material being deliver to site. Material is still subject to testing and acceptance after it is
delivered and placed.
Class 2R aggregate base must be encapsulated by placing it below another material such as asphalt concrete or
Portland cement concrete, where it will not be exposed to wearing and cause it to enter the air or drainage system.
Use of class 2R aggregate base with an R value below that of Class 2 aggregate base will only be allowed when
the structural section has been designed for that value.
92
26-1.02E Class 3 Aggregate Base (Sand)
Class 3 aggregate base must be of a nature that can be compacted readily under watering and rolling to form a firm,
stable base. Aggregate must conform to the grading and quality requirements shown in the following tables:
Grading Requirements (Percent Passing)
Sieve Size Operating Range Contract Compliance
1 inch 100 100
#4 80-95 75-95
#30 35-70 30-75
#200 15 Max. 10 Max.
Quality Requirements
Test Operating Range Compliance Range
Sand Equivalent --- 30 Min.
26-1.02F Crushed Rock
Crushed rock must be of a nature that can compacted readily to form a firm, stable base. Crushed rock must
conform to the grading and quality requirements shown in the following table.
Grading Requirements
Sieve Size Percent Passing
1 inch 100
¾ inch 90-100
3/8 inch 20-55
#4 0-10
#8 0-5
Quality Requirements
Sand Equivalent 30 Min.
26-1.02G Select Backfill Material (Trench Backfill Sand)
Select Backfill Material must be of a nature that it can be compacted readily to 90 percent relative compaction.
The following materials are not acceptable for use as select backfill material:
1. material with corrosive properties
2. marine or beach sand
3. recycled / reclaimed material
Select Backfill Material must conform to the grading and quality requirements shown in the following table:
Grading Requirements
Sieve Size Percent Passing
1 inch 100
#4 80-95
#30 35-70
#200 15 Max.
Quality Requirements
Sand Equivalent 30 Min.
93
26-1.02H Float Rock (Trench Backfill)
Float rock must be of a nature that it can be compacted readily to 90 percent relative compaction. The following
materials are not acceptable for use as Float Rock:
1. material with corrosive properties
2. local "Red Rock"
Float rock must conform to the grading requirements shown in the following table:
Grading Requirements
Sieve Size Percent Passing
¾ inch 100
½ inch 95-100
3/8 inch 70-80
#4 15-25
#8 0-5
94
DIVISION V SURFACING AND PAVEMENTS
37 BITUMINOUS SEALS
37-1 GENERAL
37-1.01 GENERAL
Add to section 37-1.01.
Notification and operational requirements must comply with sections 7-1.03 and 7-1.04.
37-2 SEAL COATS
37-2.02 MATERIALS
Add to section 37-2.02
Asphalt Emulsion must comply with Section 94.
37-2.02H Screenings
37-2.02H(2) Asphaltic Emulsion Seal Coat
Add to section 37-2.02H(2).
Use Fine ¼” max seal coat gradation.
37-2.02H(3) Polymer Modified Asphaltic Emulsion Seal Coat
Add to section 37-2.02H(3).
Use Fine ¼” max seal coat gradation.
37-3 SLURRY SEAL AND MICRO-SURFACING
37-3.01 GENERAL
37-3.01D Quality Control and Assurance
37-3.01D(1) General
Add to section 37-3.01D(1).
No single:
1. aggregate grading, or
2. sand equivalent test
may represent more than:
3. 360,000 square yards or
4. one day’s production,
whichever is smaller.
37-3.03 CONSTRUCTION
37-3.03D Placing
37-3.03D(1) General
Add to section 37-3.03D(1).
Seal coat placed adjacent to concrete gutter must be placed up to, but not on, concrete gutter. Seal coat
material extending more than 1 inch into adjacent concrete gutter must be removed within 24 hours of seal coat
application. Seal coat placement may not continue until previous days gutters have been cleaned.
37-3.03D(2) Surface Preparation
37-3.03D(2)(a) General
Add to section 37-3.03D(2)(a).
Protecting existing utility collars and concrete collars must comply with section 15.
Provide to the Engineer, a written herbicide recommendation by a Licensed Pest Control Adviser with material
safety data sheets of recommended products. Spray the approved herbicide, which leaves behind a visible blue
marker dye, on vegetation. The herbicide must be applied under dry condition and at 48 hours prior to
95
vegetation removal. Before placing the seal coat, vegetation in pavement cracks and between pavement and
curb/gutter must be removed. You must assume full responsibility for the proper application of the herbicide
governed by Federal, State and Local laws.
Remove surface contaminates such as grease or oil spots to allow for proper adhesion of slurry seal.
If slurry seal placement includes locations where a bike lane is located immediately adjacent to a concrete
gutter, grind pavement surface flush prior to application of slurry seal. The width of the grind must be a minimum
of one foot and up to five feet, as necessary to leave the cross slope of the pavement surface less than 5%. The
finish surface adjacent to the seal coat must not be more than ¼ inch above the surface of the gutter where a
bike lane abuts the gutter.
In areas where concrete pavement is exposed, apply a tack coat consisting of one part emulsified asphalt and
three parts water at a rate of 0.10 gallons to 0.15 gallons per square yard, or as directed by the Engineer. Use
CSS1H emulsion grade emulsified asphalt.
37-3.03D(3) Test Strip
37-3.03D(3)(b) Slurry Seal
Replace section 37-3.03D(3)(b) with 37-3.03D(3)(c).
37-3.03D(3)(c) Micro-Surfacing
Replace section 37-3.03D(3)(c) with:
Calibration of each truck that will be used on the project within 20 miles of the City of San Luis Obispo and must
be calibrated specifically for the City’s project. Calibrate per California Test 109, Monday through Friday
between the hours of 7:00 AM and 4:00 PM.
You must construct a test strip for evaluation by and at a location provided by the Engineer. A test strip must:
1. be placed under similar conditions of the contract work
2. Be placed at the same time of day or night that contract application will occur
3. use the approved project mix design
4. use the same laydown procedures and equipment that will be used for contract work
5. have a minimum length of one hundred feet
6. be completed and accepted as satisfactory by the Engineer two working days prior to the first contract
application day
7. curing properly to allow normal traffic on the surfaced roadway within three hours
8. have edge lines that are straight and remain straight
9. have no lumping, balling or unmixed aggregate
10. have a uniform surface texture that is free of streaks, slick spots or excessive drag marks
You must propose adjustments in the mixture to compensate for sudden changes in weather conditions or night
application. All adjustments to the in the mixture must be lab approved prior to placement of the mix.
If the mix design or the placement procedure is determined by the Engineer to be unacceptable, the test strip
will be rejected and not measured as part of the completed work. You must remove and replace the test strip at
no additional cost or overlay the test strip with material that conforms to the project specifications, at the
Engineer's discretion. The edges and ends of overlaid material must be feathered to conform to the longitudinal
and transverse joint requirements in these specifications.
Accepted test strips, when placed within project contract area, will remain in place and be measured as part of
the completed work.
A new test strip will be performed when there is field evidence that the system is not performing as specified.
37-3.03D(4) Placement
37-3.03D(4)(a) General
37-3.03D(4)(a)(i) General
Add to section 37-3.03D(4)(a)(i).
96
Roll all seal material with a rubber-tired roller, a minimum of three passes, prior to allowing traffic on the
surfaced roads. After placement of seal material surfaced roads must be opened to traffic no later than 3 hours
after the seal material has been placed and no later than 4:00 p.m. in the evening. Quantities of seal placed
daily must be adjusted to accommodate road opening schedule.
37-3.03D(4)(c) Micro-Surfacing
37-3.03D(4)(c)(iii) Finished Surface
Add to section 37-3.03D(4)(c)(iii).
Micro-surfacing must cure to allow turning truck traffic within 3 hours. Adequate cure must be verified through
actual traffic conditions. Micro-surfacing that exhibits large aggregate displacement after 3 hours from actual
traffic must be removed and replaced at no cost to the City. At the expiration of the time allowed for closure of
lanes, the micro-surfacing mixture must be sufficiently cured to support unrestricted traffic.
37-3.04 PAYMENT
Replace section 37-3.04A and 37-3.04B with:
Full compensation for work specified in section 37 and applicable engineering standards is included in the
payment for other bid items unless a bid item of work is shown on the bid item list.
If test results for slurry seal or micro-surfacing indicate that the material does not comply with the requirements,
you may remove the installed material represented by the failing test results or request it remain in place with a
payment deduction in the amount of $0.50 per square yard.
97
39 HOT MIX ASPHALT
39-1 GENERAL
39-1.01 GENERAL
39-1.01A Summary
Add to section 39-1.01A.
Asphalt grinding and removal must comply with section 15.
Temporary transitions must comply with section 42-3.03C(1).
39-1.02 MATERIALS
39-1.02B Tack Coat
Add to section 39-1.02B.
Use RS-1 asphaltic emulsion for tack coat. See section 94 for requirements.
39-1.02C Asphalt Binder
Replace section 39-1.02C with:
Use asphalt binder for Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) in compliance with section 39-1.02D.
Use PG 64-10, in compliance with section 92, for asphalt binder unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
39-1.03 HOT MIX ASPHALT MIX DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
39-1.03A General
Replace section 39-1.03A with:
Submit asphalt mix design prepared by an independent laboratory in compliance with section 39-1.03B. Submit mix
design, a minimum of 7 days, prior to any paving for review and approval of the Engineer.
39-1.09 SUBGRADE, TACK COAT, AND GEOSYNTHETIC PAVEMENT INTERLAYER
39-1.09D Geosynthetic Pavement Interlayer
Add to section 39-1.09D.
Pavement reinforcing fabric and paving grid must comply sections 88-1.02J and 88-1.02M.
Provide a certificate of compliance for pavement fabric used to the Engineer.
Place fabric into the asphalt binder with a minimum of wrinkles. The placed fabric must be broomed or
squeegeed to remove any bubbles prior to the binder cooling to the point that fabric will not adhere. The
equipment for placing the fabric must be mechanized and capable of handling full rolls of material and be
capable of laying the fabric without forming excess wrinkles or folds. The equipment to be used is subject to the
approval of the Engineer.
39-2 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION PROCESS
Delete section 39-2.
39-3 METHOD CONSTRUCTION PROCESS
39-3.01 GENERAL
Add to section 39-3.01.
Asphalt concrete must be type B conforming to the requirements for ¾” aggregate grading except as noted
below.
Provide final lift of multi-lift paving, when thickness is less than 2 inches, conforming to the requirements of type
B asphalt concrete ½” aggregate grading.
Provide leveling course conforming to the requirements of type B asphalt concrete 3/8” aggregate grading.
98
39-3.02 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
Add to section 39-3.02.
39-3.02B Acceptance of Private Construction
Obtain special inspection services of a geotechnical engineer, if required by the Engineer, to provide density
testing during paving operations to determine that the work effort is sufficient to achieve a minimum of 95
percent relative compaction. Where 95 percent compaction is not achieved, you must work with the
geotechnical engineer to modify the operations to achieve the required compaction of 95 percent.
Obtain special inspection services, if required by the Engineer, in order to verify compliance with section 39-
1.12. Cease paving operations until the necessary adjustments are made to provide a smooth surface.
39-3.03 SPREADING AND COMPACTING EQUIPMENT
Add to section 39-3.03.
Areas inaccessible to the rollers may be compacted using a high impact power compactor capable of attaining
the same compaction as the rolled areas.
The Engineer may allow the number of rollers to be reduced depending on the size of the paving operation.
39-3.04 TRANSPORTATION, SPREADING AND COMPACTING
Add to section 39-3.04.
Prior to placing asphalt paving over an existing surface, the surface must be cleaned by vacuum sweeping, or
other means necessary to remove all surface contaminates, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, including:
1. loose particles of paving
2. dirt
3. grease
4. oil spots
5. other extraneous material
Prior to vegetation removal spray an approved herbicide, which leaves behind a visible blue marker dye, a
minimum of 48 hours in advance of vegetation removal. Submit to the Engineer a written recommendation, for
herbicide intended to be used, by a Licensed Pest Control Adviser along with material safety data sheets of
recommended products. Apply herbicide in strict compliance with all:
1. Federal Law
2. State Law
3. Local Law
4. Manufacture’s recommendations
Remove vegetation in pavement
1. cracks
2. between pavement and gutter
3. between pavement and curb
prior to cleaning and placing asphalt concrete.
When placing asphalt concrete to established lines and grades, the automatic screed controls must provide the
longitudinal grade and transverse slope. You must:
1. furnish
2. install
3. maintain
grade and slope. Place screed with automatic controls adjacent to existing pavement to provide grade and slope
of new pavement and transitions between new and existing pavement in strict compliance with section 39-1.12B.
All screeds must be controlled in the same manner.
Asphalt concrete must not be placed during rain or other unsuitable weather. At no time is the soil beneath the
existing pavement material to be exposed to rain or other adverse weather conditions.
99
If vibratory rollers are used as finish rollers, turn off vibratory unit.
On streets receiving an asphalt concrete overlay, you must spread a leveling course in all:
1. dip areas
2. depressions
3. voids greater than two inches
4. as directed by the Engineer
Spreading and compacting must be performed by methods that will produce a surfacing of uniform:
1. smoothness
2. texture
3. density
Place asphalt concrete adjacent to curb ramps in compliance engineering standards for curb ramp landing slope
requirements. Submit grade and slope information for curb ramp landings to the Engineer prior to placing asphalt
concrete. Submit a variance request if curb ramp landing slope requirements are unattainable prior to placing
asphalt concrete.
Schedule paving operations so that the entire width of the street is available to public traffic by the end of each
working day. At no time may a vertical drop-off exist on a surface open to public traffic.
Do not place new asphalt concrete pavement on a portion of a travel lane.
Asphalt concrete may not be placed after 3:00 P.M. unless authorized by the Engineer.
Compact asphalt concrete to a relative compaction not less than 95 percent. Place and compact asphalt
concrete to the required finished lines and grades and cross-section as shown.
Should the methods and equipment furnished fail to produce a layer of asphalt concrete conforming to all
requirements, including compaction and smoothness, discontinue paving operations and modify operation or
equipment.
39-4 QUALITY CONTROL/QUALITY ASSURANCE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS
Delete section 39-4.
39-6 PAYMENT
Add to section 39-6.
Full compensation for work specified in section 39 and applicable engineering standards is included in the
payment for other bid items unless a bid item of work is shown on the bid item list.
100
40 CONCRETE PAVEMENT
40-7 CONCRETE PAVERS
40-7.01 GENERAL
Reserved
101
42 GROOVE AND GRIND CONCRETE
42-3 GRINDING
42-3.03 CONSTRUCTION
42-3.03B Equipment
102
DIVISION VI STRUCTURES
51 CONCRETE STRUCTURES
51-01 GENERAL
51-01.02 MATERIALS
51-01.02A General
Replace section 51-01.02A with:
Drainage inlet basins may be precast units. For precast basins requiring weep holes, weep holes must be part of the
casting and may not be drilled. The gutter, opening and deck portion of the drainage inlet must be cast in place to
conform to required grades.
51-1.04 PAYMENT
Add to section 51.04.
Full compensation for work specified in section 51 and applicable engineering standards is included in the
payment for other bid items unless a bid item of work is shown on the bid item list. Minor concrete structures
including:
1. pipe headwalls
2. drop inlets
3. catch basins
4. other miscellaneous concrete structures
that are identified in the bid item list as separate items, will be paid for at the contract price for each structure listed.
52 REINFORCEMENT
52-1 GENERAL
52-1.02 MATERIALS
52-1.02B Bar Reinforcing
Add to section 52-1.02B.
Do not substitute reinforcement bars with welded wire reinforcement, unless:
1. specified,
2. shown, or
3. provided for in engineering standards.
56 SIGNS
56-2 FURNISH SIGN PANELS
56-2.01 GENERAL
56-2.01A General
56-2.01A(3) Submittals
Add to section 56-2.01A(3).
A quality control plan is not required when the total number of signs installed is less than 100.
56-2.01B Materials
Add to section 56-2.01B.
Signs must include a graffiti guard coating.
Replace Item 1, paragraph 7 in section 56-2.01B(2)
1. Phrase “Property of the City of San Luis Obispo”
103
DIVISION VII DRAINAGE
64 PLASTIC PIPE
64-1 GENERAL
64-1.02 MATERIALS
64-1.02A General
Add to section 64-1.02A.
Solid wall Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) pipe is an approved plastic pipe.
High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) corrugated type c pipe (corrugation on interior and exterior of pipe) is not an
approved plastic pipe and may not be used.
Plastic pipe must comply with section 77.
64-1.03 CONSTRUCTION
Delete section 64-1.03.
64-1.04 PAYMENT
Delete section 64-1.04.
65 CONCRETE PIPE
65-2 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE
65-2.02 MATERIALS
65-2.02E Joints
Replace 3rd paragraph of section 65-2.02E with:
Seal each joint to prevent leakage and infiltration. Sealing joint must be rubber gasketed or as directed by the
Engineer.
66 CORRUGATED METAL PIPE
Delete section 66.
72 SLOPE PROTECTION
Add to section 72-2
72-2.03D Boulder Clusters
Reserved
104
DIVISION VIII MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
73 CONCRETE CURBS AND SIDEWALKS
73-1 GENERAL
73-1.01 GENERAL
73-1.01A Summary
Add to section 73-1.01A.
Provide a construction plan, including plan and profile information, when installing new:
1. curb
2. gutter
3. spandrels
4. cross gutters
5. curb ramp or
6. other surface concrete
where none currently exist.
If a plan has not been furnished, you are responsible to provide that plan to the Engineer at least 10 working days
prior to construction. The plan must conform with:
1. uniform design criteria
2. engineering standards
3. standard specifications
4. as directed by the Engineer.
The Engineer will make a determination as to how much of the existing street must be removed and replaced in
order to provide an acceptable transition between the existing pavement and the new lip of the gutter. For private
construction, the cost of removing the existing street, up to 3 feet from the future gutter lip, and installing new
pavement is to be borne by the permittee. The portion of any required removal and replacement beyond 3 feet will
paid for by the City.
73-1.01D Quality Control and Assurance
Add to section 73-1.01D.
This section is applicable only as directed in the special provisions.
73-1.02 MATERIAL
73-1.02A General
Delete 1st paragraph in section 73-1.02A.
Add to section 73-1.02A.
Concrete must comply with section 90.
Aggregate base must comply with section 26.
73-1.02B Detectable Warning Surface
Replace section 73-1.02B with:
Truncated domes or detectable warning surfaces must comply with engineering standard 4440.
73-1.03 CONSTRUCTION
73-1.03A General
Add to section 73-1.03A.
Excavation and restoration must comply with sections 19 and 77-1.
Concrete removal must comply with section 15-3.
Pour:
1. Mow curbs
2. spandrels
105
3. cross gutters
4. other surface concrete
as a complete unit. Stop concrete pours at expansion or cold joints as approved by the Engineer.
Pour integral sidewalks monolithic with curb and gutter.
Complete the discharge within 1 hour or before 250 revolutions of the drum or blades, whichever occurs first,
after the introduction of cement materials to aggregates from batch plant.
Install and finish concrete per the lines and grades shown. Finished concrete may not deviate more than ¼” in
10 feet from the design grade, plane or curvature as shown. Finished concrete that does not meet this
requirement must be removed and replaced at your expense.
Use a clean hair broom drawn lightly and transversely across to finish sidewalk and driveway ramps.
Finish all edges with an edger.
Do not backfill and restore other improvements until the placed concrete reaches sufficient strength to support
the other improvements. Repair or replace all adjacent improvements to a condition equal to that before the
work began.
Sawcut, at the nearest score mark, concrete:
1. sidewalks
2. curb
3. gutters
4. driveways
which must be removed to pursue the work.
When the nearest score mark is greater than five feet in distance from the work area, you may request to
establish a sawcut line at a distance of:
1. five
2. ten or
3. fifteen
feet from the nearest score mark. Distance is measured parallel to the curb face. The Engineer may approve the
request at their discretion. In all cases, concrete replacements must be equal in dimensions to that removed
with new score marks at the same location as previously existing score marks. Make every effort to protect
existing concrete improvements and to match the existing improvements color and surface texture.
In the Mission Sidewalk District, restore sidewalk as described below.
Existing Gray Sidewalks Removed (distance is measured parallel to the curb face):
Removal Amount Restoration Requirements
Less than 5 feet removed. Restore in gray concrete.
More than 5 feet removed. Restore with Mission Style Sidewalk. Area of restoration includes the entire
width and depth of sidewalk, including curb and gutter.
Existing Mission Style Sidewalk Removed (distance is measured parallel to the curb face):
Required Removal Amount Restoration Amount
Remove in five foot increments.*
Restore in Mission Style. Restore to match surrounding Mission Style
Sidewalk. Area of removal and restoration includes the entire width and
depth of the sidewalk, including curb and gutter, with only full tiles removed
and replaced.
* Remove concrete from the back of tile to the back of sidewalk or nearest score mark in even five foot increments.
If your work disturbs tile, then remove concrete from back of curb to back of sidewalk or nearest score mark in even
five foot increments. Replace curb and gutter when required by the Engineer.
Any existing feature in the concrete that is:
106
1. special
2. unique
3. unusual or
4. historic nature
must not be
1. replaced
2. removed or
3. altered
without approval of the Engineer.
73-1.03B Subgrade Preparation
Add to section 73-1.03B.
See engineering standards for typical sections and depth of subgrade. Fill any excavation made below the base
subgrade with imported base material approved by the Engineer.
Prepare subgrade to optimum moisture content and compacted to a relative compaction of ninety percent
maximum density. Use mechanical compacting equipment.
At time of concrete placement, subgrade must be at optimum moisture.
73-1.03C Fixed Forms
Add to section 73-1.03C.
The depth of the curb face form must be equal to the full face height of the curb. Curb forms must be held in
place with iron stakes or clamps. Construct forms to be clear of the concrete finishing operations.
73-1.03E Expansion and Contraction Joints
Add to section 73-1.03E.
See engineering standards for locations of expansion and contraction joints.
Expansion joints may not be cut into concrete without prior approval of the Engineer.
Use dowels when:
1. new concrete street pavement meets existing concrete street pavement
2. new sidewalk, curb and gutter meets existing sidewalk, curb and gutter
3. between concrete cross gutters and curb and gutter
Do not dowel curb and gutter into concrete street pavement.
73-1.03F Curing
Replace section 73-1.03F with:
Immediately after completing the finishing operations, apply concrete curing compound number 4 in compliance
with section 90-1.03B(3) which is a non-pigmented curing compound type 1 class B to all exposed concrete
surfaces.
Add to section 73-1.03.
73-1.03G Backfill and Cleanup
Remove all form and construction debris. Backfill all excavations to grade. Backfill all landscape areas with clean
native soil. The area adjacent to back of sidewalk must be:
1. level
2. properly sloped or
3. retaining wall constructed.
107
73-1.03H Pavement
Where new curb and gutter or cross gutter abut an existing street, pavement removal and replacement is required
as shown in the engineering standards.
73-1.04 PAYMENT
Replace section 73-1.04 with:
Full compensation for work specified in section 73 and applicable engineering standards is included in the
payment for other bid items unless a bid item of work is shown on the bid item list. Quantities of:
1. curbs
2. gutters
3. sidewalks
4. gutter depressions
5. cross gutters
6. driveways
7. curb ramps
8. island paving
will be measured as indicated in the bid item list. Quantities will be determined by the count, from the dimensions
shown, or as ordered in writing by the Engineer.
You will not be paid for concrete placed in excess of these dimensions or for the cost of restoration
improvements damaged by your operations.
Concrete curb and gutter will be measured by the linear foot.
Driveway ramps will be measured by the square foot area between the expansion joint at each side of the ramp,
and between the outer lip of the gutter and the back of the driveway.
Sidewalk will be measured by the square foot, measured behind the curb line score mark on integral
construction.
Detectable warning surface is included in the payment for curb ramps. When detectable warning surfaces are
placed on an existing curb ramp, the detectable warning surfaces are measured by the square foot.
73-2 CURBS
Delete section 73-2.
73-3 SIDEWALKS
Delete section 73-3.
73-4 TEXTURED CONCRETE AND COLORED CONCRETE SURFACES
73-4.01 GENERAL
73-4.01A Summary
Add to section 73-4.01A.
Section 73-4 includes specifications for mission style sidewalk.
73-4.01B Submittals
Add to section 73-4.01B.
Provide submittals to the Engineer for the following:
1. concrete mix design
2. concrete color
3. curing compound
4. tile
5. grout
6. mortar
7. stain or coating
prior to construction.
108
73-4.02 MATERIALS
Replace section 73-4.02 with:
Use class 3 concrete. Use Type II ASTM, C-150 low alkali cement conforming to the latest standard.
For Mission Style sidewalk mix the concrete with DAVIS "Adobe" #5964, or approved alternative, added to the
concrete in the amount of 5 pounds of color per 100 pounds of cement or the equivalent amount of liquid color
to produce an equal quality of color in the finished surface.
Lids and covers may be cast iron or dark galvanized slip resistant diamond plate. Lids and covers in traffic areas
must be traffic rated.
Use Terracal unglazed ceramic tile, mission red, one foot squares or approved equal.
73-4.02A Mortar
Add to section 73-4.02.
Use:
1. one part waterproof cement
2. four parts sand
3. no more than one part hydrated lime
for Mission Style sidewalk tile.
73-4.02B Grout
Add to section 73-4.02.
Grout for Mission Style sidewalk tile color to match sidewalk.
73-4.03 CONSTRUCTION
Replace section 73-4.03 with:
For mission style sidewalk:
1. tamp
2. screed
3. float
concrete to the required surface grade prior to placement of salt on the surface.
Apply the salt, with the proper gradation, in the amount and coverage as shown in the engineering standards.
After the salt has been placed:
1. roll or trowel into the surface
2. spray the curing compound in compliance with section 73-1.03F.
Protect channels formed for tiles from the application of the sealing compound.
Set tile in a mortar bed flush with adjacent surface.
Place all:
1. sign posts
2. parking meter posts
3. utility vaults
4. water meter vaults
5. sewer cleanouts
behind the tile row and install according to engineering standards.
Stain or coat all:
1. wells
2. boxes
3. lids
109
4. covers
to match surrounding sidewalk.
73-4.03A Tile
Add to section 73-4.03.
Set the tile in a full mortar bed.
Place damp cloth fabric over grouted tile joints immediately after completion and leave overnight.
Clean tile with HILLYARD'S 777, or approved equal and seal with AQUA MIX “Grout Sealer” or approved equal.
75 MISCELLANEOUS METAL
75-1.02 MISCELLANEOUS IRON AND STEEL
75-1.02A General
Replace last paragraph in section 75-1.02A with:
Galvanize only metal materials specified to be galvanized as shown or as required in the engineering standards.
110
77 LOCAL INFRASTRUCTURE
Replace section 77 with:
77-1 EXCAVATION AND RESTORATION
77-1.01 GENERAL
Excavation and restoration consists of all necessary:
1. clearing and grubbing
2. sawcutting
3. removal and disposal of asphalt concrete
4. removal and disposal of concrete
5. removal and disposal of excavated material
6. backfill and compaction of excavation
7. surface restoration
City streets are typically constructed of Asphalt Concrete or Portland Cement Concrete or a combination of the two.
Unless clearly indicated on the plans or the project’s special provisions, it is your responsibility to determine the
nature and depth of the street paving material.
Sawcut on all sides of:
1. pavement,
2. curb,
3. gutter
4. sidewalk
prior to excavation. If there is the possibility of a section of pavement breaking out between the excavation and a
nearby crack or joint, remove pavement up to the crack or joint and the true-up the edges. Additional sawcutting
may be required prior to paving operations if surroundings are damaged during work. Where the pavement edges
have raveled or broken out in an irregular fashion due to work, you must "true-up" and square off the pavement
edges to provide a neat and regular appearance, as directed by the Engineer. All trimmed edges must have a
straight and vertical face at least 1½ inches deep prior to resurfacing.
When asphalt roadway sections are removed by a sawcutting, do not overcut the corners.
Asphalt concrete may be:
1. sawcut,
2. wheel-cut, or
3. cut with a spade,
except that if the cuts are not satisfactory, you will be required to “cleanup” or “true-up” excavation at the direction of
the Engineer.
Survey markers must be protected or restored in compliance with section 5.
Earthwork must comply with section 19.
Reinforcement steel must comply with section 52.
Concrete must comply with section 90.
77-1.02 MATERIALS
77-1.02A Base Materials
Unless shown otherwise, concrete street pavement or a thickened asphalt concrete section pavement base section
may be one of the following:
1. slurry cement backfill
2. class 2 aggregate base
3. class 2R aggregate base (in public right-of-way only)
4. class 3 aggregate base
5. select backfill material
provided the base is brought to pavement subgrade and meets all specified requirements for compaction.
111
77-1.02B Slurry Cement Backfill (One Sack)
Slurry cement backfill must comply with section 19-3.02D.
Reduce the cement content of slurry specified in section 19-3.02D from 188 pounds per cubic yard to 94 pounds per
cubic yard.
Vibrate slurry into place.
Do not allow slurry to be placed in contact with pipes.
77-1.02C Tracer Material
77-1.02C(1) Tape
Use "Terra Tape Green Sewer" as manufactured by Griffolyn Company, Inc., Houston, Texas or an approved equal
for tracing tape material.
Place tracing tape material in trenches over underground pipe lines.
77-1.02C(2) Wire
Place tracer wire in trenches as required in the engineering standards.
Add G-5 box at each manhole and sewer lift station for separation between locating wire and sewer manhole. Label
lid “SEWER”.
Coil approximately 12 inches inside associated valve wells and sewer G-5 boxes for easy access for pipeline
locating work.
77-1.02D Concrete
Concrete must comply with section 90.
77-1.02E Steel
Reinforcement steel must comply with section 52.
77-1.02F Asphalt
Asphalt concrete and tack must comply with section 39.
77-1.03 CONSTRUCTION
77-1.03A Excavation
77-1.03A(1) Utilities
Underground facilities may or may not be shown, take precautions to preserve and protect any facility whether
shown or not. You must determine the grade and location of the public utility facilities such as:
1. telephone poles
2. telephone conduit
3. fiber lines
4. underground conduit
5. sewer mains
6. sewer laterals
7. water mains
8. water services
9. electrical lines
10. storm drains
11. gas mains
12. gas services
in order to conduct the work, prevent damage, and interrupted utility service.
Mark out the area to be excavated. Obtain USA markings. Notify the Engineer that the site is ready for review.
The City is not responsible for any
1. damages
112
2. costs
3. delay
4. expenses
to the you resulting from a third party underground facility operator’s failure to comply with stipulations as set
forth in 4216.7.(c) of California Government Code.
Pot hole existing utilities in advance of pipe installation work to allow for adjustment in elevation of the new pipe
and provide required clearance between the new pipe and the existing utility. Pothole and expose all utility lines
as required by utility owner. Protect existing public facilities and private improvements from damage.
If, in the opinion of the Engineer, you are not taking all possible precautions to prevent damage to underground
improvements, the Engineer may stop any and all operations. Operations will remain stopped until a determination
is made as to the procedure to follow to protect and reduce the possibility of damage to the improvement.
If any damage is done to an underground facility caused by your negligence, as determined by the Engineer, repair
the damage or have the damage repaired at no cost to the City.
Any and all expenses that the City incurs having damage repaired will be deducted from the last payment for the
project. Payment amount will be determined in compliance with section 9-1.23.
77-1.03A(1)(a) Waterlines
You should expect to find thrust blocks at:
1. existing bends
2. tees
3. crosses
4. line ends
Restore required thrusting as directed by the Engineer. No additional payment will be made for the removal and
restoration of existing trust blocks as needed to complete the work.
77-1.03A(1)(b) Sewerlines
Every property has one or more sewer laterals and the location of the sewer laterals cannot be exactly
pinpointed. You must make an effort to locate and protect the lateral. If you damage a sewer lateral you must
repair the damage.
When sewer mains or sewer laterals are encountered in the trench and they interfere with the laying of the
pipeline, you must excavate the trench to such a depth and length to permit the installation of the new pipeline.
If in the opinion of the Engineer, a larger excavation will not allow for installation of the new pipeline you may:
1. remove the sewer main or sewer lateral
2. lay the new pipeline
3. repair the section of removed sewer facility in compliance with section 77-3.03F(3)
77-1.03A(2) Tree Protection
77-1.03A(2)(a) Protection Fences
Install a 5-foot tall fence around drip-line of trees to be saved, or as directed by the Engineer, before any work
starts on the site.
The tree protection fence may be chain link fabric or orange safety fencing secured with steel fence poles set at
8 feet on center. The poles must be 6 feet long and 1.5 inches in diameter, driven into the ground 12 inches.
Tree protection fences must:
1. remain in place
2. continually maintained
3. removed as the last item of contract work.
77-1.03A(2)(b) Pruning
Pruning of tree limbs will only be allowed if approved by the Engineer. Tree pruning must be done by a certified
arborist per International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) standards.
77-1.03A(2)(c) Parking And Storage Of Building Materials
113
Do not:
1. park vehicles
2. park construction equipment or
3. stockpile
within the drip-line of trees to be saved.
77-1.03A(2)(d) Dumping
Do not deposit:
1. water
2. waste or
3. construction materials
within 20 feet of drip-line of trees to be saved.
77-1.03A(2)(e) Herbicide Use
Do not use herbicide including pre and post emergents within 20 feet of drip-line of trees to be saved.
77-1.03A(2)(f) Trunk Protection
Do not attach anything to any portion of trees to be saved. If you wound a tree to be saved, immediately expand
tree protective fencing and treat tree wound to the satisfaction of the Engineer. If severe tree damage occurs
you may be fined in compliance with the City’s tree ordinance.
77-1.03A(2)(g) Excavation, Grading, Trenching And Boring
No trenching of any depth will be allowed within the drip-line of trees or shrubs to be saved, unless approved by
the Engineer. If you plan to trench within 20 feet of the drip-line of tree to be saved, layout trench location with
chalk or paint, and notify the Engineer for review and approval before trenching work begins. If the Engineer
approves trenching within the drip-line of trees or shrubs to be saved, trenching excavation must be done by
hand. Trenching outside the drip-line of trees to be saved and within 20 feet of drip-line of trees to be saved is
not required to be completed by hand.
No grading cuts or fills will be allowed within the drip-line of trees to be saved, unless approved by the Engineer.
During excavation if any roots are encountered less than 1 inch in diameter, the root may be cut by hand leaving
a square end.
During excavation if any roots are encountered greater than 1 inch in diameter, the root must be protected from:
1. scarring
2. drying
3. then tunneled under.
If the root cannot be protected, you must schedule the Engineer and City Arborist to review excavation and give
direction.
Shade roots from direct sunlight when exposed in open trench. Pruned or cut roots must be reviewed by the
Engineer prior to backfilling trench. Trench must be backfilled within 24 hours of encountering roots.
All directional boring within drip-line trees to be saved must maintain a minimum depth of 5 feet.
If severe tree or root damage occurs you may be fined in compliance with the City’s tree ordinance.
77-1.03A(2)(i) Tree Removals
Trees not shown and identified on the plans to be removed, but are required to be removed in order to complete
the work, are subject to the City's tree removal policies and procedures. Coordinate tree removal policy
compliance with Engineer.
77-1.03A(2)(j) Tree Protection Plan
If the approved project plans preclude compliance with all requirements of section 77-1.03A(2), you must
provide the services of a Certified Arborist to develop a tree protection and monitoring plan and implement the
plan. The tree protection plan must include:
1. establishment zones of protection for each tree
114
2. provide pre-construction worker training
3. site monitoring during construction
4. recommended treatments for tree wounds if damaged
5. identify post construction inspection and maintenance requirements.
Submit plan to Engineer for review and approval prior to the start of any site work.
77-1.03A(3) Groundwater
Provide and operate pumps or other devices that may be necessary for the removal of water from excavation during
construction. Remove groundwater by laying rock or gravel on the bottom of the excavation or by other means
which prevents groundwater from softening the bottom of the excavation. At the direction of the Engineer, install
trench plugs to prevent ground water from traveling over long distances in a trench.
77-1.03B Trench Construction
77-1.03B(1) General
Increase excavation width to provide for pipe line clearance as require in engineering standard as well as any
necessary shoring.
Excavation at least one foot beyond limits of structures.
If you are unable to maintain minimum trench width required in the engineering standards, the Engineer may
allow a narrower trench. If the Engineer allows a narrower trench, the Engineer may require crushed rock
bedding and different backfill materials in order to compensate for additional loading on the pipe.
During excavation for underground utilities, if solid rock or other unyielding materials is encountered, excavate
an additional six inches minimum trench depth. Backfill additional excavation with pipe bedding material and
compact by mechanical means to a relative compaction of 90 percent. Pipe bedding must be true to the design
line and grade.
During excavation for underground utilities, if soft or unsuitable materials are encountered, excavate an
additional 12 inches minimum trench depth. Backfill additional excavation with float rock material or as directed
by the Engineer. Float rock bedding must be true to the design line and grade for the normal trench bottom.
Methods of excavation and the shoring must be in compliance with the
STATE CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS
issued by the Division of Industrial Safety. Failure to comply with any of these:
1. rules,
2. orders
3. regulations
is sufficient cause for the Engineer to immediately suspend all work. Compensations for losses incurred by you
due to an suspension will not be paid. During backfilling operations the bottom of the shoring must be kept
above the level of the backfill at all times.
Coordinate with the Engineer and provide 24 hours notice for the following:
1. backfill material samples
2. pipe inspection
3. backfill of trenches
4. compaction testing
5. excavating testing holes
77-1.03B(2) Trench Bedding
Use select backfill material in compliance with section 26 and applicable engineering standards for bedding and
backfill of pipes.
Place bedding in the bottom of the trench in compliance with engineering standards and mechanically compact
up to the grade of the bottom of the pipe. Excavate by hand the area for:
1. bells
2. collars
3. valves
4. fittings
115
A firm and compacted uniform bearing is required throughout the entire length of the pipe.
77-1.03B(3) Pipe Laying
After the bedding has been properly placed in the bottom of the trench, the pipe may be laid and inspected. Do
not:
1. block
2. wedge or
3. supporting the pipe on earth mounds in the trench.
Lay pipe at the design line and grade. Lay pipe on a firm bed and have a true bearing of its entire length. Make
adjustments to line and grade by scraping away or filling the bedding under the body of the pipe.
Inspect all pipes for defects prior to installation. Visually inspect the spigot end of pipe and true up and remove any
lumps or ridges. Do not install any pipe this is cracked or has any other defect. Wipe and clean all:
1. pipes
2. valves
3. fittings
as they are installed. Remove any earth or rubbish lodged inside before laying pipe. Plug or cover all pipe ends
before work stops for any reason. The interior of the pipe must be free from all dirt and foreign matter as the work
progresses and left clean at its completion.
Cut all pipes completely through with an approved pipe cutting disk or saw. Do not:
1. break
2. chip or
3. use cutting torches
to cut pipe. Bevel pipe ends, 1/8 of inch at 30 degree angle, removing all sharp edges. Use course file or portable
grinder to make bevel. Cutting of asbestos cement pipe must comply with section 77-3.03A(1).
Length of pipe may not be used to drive the spigot of one pipe into the bell of another pipe.
In general, the pipe must be installed in compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
Place concrete thrust blocks and collars where called for.
77-1.03B(4) Initial Backfill
Use select backfill material in compliance with section 26 and applicable engineering standards for bedding and
backfill of pipes. Upon approval of the Engineer, place backfill material on both sides and over the top of the
pipe per the engineering standards. By mechanical means, thoroughly compact backfill.
Jetting may be used when recommended by an independent soils engineer. Take proper precautions when
jetting to prevent floating of the pipe or other damage. You are responsible for all damage caused by jetting.
77-1.03B(5) Subsequent Backfill
After the initial backfill has been completed, place select backfill material in the trench and thoroughly compact,
in compliance with engineering standards, to grade and elevations as shown.
77-1.03B(6) Compaction
Compaction testing requirements must comply with section 6-3.05A. If compaction does not meet requirements,
excavated and re-compact until necessary compaction is achieved. Compaction will be retested, at your
expense.
77-1.03C Temporary Paving and Steel Plates
77-1.03C(1) Temporary Paving
Provide temporary cold mix paving or steel plates to cover excavated areas within the public right-of-way:
1. after excavation is backfilled and compacted, or
2. at the end of the work day.
When excavation restricts driveway access steel plates must be on-site and available to bridge excavation and
provide access to driveways.
116
Excavation must be backfilled, compacted and tested at the end of each day. Place a minimum of 1½ inches of
cold mix at the top of excavation, flush with adjacent surfaces, and maintain smooth temporary cold mix paving
at all times. Replace temporary cold mix paving with permanent restoration of:
1. pavement
2. curb
3. gutter
4. sidewalk
within:
1. four weeks of the initial excavation, or
2. after one week where no work is completed within excavation, or
3. as directed by the Engineer.
77-1.03C(2) Steel Plates
When excavation cannot be:
1. backfilled
2. compacted
3. temporarily paved
within one work day,
4. excavation shoring and
5. steel plates
must be installed in and over excavation.
Steel plates may not cover excavation for more than 48 hours without approval of the Engineer. Steel plates
must conform to the following minimum requirements:
1. Steel plates used for bridging must extend a minimum of 12 inches beyond the limits of excavation.
2. Steel plates must be non-skid.
3. The excavation must be adequately shored to support traffic loads.
4. Use temporary cold mix paving to feather the edges of the steel plates for method 2 installations.
5. Secure steel place against displacement with adjustable cleats, shims or other devices.
6. Steel plates must not make noise or rock when driven over.
7. Steel plates may not be used in the downtown core after 3:00 P.M. on Thursdays.
8. For street with a posted speed limit of 45 mph or greater, cold plane the pavement to a depth equal to
the thickness of the steel plate for the length and width of the steel plate.
9. For streets with a posted speed limit less than 45 mph, pin steel plate with 2 dowels per plate a
minimum of 2 inches into pavement. Provide ramp to steel plate using temporary cold mix paving at a
maximum slope of 8.5 percent with a minimum taper length of 12 inches. Once plates are removed fill
dowel holes in pavement with asphalt concrete fines, concrete slurry or equivalent as approved by the
Engineer.
10. If required by the Engineer, provide a rough road sign (MUTCD W8-8) in advance of steel plates.
The following are the required minimum thicknesses for steel plate bridging required for a given trench width:
Trench Width Minimum Plate Thickness
12 inches ½ inch
18 inches ¾ inch
24 inches ⅞inch
36 inches 1 inch
48 inches 1¼ inches
For spans greater than 48 inches, steel plate design must be prepared by a registered civil engineer and
submitted to the Engineer for review and approval. Steel plate design loading must conform to HS20-44 truck
loading per Caltrans Bridge Design Specifications Manual.
Failure to:
1. maintain temporary cold mix pavement,
2. maintain steel plates, or
3. complete permanent restorations in required timeframe to the satisfaction of the Engineer,
is cause for the Engineer to stop other work until repairs or permanent restorations are completed.
77-1.03D Surface Restoration
117
Restore any damaged
1. facilities or
2. improvement
and provide new finished
3. facility or
4. improvement
as specified and per engineering standards.
77-1.03D(1) Portland Cement Concrete Pavement
Place, consolidate, and finish concrete street pavement per section 40.
77-1.03D(2) Asphalt Concrete (AC) Pavement
Tack pavement subgrade and all sides of trench or excavation.
Remove any temporary cold mix paving and backfill as required to construct new asphalt concrete pavement
section.
Cored excavation up to 8 inches in diameter may be repaired:
1. in compliance with Engineering Standard 6050, or
2. by backfilling void with slurry in compliance with section 77-1.02B vibrated into place. Pave back with 6
inches of hot mix asphalt concrete. This repair may only be completed in streets without concrete
pavement.
Prior to placement of:
1. overlays,
2. pavement fabrics,
3. grids,
4. prime coat, or
5. tack coat,
repairs must be made to the existing roadway. This work consists of the removal existing pavement in areas
marked in the field, on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer.
Roadway repair activities must be scheduled and performed on rain-free days. At no time is the soil beneath the
existing pavement material to be exposed to rain or other adverse weather conditions.
Remove existing asphalt concrete pavement areas by sawcutting or by grinding. Import class 2 aggregate base
as necessary and compact to ninety-five percent relative compaction. Class 2 aggregate base must comply with
section 26. Compact the top 6 inches of base materials.
Apply a tack coat to the edges of the existing asphalt pavement prior to new asphalt placement.
Pave all excavated areas with asphalt concrete. Place and compact asphalt concrete to a minimum of ninety
five percent density and match the grades of the existing pavement. Areas inaccessible to rollers must be
compacted with a high impact power compactor capable of attaining the same compaction as the rolled areas.
Relative compaction will be determined by California Test 375. Laboratory specimens will be compacted in
compliance with California Test 304.
If the corners are overcut, fill the overcut voids with asphalt fines.
Seal trench edges using Henry’s 532 Driveway Asphalt Resurfacer or equal as directed by the Engineer.
Cover road repair with steel plate if adequate time for asphalt cooling is not available prior to opening roadway
for public traffic.
77-1.03D(3) Sidewalk, Curb And Gutter Restoration
Sidewalk, curb and gutter restoration must comply with section 73.
77-1.03D(4) Traffic Stripes, Pavement Markings, And Pavement Markers
Traffic stripes, pavement markings, and pavement markers must comply with section 84.
118
77-1.04 PAYMENT
Full compensation for work specified in 77-1 and applicable engineering standards is included in the payment
for other bid items unless a bid item of work is shown on the bid item list. Additional trench bedding material
directed by the Engineer is paid per section 9-1.06.
Full compensation for extra cutting and trimming to true-up and square off the pavement edges is included in the
payment for other bid items unless a bid item of work is shown on the bid item list.
77-2 WATERLINES
77-2.01 GENERAL
Section 77-2 includes general specification for:
1. potable water pipelines
2. recycled water pipelines
3. appurtenances.
Potable and recycled water pipeline installation must conform to these specifications and the American Water
Works Association (AWWA) requirements.
Do not turn any valves in the City water system. Contact the Engineer at least 48 hours in advance of the need, and
the Engineer will coordinate that work.
Work must comply with section 77-1.
77-2.02 MATERIALS
77-2.02A General
Recycled water system main pipe must be ductile iron pipe. Do not use PVC pipe for recycled water system
mains.
77-2.02B Pipe
77-2.02B(1) Ductile Iron Pipe
Ductile iron pipe must:
1. be centrifugally cast
2. be ductile iron pipe
3. have end joint which employs a single elongated rubber gasket such as Tyton Joint or an approved
equal.
4. have a pressure class 150 minimum for potable water systems
5. have a pressure class 350 minimum for recycled water systems
6. have coated outside
7. be lined inside with seal-coated cement lining of 1/16 inch minimum thickness, all conforming to
applicable ASA and AWWA Specifications.
Ductile iron pipe must be encased in polyethylene casing material. Casing material must be:
1. tube type
2. conforming to the latest ANSI/AWWA C105 Standard.
Polyethylene casing must extend over:
1. tees
2. bends
3. couplers at the end of a section of ductile iron where it connects to a different type of pipe
4. close casing at the end (dead end) of pipe
Exposure to air and sunlight must be kept to a minimum for either type "A" or type "C" encasement material.
Encasement material for recycled water systems must comply with section 77-2.02H,
77-2.02B(2) Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) pipe must:
1. be unplasticized Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) plastic class water pipe
2. have an integral bell and spigot joints or plain-end designed for joint assembly using elastomeric-gasket
standard PVC couplings
3. have an integral bell wall section with a solid cross-section elastomeric ring which meets the
requirements of ASTM D-1869 and E-477
119
4. have a bell section that is at least as strong as the pipe wall
5. be class 200
6. meet the requirements of AWWA C900 Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe
7. be cast iron (CI) pipe equivalent outside diameters (OD)
8. be blue in color
77-2.02b(3) Copper Tubing
Use type K, soft temper copper tubing.
77-2.02B(4) Polyethylene Tubing
Polyethylene tubing must:
1. be pressure rated for 200 psi
2. SDR-9 conforming to ASTM D-2737 and AWWA C901 standards
3. copper tube size for diameters greater than 1 inch
4. iron pipe size for diameters 1” and smaller
5. be manufactured for use with standard compression fittings
6. clearly marked showing:
a. manufacturer's trade name
b. nominal size
c. type of material
d. pressure rating
e. seal of approval of an accredited testing laboratory.
77-2.02B(5) Solid Sleeves
Solid sleeves must be ductile iron with mechanical joints ends. Minimum sleeve length is 1 foot.
77-2.02C Joints and Fittings
All joints and fittings must be made in the U.S.A., or approved equal. All fittings must be cement lined by the
centrifugal process in compliance with USA Standard A21.4, as amended to date. Cement lining must be standard
thickness. Joint and fitting types must be:
1. mechanical
2. compressed gasket,
3. flanged, or
4. flexible coupling type.
Mechanical joint type fitting, gasket, gland and bolts must class 250 ductile iron and conform to:
1. USA Standard A21.10
2. USA Standards A21.11 (AWWA C111)
3. USA Standard A21.12 (AWWA C112)
4. WW-P-421c
5. WW-P-360b
Compressed gasket joint type must use a single elongated rubber gasket to seal joint such as Tyton Joint, or an
approved equal.
Flange joint type:
1. gaskets must use best quality cloth inserted rubber composition
2. gaskets must use full width of the flanges to which they are applied
3. bolts must be of the size and number determined by the size and classification of pipe
conform with USA Standard A21.10.
Flexible coupling type must be:
1. Dresser,
2. Smith-Blair,
3. Victaulic, or
4. approved equal.
The couplings must be straight or transition as shown.
77-2.02D Valves
120
77-2.02D(1) Gate Valves
All gate valves must be:
1. AVK,
2. Clow F-6100, or
3. approved equal meeting the following requirements:
a. mechanical joint or flange
b. resilient seated with fully encapsulated gate
c. epoxy coated inside and outside
d. full-size waterway.
e. open to the left
f. non-rising stems with o-ring seals
g. complete with cast iron glands
h. high strength cast iron tee-head bolts and hex nuts
i. plain rubber gaskets conforming to ASA specification A21.11.
j. 200-psi working pressure rating
k. tested to 400 psi
l. meet the requirements of AWWA C-509.
77-2.02D(2) Butterfly Valves
All butterfly valves must be:
1. Dresser 450,
2. Mueller Line Seal III, or
3. approved equal meeting the following requirements:
a. rubber-seated, tight-closing type.
b. valves to have mechanical joint per AWWA Specification C111.
c. accessories (bolts, glands, and gaskets) must be supplied by the valve manufacturer.
d. valves must use full AWWA C504 Class 1500 valve-shaft diameter
e. valve must use full Class 150B underground-service-operator torque rating throughout entire
travel.
f. valve body must be high strength Cast Iron ASTM A126 Class B with 18-8 Type 304 stainless
steel body seat.
g. valve must be high strength cast iron ASTM A48 Class 40
h. valve must have a rubber seat mechanical secured with an integral 18-8 stainless steel clamp
ring and 18-8 stainless steel nylon locked screws.
i. valve rubber seat must be full circle 360o seat not penetrated by the valve shaft.
j. valve shaft must be one piece, extending full size through the entire valve operator with no
neckdown, keyways or holes to weaken.
k. valve operator must be of the traveling-nut type, sealed, gasketed, and lubricated for
underground service.
l. All valves must be open left, and be equipped with a 2-inch AWWA operating nut.
m. Valve must meet or exceed performance requirements of AWWA Specification C504.
n. Buried service valve must be equipped with extension stem with AWWA Standard operating
nut for tee wrench operation.
o. Valve with operator and extension stems must be totally enclosed, watertight, grease packed,
30-turn minimum, and be Henry Pratt Co. "Groundhog" assembly or an approved equal.
p. protective coating that is suitable for buried service.
77-2.02D(3) Check Valves
Gate valves must be:
1. Renssalaer
2. Mueller, or
3. approved equal meeting the following requirements.
a. iron body
b. bronze mounted
c. swing check valves with outside spring and lever.
d. bronze valve seat ring must be back-faced and screwed into an accurately machined body
e. cast iron gate mounted with a bronze gate ring.
f. gate rings machined to provide a water-tight surface.
g. gate must be hung solid bronze hinges and stainless steel hinge pins
121
h. minimum working pressure of 150 psi.
77-2.02D(4) Air Release Valves
Air release must be a combined air release and vacuum in compliance with engineering standards.
77-2.02E Recycled Water Pipe Identification
Any:
1. pipe,
2. valve,
3. fitting, or
4. other apparatus
which is connected to the City’s recycled water system must be properly labeled as such. Components must be
painted with Pentone-522 (purple) paint, purple encasement material, or wrapped with purple marking tape and
labeled:
Recycled Water – Do Not Drink
and subject to the approval of the engineer.
77-2.02F Chlorine
Hypochlorites must conform to the American Water Works Association Specification B300-55 AWWA "Standard
for HypoChlorites".
Liquid Chlorine must conform to the American Water Works Association Specification B301-57T, "Tentative
AWWA Standard for Liquid Chlorine".
77-2.03 CONSTRUCTION
77-2.03A Pipe Laying
Any deflection must be taken up in the length of pipe and not the joint. In all cases deflection must not exceed the
manufacturer’s recommendation.
Standard laying lengths for pipe is 20 feet + 0.3 feet for all pipe diameters. Random lengths of pipe must not be less
than 10 feet long. At least 85 percent of the pipe installed must be the standard laying length.
77-2.03A(1) Asbestos Cement Pipe
Asbestos Cement Pipe must not be used for new installations. When working with asbestos cement pipe,
provide documentation that employees have received required training per OSHA.
Methods of work must comply with OSHA and other legal guidelines to prevent the release of fibers. Asbestos
cement pipe may be cut only by an approved method and in compliance with OSHA guidelines. Sawing,
grinding, drilling or any other activity which could result in the release of asbestos fibers is prohibited.
77-2.03A(2) Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe Installation
Install PVC water pipe in compliance with the Uni-Bell Plastic Pipe Association guide for installation of polyvinyl
chloride plastic pressure pipe for municipal water main distribution systems.
77-2.03B Joints and Fittings
Install joints and fitting in compliance with manufacture’s recommendations and this section. Provision must be
made for expansion and contraction at each joint with an elastomeric ring.
77-2.03B(1) Mechanical Joints
Clean 8 inch length of ends of pipe of all
1. oil
2. grit
3. other foreign material
by brushing with a wire brush and then painted with a soap solution made by dissolving 1/2 cup of granular soap
in one gallon of water.
Install mechanical joint by:
1. Place the gland on the pipe with lip extension of the gland toward the socket or bell end of the joint.
2. Paint the rubber with the soap solution and place on the pipe with the thick edge toward the gland.
122
3. Push the pipe into the bell to seat the spigot and gasket into place.
4. Gasket must be evenly located around the entire joint.
5. Place the gland against the gasket.
6. Insert the bolts and place the nuts and tighten with torque wrench.
7. Tighten nuts one hundred eighty degrees (180o) apart alternately, to produce an equal pressure on all
parts of the gasket.
8. The range of torque for 3/4-inch bolts is 60 foot-pounds to 90 foot-pounds.
77-2.03B(2) Compressed Gasket Joints
Install compressed gasket joint by:
1. Wipe gasket and gasket socket clean with a cloth or brush.
2. Insert gasket into socket with thickened edge entering first.
3. Gasket groove must fit over bead in socket.
4. Apply a thin film of lubricant on portion of gasket that will come in contact with the entering pipe.
5. Apply a ½ teaspoon of Pittchlor powder behind each gasket before jointing.
6. Wipe clean and place in proper alignment the plain beveled end of pipe with the bell of the pipe to be
joined.
7. Apply a film of lubricant to the outside of the plain end for a 2 inch length. No foreign materials on
lubricant will be allowed.
8. Fit the plain end of the pipe into the socket so that it is in contact with the gasket.
9. Join the pipes by exerting sufficient force on the plain end pipe and is moved past the gasket making
contact with the socket.
77-2.03B(3) Flanged Joints
Tighten nuts one hundred eighty degrees (180o) apart alternately to produce an equal pressure on all parts of
the flange and gasket.
77-2.03B(4) Flexible Couplings
Reserved.
77-2.03C Fire Hydrant
Set hydrant plumb and make connection to water supply per engineering standards.
Clean hydrant of all:
1. oil
2. grease
3. concrete splatters
4. all deleterious materials
in compliance with manufacturer’s recommendations. Prepare hydrant surface using wire brush and appropriate
solvent. Clean the hydrant of solvent residue prior to painting.
Surface of hydrant must be clean and dry prior to painting. During painting work relative humidity must be less
than 85 percent and surface temperature of hydrant must be between 40 and 120 degree Fahrenheit.
77-2.03D Valves and Valve Wells
Construct valve wells in compliance with engineering standards. Install valves in compliance with manufacturer's
recommendation. Visually inspect the interior edge of the pipe that it is fitted to by turning the valve to ensure the
rubber seal of the valve does not come into contact with the pipe. The interior edge of the pipe may need to be
beveled to avoid contact and tearing of the rubber seal.
Complete paving work and construct valve well to final finished street grade.
Valve wells located outside of paved area must not be raised more than 3 inches above finished grade.
Construct concrete collar sloped away from valve well.
77-2.02E Hand Wheels
Furnish and install all hand wheels as shown and in compliance engineering standards.
123
77-2.03F Water Services
Construct water service pipeline to convey water from the water main to the water meter using new water tubing.
Use restrained fitting and valves for water services 3 inches in diameter and larger.
Install water services in compliance with engineering standards. All tools and equipment used for installation must
be approved by the Engineer.
77-2.02G Tapping Sleeves
Furnish and install tapping sleeves with all necessary gaskets in compliance with engineering standards.
77-2.03H Existing Water Pipes
All new water pipe must be tested in compliance with section 77-2.03J, and approved by the Engineer, prior to
connection to the existing water system.
At a minimum, 24 hours in advance of connection to existing water pipe, pothole and verify existing pipe:
1. depth
2. diameter
3. fitting needs.
Connect new water pipe to existing water pipe as shown. The connection detail as shown represents the
approved connection detail and location. If you wish to make an alternate connection to the existing water
system, provide a detailed drawing to the Engineer for review and approval.
Do not shutdown the existing water system. The Engineer will shut downshutdown the existing water system for
new pipe line tie-ins. In all cases an effective shut down may not be possible, and you must work in wet
conditions. Anticipate working in wet conditions. No payment will be made for delays or additional cost for
inability to shutdown the existing water system.
When installing new water pipe in replacement of existing water pipe, the new water pipe must be brought into
service and existing water pipe abandoned prior to moving into the next segment of new water pipe installation.
77-2.03H(1) Abandonment Of Waterlines
Abandon existing water system facilities taken out of service in compliance with engineering standards.
To abandon existing water services:
1. Excavate to existing water pipe at water service tube location.
2. Turn off corporation stop.
3. Disconnect existing water service tube from corporation stop.
4. Cap existing corporation stop.
5. Remove, cap or plug existing water service tube.
6. Remove existing water meter box.
7. Remove, cap or plug existing water service tube.
77-2.03H(2) Coordination And Notification
Coordinate water service disruptions to take place during the least impactful times to facility operations, day or night,
for the following facilities:
1. schools
2. senior living complexes
3. commercial business properties
4. motels
5. hotels
6. restaurants
7. hospitals.
The Engineer will provide you with a map showing the affected area of a water shutdown. You must notify all
affected water users.
124
Water shutdown will disrupt fire sprinkler systems. Building owners are responsible to provide Fire Watch per
the City’s Municipal Code. Additional information may be found on the City’s website:
www.slocity.org/government/department-directory/public-works/documents-online
Public notification must comply with section 7-1.03A. Include in the notification:
1. construction company name
2. contact phone number
3. date of shutdown
4. time of shutdown
5. fire watch information and web site link
Five working days and again two working days, prior to water shutdown notify:
1. schools
2. senior living complexes
3. commercial business properties
4. motels
5. hotels
6. restaurants
7. hospitals
Notify all affected users two working days prior to water shutdown.
Notify the Engineer two working days prior (or with first public notice) to water shutdown in order to schedule
exercising of existing valves in order to accommodate service interruption.
All service interruption or shut downs are limited to four hours without prior approval of the Engineer.
77-2.03I Compliance with Public Health Code
Pipeline installation must comply with Section 64630, Title 22, of the California Administrative Code.
Backflow preventer must be installed and tested on potable water service supply lines for parcels that are
additionally served by recycled water or well.
77-2.03J Testing
All new:
1. water pipe
2. water tubes
3. valves
4. joints and fittings
5. fire lines
6. services
7. other water facilities
must be tested prior to service.
Testing procedure for new water facility installations are:
1. install water sampling station and temporary blow-offs – see section 77-2.03J(1)
2. flush new water facility – see section 77-2.03J(2)
3. disinfect new water facility – see section 77-2.03J(3)
4. 30 hour chlorine test – see section 77-2.03J(3)
5. flush new water facility – see section 77-2.03J(2)
6. 24 hour bacteria and chlorine test – see section 77-2.03J(3)
7. two hour pressure test – see section 77-2.03J(4)
8. four hour pressure test – see section 77-2.03J(4)
9. Remove sampling station and temporary facilities
Provide the Engineer proposed testing and flushing methods as well as schedule for review and approval prior to
starting testing work. Repeat testing procedure as directed by the Engineer if any portion of the new water facility fail
testing.
125
77-2.03J(1) Sampling
Provide sample station. Sampling station may be a hose bib or other flow controlling valve connected to the new
water facility at either:
1. Fire hydrant
2. Blow-off
3. Backflow, or
4. Corporation stop
located at the most remote point of the facility to be tested. Hose bib or other flow controlling valve must be a
minimum of 1 foot above grade.
Notify the Engineer, at a minimum, two working days in advance of each sample need. Samples will only be
taken between 8:00 A.M. and 1:00 P.M. Monday through Friday, excluding City holidays.
77-2.03J(2) Flushing
Flush new water facilities as shown in table below in order to provide two cubic feet per second flush flow.
New Facility Diameter (inches) Flush with (inches)
4 2½ hose
6 to 8 4 inch blow-off or 4½ hydrant
Larger than 8 6 inch blow-off
Install temporary blow-off per engineering standards as needed to load or flush new water facilities. Submit
temporary blow-off locations to the Engineer for review and approval prior to installation.
Remove water and debris from new water facility by flushing and place into nearest sanitary sewer manhole, if
chlorine concentration of water is less than one hundred parts per million; otherwise place into truck. Continue to
flush new water facility until residual chlorine is one part per million or less. Provide air gap between sanitary sewer
manhole and discharge hose.
Do not allow any water or chlorine solution into the street and storm drains.
77-2.03J(3) Disinfection
Disinfect all new water facilities with chlorine. Introduce a uniform distribution of chlorine solution throughout the
new water facility. Allow chlorine solution to remain in new water facilities for at least thirty hours.
After thirty (30) hours, test chlorine levels. Chlorine levels must be greater than fifty parts per million in the most
remote portion of the line.
Flush water in compliance with section 73-3.03J(2).
Load water facility with water. Wait at least twenty four (24) hours and test water for:
1. chlorine level which must be less than one (1) part per million
2. bacteria contamination (non-spore forming)
Repeat flushing and disinfection until all requirements of this section are achieved.
77-2.03J(4) Pressure
All new water facilities must be pressure tested, after water facilities:
1. have been placed and isolated from the existing water system
2. trenches have been backfilled
3. concrete thrust blocks have cured for a minimum of 36 hours
4. have passed disinfection testing
You may pressure test a new water facility against an existing valve that is closed at your own risk. The existing
valve cannot be guaranteed not to leak. If the valve leaks, resulting in a failed test, you are responsible to modify the
new pipe work by adding temporary blow-offs or other method, approved by the Engineer, to allow the testing to
occur at no additional cost to the City.
126
If hydrants or blow-offs are not available for expelling air, taps must be made at points of highest elevation before
any tests are made. After tests have been completed, insert plugs in the pipe taps.
Pressure test new water and recycled water facilities as follows:
1. Pressurize new water facility to 225 psi (minimum of 215 psi and maximum of 235 psi)
2. Maintain pressure for two hours.
3. Pressurize new water facility to 150 psi (minimum of 145 psi and maximum of 155 psi) for potable
facilities and 200 psi (minimum of 195 psi and maximum of 205 psi) for recycled water facilities
4. Maintain pressure for four hour.
5. Evaluate leakage.
New potable and recycled water facility will not be accepted until the leakage is less than the number of gallons
as determined by the following table:
Allowable Leakage per Joint in Gallons per Hour
Diameter
(inches) 4” 6” 8” 10” 12” 14” 16” 18” 20” 24”
PVC 0.0067 0.0100 0.01330.01670.0200 0.02330.02670.0300 0.03330.0400
Ductile Iron 0.0075 0.0110 0.01480.01840.0220 0.02580.02940.0332 0.03680.0442
The total allowable leakage is calculated by multiplying the leakage per hour per 100 joints for the diameter of the
pipe tested as obtained from the above table, by the duration of the test in hours and the total number of joints.
ܶݐ݈ܽ ܣ݈݈ݓܾ݈ܽ݁ ܮ݁ܽ݇ܽ݃݁ൌ ܣ݈݈ݓܾ݈ܽ݁ ܮ݁ܽ݇ܽ݃݁ ݁ݎ ܬ݅݊ݐ∗ ܰݑܾ݉݁ݎ ݂ ܪݑݎݏ∗ ܰݑܾ݉݁ݎ ݂ ܬ݅݊ݐݏ
The total allowable leakage must be less than or equal to the measured leakage.
ܯ݁ܽݏݑݎ݁݀ ܮ݁ܽ݇ܽ݃݁ܶݐ݈ܽ ܣ݈݈ݓܾ݈ܽ݁ ܮ݁ܽ݇ܽ݃݁
If the section under test contains joints of various diameters, the allowable leakage will be the sum of the computed
leakage for each size joint.
Remove and replace any defective:
1. pipes
2. fittings
3. valves
4. hydrants, or
5. consumer water services
discovered during pressure test and repeat test.
77-2.04 PAYMENT
Full compensation for work specified in section 77-2 and applicable engineering standards is included in the
payment for other bid items unless a bid item of work is shown on the bid item list. Waterline work performed
under Section 77-2 is designated in the contract by:
1. size
2. type
3. quantity, or
4. whatever information is necessary for identifying waterline work.
The length of water pipe is measured by the slope length designated by the Engineer. Pipe is measured through
fittings with the final measurement rounded off to the next foot increment. Measurement will be to the inner edge of
other structures to which the water is connected.
Pipe:
1. bends
2. tees
3. crosses
4. valves (except tapping valves and sleeves)
127
5. other branches
are measured and paid for by the linear foot for the sizes of pipes involved. Bends will be measured along the
centerline to the point of intersection.
Quantities of:
1. fire hydrants
2. services
3. intersection tie-ins
are determined as units from actual count.
77-3 SEWERS
77-3.01 GENERAL
Section 77-3 includes general specification for sewers and appurtenances.
Work must comply with section 77-1.
77-3.02 MATERIALS
77-3.02A Pipe
77-3.02A(1) General
Provide documents or certified test results indicating the pipe furnished meets all specified requirements.
Satisfactory documents include pipe manufacturer certificate indicating that the pipe has been:
1. sampled
2. tested
3. inspected
in compliance with the ASTM specifications.
77-3.02A(2) High Density Polyethylene (HDPE)
Use:
1. virgin grade
2. high molecular weight
3. Standard Dimension Ration (SDR) 17
4. Iron Pipe Size (IPS)
High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) pipe made in diameter and tolerances in compliance with the latest version
of ASTM D3035.
Furnish complete with all fabricated fittings, and other appurtenances as necessary, for a complete and functional
system.
The pipe must be free of:
1. visible cracks
2. holes
3. foreign inclusions, or
4. other defects.
Any pipe not meeting these criteria will be rejected.
The pipe must be clearly marked with the following:
1. name and trademark of manufacturer
2. nominal pipe size
3. dimension ratio
4. the letters PE followed by the polyethylene grade per the latest version ASTM D1248
5. hydrostatic design basis in psi
6. manufacturing standard reference
7. a production code from which the date and place of manufacture can be determined.
The material must be listed by the Plastic Pipe Institute (PPI) with a designation of PE 3408 and have a minimum
cell classification of:
1. 345434C
2. D, or
3. E
128
as described in latest version of ASTM D3350.
Pipe material must meet the requirements for:
1. Type III
2. Class B or C
3. Category 5
4. Grade P34
material as described in latest version of ASTM D1248.
Provide pipe with interior wall color of:
1. white
2. gray or
3. light green.
Provide pipe with exterior wall color of:
1. black
2. gray or
3. light green.
Provide submittals on furnished pipe from manufacturer certifying pipe is in compliance with:
1. specifications
2. codes
3. standards
Any pipe segment which has cut in the pipe wall exceeding 10 percent of the wall thickness must be cut out and
removed from the site.
Store pipe so that it is not deformed.
77-3.02A(3) Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe
Furnish pipe in 20 foot lengths with integral wall belled ends and elastomeric joint and solid wall. Pipe and fittings
must be free of imperfections and clearly marked with name of manufacturer.
Minimum pipe stiffness (F/y) at 5 percent deflection is 46 psi for all sizes when calculated in compliance with
ASTM Designation D 2412.
Pipe must have minimum Standard Dimension Ratio (SDR) of 35 and pipe stiffness of 46 psi.
Pipe color must be green.
77-3.02A(3)(a) PVC Pipe 4 To 15 Inch Diameter
PVC Pipe must conform to the requirement of latest version of ASTM specification D 3034.
77-3.02A(3)(b) PVC Pipe 18 To 27 Inch Diameter
PVC Pipe must conform to the requirement of latest version of ASTM standard specifications F 679.
77-3.02A(3)(c) PVC Pipe 30 To 48 Inch Diameter
PVC Pipe must conform to the requirement of latest version of ASTM standard specifications F 794.
77-3.02A(4) Ductile Iron Pipe
Ductile iron pipe must be:
1. centrifugally cast.
2. ductile iron pipe.
3. gasketed push on joints appropriate for use in a wastewater environment such as Polychloroprene,
Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer, or an approved equal.
4. a pressure class 150 for pipe with 3 feet or more of cover.
5. a pressure class of 350 for pipes with 3 feet or less of cover or exposed above grade.
6. coated on exterior.
7. lined with fusion bonded epoxy, polyurethane or approved equal.
129
Ductile iron pipe must be encased in polyethylene casing material. Casing material must be:
1. tube type
2. conform to the latest ANSI/AWWA C105 Standard.
Polyethylene casing must extend over:
1. tees
2. bends
3. couplers at the end of a section of ductile iron where it connects to a different type of pipe
4. close casing at the end (dead end) of pipe
Exposure to air and sunlight must be kept to a minimum for either type "A" or type "C" encasement material.
77-3.02A(5) Sewer Lateral Pipe
New and repaired sewer lateral pipe may be:
1. PVC SDR 35
2. PVC Schedule 40
3. HDPE SDR 17
4. ABS Schedule 40
77-3.02B Joints and Fittings
77-3.02B(1) HDPE
HDPE Pipe and fittings must be in compliance with the latest version of:
1. ASTM F714
2. ASTM D3261.
77-3.02B(2) PVC
PVC pipe must have a rubber ring bell and spigot joints providing a water tight seal and allowing for contraction and
expansion. The bell must consist of an integral wall section stiffened with two PVC retainer rings which securely lock
the solid cross section rubber ring into position.
All fittings and accessories must be as manufactured and furnished by the pipe supplier, or approved equal, and
have bell and/or spigot configurations identical to that of the pipe. All fittings must be of the same material as the
pipe, unless specified otherwise.
77-3.02B(3) Ductile Iron
Use restrained fittings for exposed ductile iron pipe, such as bridge crossings. Restrained fittings must be Flex-
Ring by American Ductile Iron, TR FLEX by U.S. Pipe, or approved equal which use a factory weld as part of the
restraining system.
77-3.02B(4) Repair Joint
Use strong back RC couplings or equal meeting the following requirements:
1. flexible sewer couplings and transition couplings
2. comprised of an elastomeric sealing component
3. type 316 series stainless steel tension components (end clamps and shear rings).
4. shear rings must have a minimum thickness of 0.012 inches
5. end clamps must have “bolts” as their means of tightening (not worm gears).
Couplings must be appropriately sized for the pipe materials being joined, without the need for bushings.
HDPE Pipe with fused ends must be repaired with HDPE pipe with fused joints. Strong back couplings must not
be used.
77-3.02B(5) Sewer Lateral Joints (New And Replacement)
Sewer lateral pipe must be joined using glued joints and fittings or fused.
77-3.02C Concrete
Use class 2 concrete.
Use minor concrete for:
1. manholes
130
2. pipe junctions
3. jacketing.
Use fifteen percent approved pozzolan replacement for manhole construction.
Precast concrete manhole sections must comply with the most current version of ASTM specification C-478-61T or
AASHTO-M170.
All manholes must be watertight and the floor sloped for a smooth monolithic trowel finish. The interior finish of the
manholes must be smooth.
77-3.02D Mortar
Use one part of Type II Portland cement and two parts of:
1. clean
2. hard
3. sharp grained particles
4. all passing a # 4 sieve
to make mortar.
Mix mortar in a machine or water tight box. Accurately measure and thoroughly mix mortar to a uniform consistency.
Use mortar immediacy after mixing. Do not remix mortar that begins to harden prior to placement.
77-3.03 CONSTRUCTION
77-3.03A Pipe Installation
Sanitary sewer lines must be water tight. Install pipe to ensure the system is water tight throughout the
component parts, particularly at the pipe joint.
Do not:
1. cut
2. gouge
3. score or
4. damage pipes
when
1. unloading
2. handling
3. storing
4. installing
77-3.03A(1) Pipe Laying
Lay the pipe in perfect conformity to the design line and grade obtained for each pipe by measuring down from a
tightly stretched line running parallel with the grade.
Lay all pipes continuously uphill.
Install PVC pipe and fittings for underground gravity sewers in compliance with the latest version of ASTM
Standard D-2321. Lay bell and spigot pipe, with the bell of the pipe upgrade.
77-3.03A(2) Pipe Bursting And Reaming
Install sewer pipe by pneumatic pipe bursting or pipe reaming. Install pipe in compliance with the pipe
manufacturer's recommendations. For pipe busting installation, use pneumatically operated equipment with a
pipe bursting head attached to HDPE pipe.
Locate, expose, disconnect and isolate existing sewer laterals from sewer main before pipe installation work
begins. When pipe reaming, you must prevent drilling fluid from entering into sewer laterals.
Submit to the Engineer for review and approval a sewer installation plan which includes insertion and reception
pit locations.
131
For pipe bursting work, use a constant tension pneumatic tool used in conjunction with a constant tension
hydraulic winch. Size the winch based on the diameter and the depth of the pipe to be replaced. The constant
tension winch must be sufficient sized to pull one continuous length of pipe between approved winching points.
The void created by the device must be sufficient in size to accommodate the pipe which is installed
immediately after the void is formed. The void must not be so large that pipe displacement or pavement settling
occurs. Allow new sewer pipe to relax for twelve hours prior to final connection to manholes.
If you cannot complete pipe bursting or reaming without damage to existing closely placed lines or pavement, you
may request authorization from the Engineer to place new pipe with traditional open-cut trenching. If you
encounter an obstruction that prevents the bursting or reaming tool from continuing, you must:
1. stop the operation
2. notify the Engineer
3. excavate to the obstruction
4. remove the obstruction.
Any pavement heaving or utility damage caused by pipe bursting or reaming work must be repaired at no
additional cost to the City or utility company.
If you use any material or method that is not approved by the Engineer, you must remove the work and replace
as directed by the Engineer.
If an obstruction is found during testing, remove the obstruction. Remove and replace section of pipe if
damaged.
77-3.03A(3) HDPE Pipe Joint
Join HDPE pipe by:
1. heat fusion welding
2. electrofusion fitting or
3. equal as approved by the Engineer.
Perform heat fusion welding in compliance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations and ASTM D2657.
Fusion equipment used must be capable of meeting all conditions recommended by the pipe manufacturer
including, but not limited to:
1. fusion temperature
2. alignment
3. fusion pressure.
Fusion equipment must only be operated by technicians who have been certified by the pipe manufacturer or
supplier. Document and furnish to the Engineer technicians certifications in a submittal.
Use a fire retardant bag or suitable enclosure for the heater plate to facilitate control of heating process and to
protect the heater plate surfaces from dirt and other debris when not in use. Clean heater plate surfaces
regularly to prevent accumulation of fusion welding residues or other substances that may result in faulty pipe
joining. The heater plate must be equipped with suitable means to measure the temperature of plate surfaces and
to assure uniform heating such as thermometers or pyrometers.
Joint strength must be equal to that of the adjacent pipe. Clean the pipe ends with a cotton or non-synthetic
cloth to remove:
1. dirt
2. water
3. grease
4. other foreign materials.
Cut pipe ends square and carefully aligned just prior to heating.
After achieving the proper melt pattern, bring the pipe ends together in a firm, rapid motion applying sufficient
pressure to form a pipe bead (1/8 to 3/16 inch in height) around and inside the entire circumference of the pipe.
Remove pipe bead before welding the next joint of pipe.
Use only tools designed for and approved by the manufacturer and supplier for joining pipe.
132
77-3.03B Sand Traps
Furnish and install sand traps or other debris catching measure approved by the Engineer during the work.
Debris catching devices must be installed at all times during construction. You assume all costs associated with
any damage resulting from construction materials entering the wastewater system or treatment facility.
77-3.03C Bypass Pumping
Submit a bypass pumping plan for approval by Engineer at the pre-construction meeting. At a minimum the plan
must include:
1. pump size and type
2. backup pump size and type
3. contingency plan for pump failure to ensure continuous bypass operations.
The bypass system must be free from leaks. The bypass pumping plan must address access to:
1. driveways
2. cross streets
3. pedestrian crossings.
77-3.03D Manholes
Construct manholes per engineering standards.
77-3.03E Sewer Laterals
Sewer laterals must be tied over as shown. Notify the Engineer immediately upon discovering any lateral not shown,
or any lateral that appears to be dry and out of service. The Engineer will then determine if it is live or not, and cap it
off if dead. Pay item for laterals will not be reduced because of laterals determined to be out of service and capped
off by City forces.
77-3.03F Existing Sewer
77-3.03F(1) Existing Manholes
Existing manholes must be:
1. adjusted to grade
2. remodeled or
3. abandoned
as shown and in compliance with engineering standards and section 15.
Existing manholes may have large cast in place concrete bases. No additional payment will be made for the
removal of existing bases as needed to complete the work.
Oversize manholes may require a manufactured concrete reduction ring prior to setting the new manhole ring
and cover.
77-3.03F(2) Abandonment Of Sewerlines
Sewer facilities taken out of service must be abandoned in compliance with Engineering Standard 6050.
Provide the Engineer 48 hour notice prior to abandoning sewer laterals. Cut off the sewer lateral at the main and
plug pipes with class 3 concrete for a distance of 12 inches into the pipe, away from the sewer main pipe.
Provide a minimum five foot by five foot excavation with shoring at the sewer main, adequate for City to remove
the existing wye and replace it with new section of pipe. Provide:
1. backfill
2. compaction
3. surface restoration
for the excavation.
77-3.03F(3) Repair
Sewer pipeline repair must comply with sections:
1. 77-1.03A(1)(b) preventative excavation requirements
2. 77-3.02A repair pipeline materials
3. 77-3.02B(4) repair pipeline joint
133
4. 77-1 excavation and restoration
Repair cut sewer facilities using new pipe of material in compliance with section 77-3.02A and the same
diameter. If the existing sewer pipe material complies with materials listed in 77-3.02A, use that same pipe
material.
Pipe fittings must comply with section 77-3.02B(4). Center a continuous section of new pipe at the repair
location. Repair must be water tight and placed at the same grade. Prior to backfilling excavation, place level on
repaired portion of sewer, in the presence of the Engineer, to confirm line and grade. Backfill, compact and
restore surface improvements in compliance with section 77-1.
Repair must be documented with:
1. Location
2. Repairs made
3. Photos
4. Guarantee letter
5. Interior video inspection of pipeline, when directed by the Engineer
Provide hardcopy of all documents to owner. Provide electronically, all documents to the Engineer.
77-3.03G Testing
77-3.03G(1) Air Test
After the pipeline is in place and the joints made, you must air test the sewer in the presence of the Engineer.
Air test procedure is as follows:
1. A maximum of 400 feet of sewer pipe will be tested at one time.
2. Plug and brace securely all outlets.
3. Introduce air into test section until internal pressure is 4.0 psi. If sewer pipe is placed in ground water,
calculate ground water pressure and add that additional pressure to internal pressure used for test.
4. Maintain an internal test pressure by adding air as need for a minimum time of 2 minutes.
5. Measure the time required for pressure to drop from 3.5 psi to 2.5 psi. Do not introduce new air into test
section during measurement.
134
Minimum permissible pressure discharge time as follows in seconds
(time to drop pressure from 3.5 psi to 2.5 psi)
Sewer Main 4 inch Sewer Lateral
Diameter Length Sewer Lateral Length
Inches Feet 0 feet 100 feet 200 feet 300 feet 400 feet
6 & 8
0 0 seconds 20 seconds 40 seconds 50 seconds 70 seconds
50 40 seconds 50 seconds 70 seconds 90 seconds 80 seconds
100 70 seconds 90 seconds 100 seconds 100 seconds 90 seconds
150 110 seconds 120 seconds 110 seconds 100 seconds 100 seconds
200 140 seconds 120 seconds 110 seconds 110 seconds 100 seconds
300 140 seconds 130 seconds 120 seconds 110 seconds 110 seconds
400 140 seconds 130 seconds 120 seconds 120 seconds 110 seconds
10
50 50 seconds 70 seconds 90 seconds 100 seconds 90 seconds
100 110 seconds 130 seconds 120 seconds 110 seconds 110 seconds
200 170 seconds 150 seconds 140 seconds 130 seconds 120 seconds
300 170 seconds 160 seconds 150 seconds 140 seconds 130 seconds
400 170 seconds 160 seconds 150 seconds 150 seconds 140 seconds
12
50 80 seconds 100 seconds 110 seconds 110 seconds 110 seconds
100 160 seconds 170 seconds 150 seconds 140 seconds 130 seconds
200 200 seconds 180 seconds 170 seconds 160 seconds 150 seconds
300 200 seconds 190 seconds 180 seconds 170 seconds 160 seconds
400 200 seconds 190 seconds 180 seconds 180 seconds 170 seconds
15
50 120 seconds 140 seconds 160 seconds 140 seconds 130 seconds
100 250 seconds 220 seconds 190 seconds 170 seconds 160 seconds
200 260 seconds 230 seconds 220 seconds 200 seconds 190 seconds
300 260 seconds 240 seconds 230 seconds 220 seconds 210 seconds
400 260 seconds 240 seconds 230 seconds 220 seconds 220 seconds
Sewer Main 6 inch Sewer Lateral
Diameter Length Sewer Lateral Length
Inches Feet 0 feet 100 feet 200 feet 300 feet 400 feet
6 & 8
0 0 seconds 40 seconds 80 seconds 100 seconds 100 seconds
50 40 seconds 70 seconds 110 seconds 110 seconds 110 seconds
100 70 seconds 110 seconds 120 seconds 110 seconds 110 seconds
150 110 seconds 120 seconds 120 seconds 120 seconds 110 seconds
200 140 seconds 130 seconds 120 seconds 120 seconds 120 seconds
300 140 seconds 130 seconds 120 seconds 120 seconds 120 seconds
400 140 seconds 130 seconds 130 seconds 120 seconds 120 seconds
10
50 50 seconds 90 seconds 120 seconds 120 seconds 110 seconds
100 110 seconds 140 seconds 130 seconds 130 seconds 120 seconds
200 170 seconds 150 seconds 140 seconds 140 seconds 130 seconds
300 170 seconds 160 seconds 150 seconds 140 seconds 140 seconds
400 170 seconds 160 seconds 150 seconds 150 seconds 140 seconds
12
50 80 seconds 120 seconds 140 seconds 130 seconds 120 seconds
100 160 seconds 170 seconds 150 seconds 140 seconds 140 seconds
200 200 seconds 180 seconds 170 seconds 160 seconds 150 seconds
300 200 seconds 190 seconds 180 seconds 170 seconds 160 seconds
400 200 seconds 190 seconds 180 seconds 180 seconds 170 seconds
15
50 120 seconds 160 seconds 160 seconds 150 seconds 140 seconds
100 20 seconds 210 seconds 190 seconds 170 seconds 160 seconds
200 260 seconds 230 seconds 210 seconds 200 seconds 190 seconds
300 260 seconds 240 seconds 220 seconds 210 seconds 200 seconds
400 260 seconds 240 seconds 230 seconds 220 seconds 210 seconds
135
77-3.03G(2) Deflection
Following the:
1. placement
2. backfill
3. compaction
prior to permanent pavement, clean and measure pipe for obstruction such as:
1. deflections
2. joint offsets
3. lateral pipe intrusions.
Allowable internal diameter is determined using appropriate size mandrel. Prior to use, the mandrel must be
certified by the Engineer or by another entity approved by the Engineer. Use of an:
1. uncertified mandrel or
2. an altered mandrel
will invalidate test. If the mandrel fails to pass, the pipe will be deemed to be over deflected.
The mandrel must:
1. be rigid
2. be nonadjustable
3. have an odd-numbering-leg (9 legs minimum)
4. have an effective length not less than its nominal diameter
5. be fabricated of steel or aluminum
6. be fitted with pulling rings at each end
7. be stamped or engraved indicating the:
a. pipe material specification
b. nominal size
c. mandrel outside diameter.
Using the manufacture’s specified internal diameter of pipe, maximum vertical deflection must not exceed:
1. 95 percent - for nominal diameter pipe less than or equal to 12 inches
2. 96 percent - for nominal diameter pipe less than or equal to 30 inches
3. 97 percent – for nominal diameter pipe greater than 40 inches
For pipes equal to or smaller than 24 inches in internal diameter, pull the mandrel through the pipe by hand. For
pipes greater than 24 inches in internal diameter, deflections may be determined by mandrel or by a method
submitted to and approved by the Engineer. If a mandrel is selected it must conform to the requirements in this
section.
Any over deflected pipe must be uncovered to remove the compact soil loading. Once uncovered if the pipe is
able to pass the mandrel it may remain. If not, remove and replace the damaged pipe. In all cases, the Engineer
will determine whether the pipe may remain or must be replaced. Any pipe subjected to any method or process
other than uncovering, even if successful to remove over deflection, must be removed and replaced with a new
section of pipe.
All costs incurred by you attributable to:
1. mandrel testing
2. deflection testing
3. repairs
4. any delays
are borne by you at no cost to the City.
77-3.03G(3) Television Inspection
The Engineer may video inspect sewer pipe prior to acceptance. Provide the Engineer three working day notice
prior to placement of final paving or surface restoration. Allow one working day in your schedule for the video
inspection to occur. Installations which do not conform to the requirements must be reconstructed.
If you are required to submit video inspection to the Engineer for review, furnish video on flash drive. CCTV reports
shall be National Association of Sewer Service Companies (NASSCO) Pipeline Assessment and Certification
136
Program (PACP) certified with no modifications. Every section of sewer (manhole to manhole) shall be identified by
audio and alphanumeric on the video display and shall include:
1. project name
2. municipality
3. street name
4. City designated GIS manhole numbers
5. sewer diameter and length
6. date of inspection
77-3.03G(4) PVC Joints
Joint tightness is measured by assembling two sections of pipe in compliance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
Subject the joint to an internal hydrostatic pressure of 25 psi for one hour. Consider any leakage a failure of the test
requirements.
77-3.03G(5) Testing Of Force Mains
Test force mains according to the following procedure:
Fill each section of pipe with water and expel all air. Allow pipe to set for a minimum of 24 hours. Refill pipe and
pressure pipe to:
1. 150 psi, or
2. service pressure plus an additional 50 psi
whichever is greater. Maintain pressure for two hours. Replace any portion of line that fails and retest. Maximum
allowable leakage is 4.17 gallons per hour per mile per nominal inch of diameter.
77-3.03G(6) Manhole Vacuum Testing
Vacuum test all newly constructed manholes prior to placing any backfill around manhole and again after manhole is
raised to finish grade. Provide the Engineer 24 hour notice prior to each test.
You must prepare the manhole as follows:
1. plug all inlets to the manhole
2. place a test head in the top of the manhole
3. inflate a seal.
Place a vacuum of 10 inches of mercury on the manhole and measure the time for the vacuum to drop to 9 inches
of mercury. The manhole meets requirements if the measured time for the vacuum drop meets or exceeds the value
from the following table:
Manhole Depth Manhole Diameter
4 feet 5 feet
4 feet 10 seconds 13 seconds
6 feet 15 seconds 20 seconds
8 feet 20 seconds 26 seconds
10 feet 25 seconds 33 seconds
12 feet 30 seconds 39 seconds
14 feet 35 seconds 46 seconds
16 feet 40 seconds 52 seconds
18 feet 45 seconds 59 seconds
20 feet 50 seconds 65 seconds
If the manhole fails the vacuum test, provide the necessary repairs to make the manhole pass the vacuum test.
77-3.03H Cleaning
After the final air test has been satisfactorily completed, sewer shall be cleaned using High-Velocity (Hydro-
cleaning) equipment only. Cleaning shall be with clean water with a minimum 2,000 psi @ 50 gpm standard
137
cleaning nozzle. Cleaning shall be performed starting at the furthest upstream segment (manhole to manhole)
proceeding downstream. Each segment shall be cleaned from its downstream manhole. All debris shall be
vacuumed and removed from each set-up location.
All foreign material must be removed from:
1. pipes
2. manholes
3. cleanouts
prior to being placed into service. Remove all material from sand traps or debris catchers in manholes prior to
removing the sand trap or debris catcher.
77-3.04 PAYMENT
Full compensation for work specified in section 77-3 and applicable engineering standards is included in the
payment for other bid items unless a bid item of work is shown on the bid item list. Sewer work performed under
Section 77-3 is designated in the contract by:
1. size
2. type
3. quantity or
4. whatever information is necessary for identifying sewer work.
The length of sewer pipe is measured by the slope length designated by the Engineer. Pipe placed in excess of the
length is not measured. Quantity to be measured will be the length of pipe placed after cutting. The distance of flow
through the manhole will not be measured as pipe length, that work is included in the manhole payment.
Pipe:
1. bends
2. tees
3. wyes
4. other branches
are measured and paid for by the linear foot for the sizes of pipes involved. Bends will be measured along the
centerline to the point of intersection.
Quantities of:
1. manholes
2. cleanouts
3. sewer laterals connections
are determined as units from actual count.
77-4 STORM DRAINS
77-4.01 GENERAL
Section 77-4 includes general specification for storm drains and appurtenances. Storm drains and sanitary sewers
materials and construction are similar. Section 77-4 is as specified in section 77-3 except as modified below.
Culverts must comply with section 61.
Alternative culverts must comply with section 62.
Plastic pipe must comply with section 64.
Concrete pipe must comply with section 65.
77-4.02 MATERIALS
Add to section 77-3.02
Do not change pipeline size or material between structures unless approved by the Engineer.
Corrugated metal pipe is not approved for use in the storm drain system.
138
77-4.02A Pipe
77-4.02A(2) High Density Polyethylene (HDPE)
Add to section 77-3.02A(2)
Corrugated HDPE with smooth interior and integral bell / spigot is an approved pipe for storm drain application.
77-4.02B Joints and Fittings
77-4.02B(1) HDPE
Add to section 77-3.02B(1)
Joints for corrugated HDPE smooth interior pipe must use gasket joints. Joint, gasket, and fittings must be of the
same type and manufacture as the pipe and installed per manufacture recommendations. HDPE pipe joints must be
water tight to 2 psi
77-4.02C Concrete
Add to section 77-3.02C
Storm drain structures must comply with sections 51-1 and 90-2.
77-4.03E Catch Basins
Construct catch basins in compliance with engineering standards. Install a 3½-inch circular marker, such as an
ACP International Storm Drain marker on the surface of the concrete above the catch basin opening. The
marker must state “Dump No Waste”, and “Drains to Creek”, and must include a Spanish translation and an
image of a fish. Markers are available from the City.
77-4.03G Testing
77-4.03G(1) Air Test
Replace section 77-3.03G(1) with:
Test storm drain pipe line joints in compliance with section 61-1.01D.
77-4.04 PAYMENT
Replace 4th paragraph of section 77-3.04 with:
Quantities of:
1. manholes
2. catch basins
3. junctions
are determined as units from actual count.
77-5 MISCELLANEOUS FACILITIES
77-5.01 GENERAL
Reserved
139
81 MONUMENTS
81-1.01 GENERAL
Replace section 81-1.02 with:
Section 81 includes specifications for:
1. construction survey
2. monuments
3. other control points
81-1.02 MATERIALS
Replace section 81-1.02 with:
Survey monument materials must conform to the requirement in engineering standards. Survey tag must be
furnished by the Licensed Land Surveyor who sets the monument location.
81-1.03 CONSTRUCTION
Replace section 81-1.03 with:
The following:
1. Horizontal monuments
2. vertical benchmarks
3. construction surveying
must comply with section 5-1.26.
Construct monuments per engineering standards. Set survey tag, record documentation with County Recorder, and
provide electronic copy of document to the Engineer.
81-1.04 PAYMENT
Replace section 81-1.04 with:
Full compensation for work specified in section 81 and applicable engineering standards is included in the
payment for other bid items unless a bid item of work is shown on the bid item list.
140
84 TRAFFIC STRIPES AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS
84-1 GENERAL
84-1.01 GENERAL
84-1.01A Summary
Add to section 84-1.01A.
All permanent traffic stripes and pavement markings must be thermoplastic. Requirements for this section also
apply to curb marking.
Any traffic stripes rejected for non-compliance with these specifications, as determined by the Engineer, must be
removed before reapplication. All costs incurred for pavement preparation or restoration, including costs for
resurfacing the asphalt pavement to a condition equal to that before the initial placement of traffic stripes is at
your expense.
Work must comply with sections 10-1.02 and 15-2.02C.
84-1.01B Definitions
Add to section 84-1.01B.
Curb marking: A longitudinal line covering the top and face of a curb. The marking must extend to, but not
beyond, curb wick line and flowline, or in the case of an AC dike, covering the top and face to the flowline.
84-1.03 CONSTRUCTION
84-1.03E Application of Stripes and Markings
Add to section 84-1.03E.
Final Stripes and Pavement Markings must not begin before 5 calendar days, and completed no later than 15
calendar days after placement of asphalt concrete or bituminous seals. You must provide the Engineer a
minimum two working day notice to review, modify and approve striping layout prior placing the final stripping.
You will be assessed Liquidated Damages in the amount of $300 per calendar day for each day’s failure to
complete striping and pavement markings within this specified time. The use of preformed thermoplastic is
acceptable for work where the total length of thermoplastic traffic stripes is not greater than 30 feet, and the total
area of pavement markings is not greater than 30 square feet.
New stripes and markings must be protected from damage until completely dry.
Curb markings must be paint not thermoplastic.
84-1.04 PAYMENT
Replace section 84-1.04 with:
Full compensation for work specified in section 84 and applicable engineering standards is included in the
payment for other bid items unless a bid item of work is shown on the bid item list. Traffic stripes are measured
by the linear foot along the direction of the traffic stripes, without deductions for gaps in broken traffic stripes. Each
type of traffic stripe or striping detail will be measured as a single length regardless of:
1. number
2. widths
3. patterns
4. markers
of the stripes involved in the striping details.
Pavement markings included in the various striping details, or called out separately, will be measured by the square
foot.
Curb markings are measured by the lineal foot along the curb wick line.
141
When traffic stripes, legends or markings are damaged and replaced due to the your operations and there is no pay
item for replacement, payment for work is included in other items of work and no additional compensation will be
paid.
84-2 THERMOPLASTIC TRAFFIC STRIPES AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS
84-2.04 PAYMENT
Replace section 84-2.04 with 84-1.04.
84-3 PAINTED TRAFFIC STRIPES AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS
84-3.02 MATERIALS
84-3.02A General
Add to section 84-3.02A.
Curb marking material must be high solids, lead-free paint specifically formulated for traffic and / or parking lot
applications, meeting all Federal, State, and local regulations. Material must be dry to the touch within 15
minutes of application. Do not apply glass beads to curb markings.
84-3.02C Application Equipment
Add to section 84-3.02C.
Curb markings may be applied by either roller or airless sprayer to obtain a uniform thickness and complete
coverage with no overspray. Curb marking must not be applied to new concrete. New concrete must cure a
minimum 7 days or as recommended by the manufacturer before painting.
84-3.03 CONSTRUCTION
Add to section 84-3.03.
Prepare curb area to be painted in compliance with this section. Remove residual curing compound prior to
painting. Apply traffic stripes and pavement markings only on dry surfaces during periods of favorable weather.
Do not paint surfaces when freshly painted surfaces may become damaged by rain, fog, or condensation. Clean
all dirt and loose material from areas to receive traffic stripes and pavement markings. Apply curb markings in a
single coat applied at a minimum thickness of 15 mils. Protect painted surfaces from the public until they are
completely dry.
84-3.04 PAYMENT
Replace section 84-3.04 with 84-1.04.
84-6 SPECIALIZED SURFACE TREATMENTS
84-6.01 GENERAL
Reserved
85 PAVEMENT MARKERS
85-1 GENERAL
85-1.04 PAYMENT
Replace section 85-1.04 with:
Payment must comply with section 84-1.04.
142
86 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
86-1 GENERAL
86-1.01 SUMMARY
86-1.015 DEFINITIONS
Add to section 86-1.015.
Future conductors: Includes signal, lighting, interconnect, and fiber optic lines.
Add to section 86-1.015. (RSS Revision)
Pull box: A box with a cover that is installed in an accessible place in a run of conduit to facilitate the pulling in
of wires or cables.
86-1.03 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
Add to section 86-1.03. (RSS Revision)
Submit a schedule of values within 15 days after Contract approval.
86-1.04 EQUIPMENT LIST AND DRAWINGS
Add to section 86-1.04.
Submit the following in bound and labeled book.
1. materials lists
2. manufacturer’s data
3. brochures
4. technical data
5. recommended replacement cycles
Provide one drawing which includes diagram of controller cabinet schematic diagram and intersection diagram.
Place drawing in plastic pouch on controller cabinet door so that when cabinet doors are fully open the drawing
is oriented with the intersection. Prior to signal turn on the drawing must be attached at cabinet door. Provide
one spare drawing to the Engineer.
86-1.04A Maintenance and Operations Manuals
Furnish maintenance and operation manuals for each:
1. Controller unit
2. Auxiliary equipment
3. Vehicle detection
4. Live video systems
At a minimum the manual must include the following:
1. specifications
2. design characteristics
3. general operation theory
4. function of all controls
5. trouble-shooting procedures
6. block circuit diagram
7. geographical layout of components
8. schematic layout of components
9. replacement components parts including stock numbers
Include complete instruction for implementation of all operator programmable functions in operational manual.
The maintenance manual and operation manual may be combined into one manual. When the controllers are
submitted to the Engineer, submit manuals. The Engineer may require manuals prior to purchase from
manufacture.
143
86-1.07 SCHEDULING OF WORK
Add to section 86-1.07.
Place order for new equipment. Provide to the Engineer a written manufacture confirmed delivery date for
equipment within 10 working days from execution of contract.
Contract time will commence 5 working days prior to manufacture provided delivery date of equipment. Provide
work schedule based on the delivery date of equipment and start of contract time that ensures that work will
continue to completion without interruption. At a minimum the work schedule must show:
1. work start date
2. confirmed delivery equipment date
3. critical path of construction activities.
86-2 MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION
86-2.05 CONDUIT
86-2.05A Material
Add to section 86-2.05A.
45 and 90 degree conduit bends must have:
1. a radius of 6 times the inside diameter of the conduit
2. a minimum 18 inches radius or
3. for fiber optic a minimum radius of 36 inches.
Install conduit into pull box having bell end of conduit penetrating pull box.
Use continuous tracer tape with no splices between pull boxes.
86-2.05C Installation
Add to section 86-2.05C.
Excavation and restoration must comply with section 77-1.
Install conduit per engineering standards. Conduit depth minimum is measured from new finished surface
elevations. Conduit must not be within 24 inches of any detector loop wire.
86-2.06 PULL BOXES
Replace the 1st paragraph of section 86-2.06 with:
You may use a larger standard size pull box than described with approval of the Engineer.
86-2.06A Material
Use gray nonconcrete boxes for standard gray sidewalk
Use brown nonconcrete boxes for Mission Style sidewalk.
Lid must be flush with the box.
86-2.06B Cover Marking
Add to section 86-2.06B.
Use the following cover markings for:
1. “Traffic Signal” for signals and associated lighting and interconnect
2. “Lighting” for street light only circuits
3. “City Comm” for fiber communication conduits
86-2.06C Installation and Use
Replace the 1st paragraph of section 86-2.06C with:
144
Space pull boxes no more than 180 feet apart. You may install additional pull boxes to facilitate the work, with
the approval of the Engineer.
Add to section 86-2.06C.
Mission style sidewalk must comply with section 73-4.
Place a ring of #4 rebar around the entire perimeter of all pull boxes set in concrete.
Place pull boxes for conduit containing fiber optics at each intersection of fiber conduit runs.
Place communication manhole per Engineering Standard 9030 at:
1. street intersections
2. 500 foot intervals
3. as necessary to facilitate work at your expense.
Place manholes in sidewalk area.
Do not place pull boxes or manholes within one foot of any sidewalk ramp.
Add to section 86-2.06C. (RSS Revision)
The top of the pull box must be flush with the surrounding grade or the top of an adjacent curb, except in
unpaved areas where the pull box is not immediately adjacent to and protected by a:
1. concrete foundation
2. pole
3. other protective construction
Place the pull box 1-1/4 inches above the surrounding grade. Where practical, place a pull box shown in the
vicinity of curbs or adjacent to a standard on the side of the foundation facing away from traffic. If a pull box is
installed in a sidewalk area, adjust the depth of the pull box so that the top of the pull box and the lid is flush with
the sidewalk.
Reconstruct the sump of an existing pull box if disturbed by your activities. Remove old grout and replace with
new if the sump was grouted.
86-2.08 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
86-2.08B Conductor Identification
Add to section 86-2.08B.
Circuit Insulation Function Color
Dedicated Street Lighting Circuits THHN/THWN
Ungrounded Black
(Neutral) Grounding White
Grounded Green
None Ground Bare*
* Use soft drawn copper from adjacent pull box to the street light grounding lug inside the hand hole on the pole.
86-2.08C Installation and Use
Replace 1st sentence in 1st paragraph in section 86-2.08C with: (RSS Revision)
Use UL or NRTL listed and rated for 600 V(ac) operation for
1. Circuit conductors
2. Connectors
3. Terminals
86-2.08D Signal Cable
Add to section 86-2.08D.
Use signal cable and not individual conductors.
145
Use three conductor signal cable for each pedestrian phase pedestrian push buttons.
Use twelve conductor signal cable for no more than two phases in a signal pole. For poles with more than two
phases, use twenty-eight conductor cable. Provide a minimum of three spares per pole.
Do not splice signal cable in pull boxes. Feed signal cable from one conduit to the next with 24 inches of extra
signal cable coiled in the pull box. At the last pull box in run, prior to feeding into controller cabinet, coil 36
inches of extra signal cable in the pull box.
Label all wiring in controller cabinet with phase identification. Label all signal cables and wiring in pull boxes with
pole location id as shown. All labeling materials must be approved by the Engineer prior to work.
86-2.08E Signal Interconnect Cable (SIC)
Replace section 86-2.08E with:
Signal interconnect cable must be a 9-pair with stranded tinned copper No. 20 conductors and include a drain
wire. Each conductor’s insulation must be 13 mils minimum nominal thickness, color-coded, polypropylene
material. Conductors must be in twisted pairs. Color coding distinguishes each pair. Each pair must be wrapped
with an aluminum polyester shield and must have a No. 22 or larger stranded tinned copper drain wire inside the
shielded pair.
Pair twist must have a minimum of 4 twists per foot. The pair twist lays and the relative placement of the pairs
must be designed to minimize crosstalk and meet capacitance unbalance limits for quality communications
cable. The pairs must be combined in one cylindrical core identified by color-coded non-hygroscopic binders.
Provide the following colors paired with black to facilitate identification:
Black paired with:
1. red
2. white
3. green
4. blue
5. yellow
6. brown
7. orange
Red paired with:
1. white
2. green
A complete covering of non-hygroscopic dielectric material must protect the core. The shield must be corrugated
copolymer-coated 8-mil aluminum tape to be applied longitudinally over the core wrap. The copolymer coating
must bond the shield to the jacket.
Cable jacket must be black, HDPE, rated for a minimum of 300 V(ac) and 60 degrees C, and must have a
minimum nominal wall thickness of 40 mils. Cable jacket or moisture-resistant tape directly under the outer
jacket must be marked in compliance with section 86-2.08. The cable jacket must provide a:
1. tough
2. flexible
3. protective covering that withstands:
a. exposure to sunlight
b. atmospheric temperatures
c. ground chemicals
d. stresses expected in standard installations.
Sequential footage markings must be printed on the jacket at 2’ intervals.
Signal interconnect cable must meet the requirements of ANSI/ICEA S-85-625-1989 and Rural Electrification
Administration, REA PE-22.
Use EDCO TBLK-12 or equal as approved by the Engineer for signal interconnect terminal blocks splice
cabinets.
146
Land all twisted pair of interconnect cable at the terminal block of each controller cabinet in a neat manner.
Provide additional terminal blocks as needed to accommodate excess twisted pairs of interconnect cable.
Use two pair of the signal interconnect cable for the interconnect between local and field master controller. The
Engineer will provide the field master controller grouping. Assign or attach all controllers to the same field
master and same twisted pair.
Terminate the signal interconnect cable as follows:
1. Remove enough of the outer jacket to provide the proper length of the individual conductors in a manner
that does not damage the shield’s protective coating.
2. Separate the shields from the conductor.
3. Thoroughly clean the cable from each cable conductor, the cable shield and the cable jacket.
4. Provide a minimum of 6 inches of slack between the termination block and cable outer jacket opening
for all conductors.
5. Twist each pair a minimum of one full twist per inch. Do not twist cable pairs or pair conductors with any
other pairs or pair conductors.
6. Permanently attach bonding wire to the shield in compliance with REA splicing Standard PC-2.
7. Cover the cable to approximately 1 inch beyond each end of the shield with three half-lapped layers of
heavy-duty self-fusing insulating tape. Cover the self-fusing tape to approximately 1 inch beyond each
end of the self-fusing tape with two half-lapped layers of electrical tape.
You must have a minimum of five feet of slack at each pull box and ten feet at controller cabinet. Splicing is
allowed only if shown.
Insulate conductor splice with heat-shrink tubing and overlap at least 0.6 inch. Cover overall cable splice with
heat-shrink tubing and overlap the cable jacket at least 1½ inches.
For all intersections which include the installation of interconnect cable, the controller must be equipped with a
Model 400 Modem and a C2 connector and hardness.
Prior to start of construction; verify communications between the traffic signal controller and the QuicNet system.
After testing cabling and being re-landed in cabinet, verify communications between the traffic signal controller
and the QuicNet system.
86-2.09 WIRING
86-2.09A Circuitry
Add to section 86-2.09A. (RSS Revision)
Provide enough traffic signal light conductors for functional operation of the signal. Provide a minimum of 3
spare conductors in all conduits containing traffic signal light conductors or more if shown.
86-2.09B Installation
Add to section 86-2.09B.
Blow out all conduits using 90 psi air pressure before pulling cable or wire.
For dedicated street lighting circuits, coil 18 inches of slack in each pull box.
Wrap conductors around projecting end of conduit in pull boxes. Secure cables and wires to conduit at pull
boxes to prevent pulling of cables without removing the securing device.
86-2.09C Connectors and Terminals
Replace section 86-2.09C with: (RSS Revision)
Connectors must be crimp type. Use a manufacturer-recommended tool for connectors and terminals to join
conductors. Comply with SAE-AS7928.
147
Terminate stranded conductors smaller than no. 14 in crimp style terminal lugs.
Terminate field conductors no. 12 and smaller with spade type terminals. Terminate field conductors no. 10 and
larger with spade type or ring type terminals.
86-2.09D Splicing and TERMINATIONS
Add to section 86-2.09D.
Provide 12 individual “EDCO” COHP-030 surge protector modules to fit into the “EDCO” TBLK-12 assembly.
Provide “EDCO” lightning protector or approved equal as determined by the Engineer. Connect lightning
protection unit to the controller cabinet ground bus using an insulated heavy copper braid #6 AWG size or
larger. Install lightning protection unit at controller cabinet.
86-2.09E Splice Insulation
Replace value for resistivity in 6th paragraph table in section 86-2.09E with: (RSS Revision)
25 x 1013 Ω per inch, minimum
86-2.10 BONDING AND GROUNDING
Add to section 86-2.10.
Install a ground rod driven in the pull box adjacent to the controller and ground the controller to it.
86-2.11 SERVICE
Add to section 86-2.11.
You are responsible to contact and coordinate electrical service connection. Supply a connection date to PG&E
that allows PG&E a reasonable time period to schedule the work. Notice must be written and provided to PG&E
and the Engineer. During the course of work, provide PG&E and the Engineer updates of any potential service
connection delays.
Provide a combined service pedestal and UPS enclosure in compliance with engineering standards.
Do not splice service connection between:
1. the point of service and the service pedestal
2. the service pedestal and facility housing.
86-2.11C Electrical Service for Booster Pumps
Replace section 86-2.11C with: (RSS Revision)
Provide electrical service from the service point to the booster pump.
Furnish:
1. Conductors
2. Conduit
3. pull boxes
from the service point to the booster pump.
Do not use Type 3 conduit unless shown otherwise.
148
86-2.14 TESTING
86-2.14C Functional Testing
Add to beginning of section 86-2.14C.
Perform the following tests on each cable circuit furnished and installed:
1. Flash test for each vehicle and pedestrian indication at signal turn on
2. Conduct “Meg” test at 250 volts. “Meg” test each conductor:
a. within cable to ground.
b. to all other conductors in the cable.
Complete tests and provide test results and test data to the Engineer. Where test results fail to meet specified
limits:
1. identify
2. correct
3. retest
at your expense.
Replace 4th paragraph in section 86-2.14C with:
Functional test for each lighting and sign illumination system is seven days of continuous satisfactory operation
in compliance with lighting schedule. If unsatisfactory performance of the system develops, correct the system.
Repeat test until seven days of continuous satisfactory operation is achieved.
Damaged caused by public traffic resulting in a system failure is not considered a functional test failure.
86-2.16 PAINTING
Replace section 86-2.16 with:
86-2.16A General
Section 86-2.16 provides specifications for coating traffic signal equipment that is to be installed within the
downtown core, or where equipment is specified to be color coated.
Provide equipment that is coated from the manufacture.
Provide the Engineer a notarized certificate of compliance that guarantees:
1. coating system is in compliance with these specifications
2. that it is an equivalent coating system
3. that it is free of defective workmanship
Galvanized interior surfaces are not required to be coated. All other surfaces must be coated.
86-2.16B Color
Traffic signal equipment including poles within the Downtown Core must be color coated Dark Forest Green,
such as:
1. Pantone 5535 or
2. RAL 6009
Provide the Engineer a paint chip for review and approval prior to ordering signal poles and equipment. Coat the
following with Dark Forest Green coating:
1. signal heads
2. signal head housings and mountings
3. brackets and fittings
4. outside of hoods
5. pedestrian push buttons housings
6. pedestrian head housings and hoods
7. back faces of back plates
8. luminaire arms
9. standards
10. mast arms
11. controller cabinets
149
12. service equipment cabinets
Coat the following with “Enamel; Traffic Signal, Lusterless, Black”:
1. Interior of signal hoods
2. louvers
3. front faces of back plates.
86-2.16C Preparation
Remove all:
1. loose rust
2. dirt
3. moisture
4. grease
5. contaminants
6. weld splatter
7. flux
8. slag
from the surface.
Power tool clean in compliance with:
1. Steel Structures Painting Council Specifications SSPC-SP3 or
2. Brush Blast clean in compliance with SSPC-SP7
prior to coating.
All necessary drilling and welding must be done prior to abrasive blasting. Abrasive blast all exterior surfaces
that will be coated including:
1. Shaft
2. arm(s)
3. and interior surface of shaft, from the base plate to the top of the hand-hole opening
in compliance with coating manufacture’s recommendations. Round and smooth all sharp or rough edges.
Keep all surfaces free of:
1. moisture
2. oil
3. grease
4. other organic matter until coated.
Failure to do will require the abrasive blast procedure to be repeated. Solvent wiping is not satisfactory to
remove contaminates.
86-2.16D Coating System
Coating system must include a primer coat and a two coat color topcoat for exterior application that ensures
resistance from:
1. corrosion
2. abrasion
3. impact
4. delamination
Apply a heavy duty corrosion resistant protective primer coating of:
1. Amerlock 400
2. Tnemec 66 or
3. equal as determined by the Engineer
at a minimum of 5 mils dry film thickness. Apply primer coat in strict compliance with manufacturer’s
recommendations.
Color topcoat must be composed of acrylic resins and modifiers in suitable organic solvents forming a:
1. satin finish with lasting color
2. resistance to fumes
3. splash and spillage of acids and alkalies
4. adhesion resistant to removal by application of tape.
150
Color topcoat must consist of two coats a minimum 2.5 mils thickness. Total topcoat thickness must be a
minimum 5 mils thick.
86-2.19 SIGNS
Add to section 86-2.
Signs must comply with section 56.
86-3 CONTROLLER ASSEMBLIES
86-3.01 CONTROLLER ASSEMBLIES
86-3.01A General
Replace section 86-3.01A with:
Furnish a Model 170E controller unit with:
1. C2S connectors and cables
2. a type 170E auxiliary board
3. a Model 400 Modem and a C2 connector and harness
4. Type 412C prom module that is:
5. pre-programmed with a BI Tran type 233 program
6. configured for a type 27256 EPROM
7. include one blank 27256 EPROM
8. one 6264 RAM chip
9. one 1230 Dallas chip.
Deliver controller to the Engineer a minimum of 30 days before the scheduled turn on for programing and
operational inspection.
You must arrange to have a signal technician,
1. qualified to work on the controller unit
2. employed by the controller unit manufacturer or his representative
present at the time the equipment is turned on.
Detector sensors must be type 222 two-channel sensors. Type 222 requirements are modified as follows:
1. thumb wheel switches for sensitivity settings.
2. nine levels of sensitivity per channel.
3. a built-in loop monitor (Winky Blink) that remembers intermittent loop failure.
4. ability to resume normal operation following intermittent loop failure.
86-3.01B Department-Furnished Controller Assemblies
Delete section 86-3.01B.
86-3.02 BATTERY BACKUP SYSTEM
86-3.02A General
86-3.02A(1) Summary
Replace section 86-3.02A(1) with:
This work includes:
1. furnishing
2. assembling
3. installing
battery backup system (BBS). Comply with transportation electrical equipment specifications (TEES).
86-3.02B Materials
Replace 1st paragraph in section 86-3.02B with:
Batteries must be Unigy 24HR 3000 batteries (79ah) or approved equal.
151
86-3.04 CONTROLLER CABINETS
Add to section 86-3.04.
All Type 332 Cabinets must be equipped with a
1. PDA2, Power Distribution Assembly
2. drawer assembly.
86-4 TRAFFIC SIGNAL FACES AND FITTINGS
86-4.01 VEHICLE SIGNAL FACES
Add to section 86-4.01.
All vehicular indications must use:
1. 12 inch lenses
2. tunnel visors
3. louvered back plates
Signal heads must be aluminum alloy, McCain or approved equal. Plastic housings, visors and back plates will
not be permitted.
All vehicle signal faces and lenses installed but not in use must be covered and remain covered until the traffic
signal system is put into use.
86-4.01A Signal Sections
Add to section 86-4.01A.
Where plastic or metal components are specified, use only metal components.
86-4.01A(2) Plastic Signal Sections
Delete section 86-4.01A(2)
86-4.01C Visors
Add to section 86-4.01C.
Where plastic or metal components are specified, use only metal components.
86-4.01D Light Emitting Diode Signal Module
86-4.01D(1) General
86-4.01D(1)(a) Summary
Add to section 86-4.01D(1)(a).
Use only Light Emitting Diode (LED) for signal faces for:
1. Red
2. Yellow
3. Green
All LED signals must be:
1. Model 433 Series Dialight
2. GE-DR6 or
3. approved equal.
All arrows must be Model 433 Series Dialight or approved equal. Provide submittal for review and approval by
the Engineer prior to purchase.
86-4.01D(1)(c) Quality Control And Assurance
86-4.01D(1)(c)(i) General
Replace section 86-4.01D(1)(c)(i) with: (RSS Revision)
LED signal modules must be on the Authorized Material List for LED traffic signals.
Ensure modules have been tested under:
152
1. ANSI/ASQ Z1.4
2. California Test 604 for LED and circular LED signal modules
3. California Test 3001 for arrow, U-turn, and bicycle LED signal modules
LEDs must be spread evenly across the module.
86-4.01E Backplates
Add to section 86-4.01E.
Where plastic or metal components are specified, use only metal components.
86-4.03 PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL FACES
Add to section 86-4.03.
Use only GE PS7-CFF1--26A, or approved equal LED countdown pedestrian signal module.
Cover pedestrian signal faces until they are put into use.
86-4.03I Light Emitting Diode Pedestrian Signal Modules
86-4.03I(1) General
86-4.03I(1)(c) Quality Control And Assurance
86-4.03I(1)(c)(i) General
Replace section 86-4.03I(1)(c)(i) with: (RSS Revisions)
The LED PSF module must be on the Authorized Material List for LED traffic signals.
Ensure LED PSF modules have been tested under:
1. ANSI/ASQ Z1.4
2. California Test 606
86-5 DETECTORS
86-5.01 VEHICLE DETECTORS
86-5.01A Inductive Loop Detectors
86-5.01A(3) Construction Materials
Add to section 86-5.01A(3).
Use Type C lead-in cable.
86-5.01A(3)(c) Hot-Melt Rubberized Asphalt Sealant
Replace viscosity in 2nd paragraph table in section 86-5.01A(3)(c) with: (RSS Revision)
Viscosity, Brookfield Thermosel, no. 27 Spindle, 20 rpm, 190 °C D 4402 2.5–3.5 Pa·s
86-5.01A(4) Installation Details
Add to section 86-5.01A(4).
After conductors are installed in the slots, but prior to placement of sealant, secure conductors in the slot with
foam tubing manufactured for this purpose and compatible with the sealant.
86-5.01D Emergency Vehicle Pre-emption Equipment
Replace 86-5.01D with:
Traffic Signal Pre-emptive equipment must be a 3M Opticom System or approved equal. Use one Model 752
Discriminator Module for every two channels of pre-emption and necessary Optical Detectors to provide the
directional input as shown. Install equipment in compliance manufacturer's requirements.
Mount optical detector as shown using an approved mast arm clamp. Do not mount on the signal head unless
directed by the Engineer.
153
Provide manufacturer representative knowledgeable of the pre-emption equipment to be present for the first day
of the traffic signal function test. Provide a vehicle equipped with an emitter to test and verify satisfactory
operation of the equipment.
86-5.01E Video Detection
Add to section 86-5.01.
86-5.01E(1) General
Install video detection devices for all new or replacement detectors unless directed to install new loops by the
Engineer. Loops must comply with section 86-5.01. When loops are installed, replace the loop detector card.
Work includes provisions of a fully functional video detection system including:
1. control units
2. cameras
3. camera mountings
4. power cables
5. video cables
6. monitor
86-5.01E(2) Cameras And Brackets
Provide one camera for each approach as shown. Use the most current version of Iteris color cameras or equal,
approved by the Engineer. Install cameras as required in “Iteris Vantage Edge Installation and Users Guide”.
Depending upon the configuration of an intersection, the Engineer may require that either an:
1. Iteris Universal Camera Bracket
2. Pelco Extended Camera Bracket or
3. approved equal
be used for mounting the cameras. Camera locations must be approved by the Engineer prior to installation.
86-5.01E(3) Detectors
Install the most current version of the following video detection equipment for each intersection using video
detection.:
The interface device hardware shall be Iteris Edge Connect.
The interface device shall;
1. be specifically designed to mount in a standard TS-1, TS-2, and 170 type detector rack using the edge
connector to obtain power. No adapters shall be required to mount the interface device in a standard
detector rack.
2. occupy no more than two slots in the detector rack and shall provide a loop-type handle for easy
installation and removal.
3. be powered by 12 or 24 volts DC and shall not consume more than 6.25 watts. The unit shall
automatically compensate for the different input voltages and shall be hot-swappable.
4. operate in a temperature range from -35°C to +74°C and a humidity range from 0% RH to 95% RH,
non-condensing.
5. accommodate either monochrome or color video signals conforming to NTSC or PAL video standards.
6. automatically sense the video input signal and configure the video output port to either NTSC or PAL
standards. Each video input signal shall be separately sensed to allow mixed video signals.
7. interface with up to four video detection processors using RJ-45 interface connectors.
Video Ports: The interface unit shall accommodate a maximum of four composite video inputs and one video
output.
Video inputs and video output shall be made via BNC connectors to ensure secure connections. RCA or other
straight friction plug-in type connections shall not be allowed. Video inputs shall use a vendor supplied “octopus”
cable to accommodate the four video inputs. Provisions shall be made to accommodate the mating cable to
utilize jack screws for securing the octopus cable.
154
An EIA-232 communications port shall be provided for local and remote access. The connector for this port shall
be a 9-pin “D” subminiature connector on the front of the interface device. Provisions shall be made to
accommodate mating cables to utilize jack screws for securing cables.
Hi-intensity LED status lights shall be provided to facilitate system monitoring. Indicators shall be provided to
show the status of the internal processor, video lock and indication of which video input is being monitored.
An Ethernet port shall be integrated within the interface device. The Ethernet port shall conform to 802.3
Ethernet specifications and shall auto-sense between 10 and 100 Mbps data rates. Industry standard TCP/IP
(UDP and TCP packets) protocol shall be supported. The Ethernet connection shall be made through a RJ-45
connector.
In addition to the Edge Connect, the following is also required:
1. One Iteris Edge 2 processor per camera.
2. One Iteris Extension Module or approved equal for each intersection approach. Additional extension
modules may be required if intersection configuration requires installation.
3. One 10” LCD shelf mounted monitor.
4. One track ball style pointing device.
5. A minimum 15 amp power strip with sockets oriented horizontally for controller cabinet equipment.
Provide submittal to Engineer for review and approval prior to purchase. Items 3, 4, 5 above may be eliminated
if already existing at intersection. Contact the Engineer prior to bidding to determine what existing equipment is
available at intersection.
86-5.01E(4) Video Transmission Equipment
Install live video equipment as shown.
Provide the most current version of Encom COMMPAK BB 5.8 INT radio antennas. Mount antennas on poles or
mast arms with Pelco ASTRO MINI-BRAC AB-0121-42 with McCain antenna pipework M1046. Where multiple
antennae are installed at the same intersection, install a Garretcom ES42P-PD four port ethernet switch.
Provide 5 working day notice for video transmission equipment to the Engineer.
86-5.01E(5) Installation
Provide a factory certified representative of the supplier of the video detection system to supervise the
installation and testing of the video and computer equipment.
86-5.01E(6) Warranty, Maintenance And, Support
Provide the following written documentation from equipment suppliers:
1. A three year warranty on video detection system for hardware and software failures. Warranty must
include repair or replacement including shipping and handling expenses during the warranty period.
2. Onsite technical support as requested by the Engineer for one year after the last purchase made under
this contract.
3. Ongoing software support including updates of all software. Software must be updated free of change
during the warranty period.
4. Technical support and software updates maintenance program available after expiration of the warranty
period. Supplier must make available to Engineer this service in a separate agreement for continuing
support.
5. On site adjustments of video detection zone programming due to false calls or missed detections as
requested by the Engineer within 60 days following initial setup. Supplier must provide additional
adjustments as required following the initial 60-day period for any problem identified in the initial 60-day
period and recurring for up to one year.
86-5.02 PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON ASSEMBLY
Replace section 86-5.02 with: (RSS Revision)
Where a push button is mounted on top of a 2-1/2-inch-diameter post, fit the housing with a slip fitter and use
screws to rigidly secure it to the post.
155
Install the push button and the sign on the crosswalk side of the pole.
Attach the sign on a Type B push button assembly.
For a Type C push button assembly, mount the instruction sign on the same standard as the assembly using 2
straps and saddle brackets.
Add to section 86-5.02.
Pedestrian push button assemblies must comply with the June 20, 1994, “Architectural and Transportation
Barriers Compliance Board, Interim Final Ruling,” on the Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines
and the following requirements:
1. All pedestrian push buttons must be ADA approved Polara Engineering “Navigator Accessible” with:
a. vibro-tactile
b. locating tone
c. directional messages
d. or equal as approved by the Engineer
The message and symbol must conform to State Standard Plan ES-5C.
Provide a signal technician, qualified to work on the pedestrian push buttons and processor units, employed by
push button manufacturer or representative, present at the time the equipment is turned on.
Fill out order forms and audible message forms and submit to the Engineer for review and approval within two
weeks of contract execution. Allow for five working days for review.
86-6 LIGHTING
86-6.01 HIGH-PRESSURE SODIUM LUMINAIRES & 86-6.03 LOW-PRESSURE SODIUM LUMINAIRES
Replace section 86-6.02 with:
86-6.02 LED LUMINAIRES
86-6.02A General
Section includes information for LED luminaires for street and intersection lighting.
See engineering standard 7910 for pole requirements.
See engineering standard 7520 for lighting circuit requirements.
86-6.02B Material
All luminaires must be LED. LED Luminaries must be the most current version of Cree XSP LED. Provide
submittal to Engineer prior to purchase of luminaires.
Application of type 1 and 2 luminaires must comply with engineering standard 1010 section G.
Type 1 LED Luminaires must be:
1. Cree XSP LED most current version
2. Type 2 Optics
3. 4,806 initial lumens delivered
4. 4000k High Efficacy Module
5. 120-277V Voltage
6. Silver Color
7. Provide with:
a. Fuse
b. Utility Label
c. Photocell
d. exterior wattage label.
Type 2 LED Luminaires must be:
1. Cree XSP LED most current version
156
2. Type 3 Optics
3. 9,612 initial lumens delivered
4. 4000k High Efficacy Module
5. 120-277V Voltage
6. Silver Color
7. Provide with:
a. Fuse
b. Utility Label
c. Photocell
d. exterior wattage label.
86-6.02C Construction
Reserved.
86-6.02D Payment
Full compensation for work specified in section 86-6 and applicable engineering standards is included in the
payment for other bid items unless a bid item of work is shown on the bid item list.
86-6.11 PHOTOELECTRIC CONTROLS
86-6.11B Equipment Details
86-6.11B(1) Photoelectric Unit
Add to section 86-6.11B(1).
Photocells must be:
1. Lumatrol by Precision, Model # ECDV-AP-TD105-300V or
2. approved equal.
Provide one photoelectric control of Type V for each luminaire.
Add to section 86-6
86-6.14 TRAIL AND PATH LIGHTING
Reserved
86-7 REMOVING, REINSTALLING, OR SALVAGING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
86-7.01 REMOVING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
Add to section 86-7.01.
All material shown to be salvaged must be delivered to the:
City of San Luis Obispo Corporation Yard
25 Prado Road
San Luis Obispo, CA
Salvaged material includes mounting and fastening hardware and hand-hole covers.
157
DIVISION X MATERIALS
90 CONCRETE
90-1 GENERAL
91-1.01 GENERAL
90-1.01B Definitions
Class of Concrete: The City identifies concrete for miscellaneous uses, curb, gutter, sidewalk, drainage
structures, etc. as being specified by class. The class of the concrete as shown or in compliance with
engineering standards. The class of concrete is defined as follows:
Class Cement Content
lb/cy
Cement Content Sack
(94 lb per sack per cy) 28 day strength 7 day strength Slump
1 675 lb/cy 7.2 5000 3500 2-4 in
2 590 lb/cy 6.3 3000 2100 2-4 in
3 / Minor 550 lb/cy 5.9 2500 1750 2-4 in
High Early Strength: Concrete requiring a high early strength such as that where traffic is expected within 24
hours after placement must comply with section 90-3 meeting 2500 psi prior to traffic loading.
94 ASPHALTIC EMULSIONS
94-1 GENERAL
94-1.04 PAYMENT
Delete section 94-1.04.
A
APPENDIX
CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO
QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM FOR CONSTRUCTION
B
CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO
QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM FOR CONSTRUCTION
1. GENERAL
This program has been developed by the City of San Luis Obispo Public Works Department. The program is
required by the Local Assistance Procedures developed by the California Department of Transportation for use
on Local Federally Funded projects.
This program is for use on City of San Luis Obispo projects off the National Highway System. For City projects
on the National Highway System managed by the City, the California Department of Transportation Quality
Assurance Program will be used.
For purposes of this document, the Resident Engineer is the Engineering Project Manager or other certified or
registered person as required.
2. ACCEPTANCE TESTING PROGRAM
2.1 Qualifying Testing Personnel
2.1.1 Laboratories
Laboratories performing acceptance testing for City projects must meet the following criteria:
The laboratory operates under the supervision of Registered Civil Engineer with experience in
inspection and testing of construction materials
The Engineer certifies the testing results
The laboratory maintains a regular program of equipment calibration
The laboratory is able to provide one day turn around on sampling if needed
The laboratory routinely performs and documents split sampling for in house quality assurance.
2.1.2 City Staff
City staff will be individually certified for each project or once a year whichever is least. City testing personnel
will be certified by the City’s Resident Engineer for the project.
The Resident Engineer must keep a log with the project file of the date of certification of all testing personnel
working on the project. (form QAP-SC)
2.1.3 Testing by another Agency
A federal agency may test material at any time.
2.2 Pre-construction Sampling
The Contractor hired for construction is responsible through the submittal process to provide documentation that
materials proposed to be used on the project will meet the specifications. The documentation must be furnished
through the Contractor to the City from the various material suppliers to be used by the Contractor.
2.3 Test Methods
The City or contract laboratory will use the California Tests or the equivalent ASTM test.
2.4 Testing Equipment Calibration
The City will maintain the following testing equipment. The equipment will be calibrated as shown:
Equipment Method Frequency
Slump Cone Visual Check for damage Annually
Kelly Ball Visual Check for damage Annually
C
2.5 Certificate of Compliance Acceptance
2.5.1 Materials accepted with Certificate of Compliance
The City will accept the following materials with a certificate of compliance. The City reserves the right to sample
any of the following materials and submit them for testing at a laboratory for any reason to confirm compliance.
Aluminum Pipe PCC Curing Compounds
Aluminum Pipe Arch Plastic Pipe
Asphalt Oil Polyethylene Pipe
Asphaltic Emulsion Portland Cement
Conductors Prefabricated Bridges
Corrugated Steel Pipe Arch Preformed Elastomeric Joint Seal
Ductile Iron Pipe Reinforced Concrete Pipe
Electrical Equipment Reinforcing Steel
Engineering Fabrics Roofing Shingles
Epoxy Soil Amendment
Epoxy Coated Bar Reinforcement Steel Piles
Fiber Structural Steel
Gabion Baskets Structural Lumber and Timber
Liquid Asphalt Traffic Paint
Lumber and timber Traffic Signs
Minor Concrete Treated Lumber and Timber
Mulch Water Valves
PCC Admixtures Waterstops
2.5.2 Acceptance of Certificates for non-listed materials
The City may accept a Certificate of Compliance for materials not listed above when the testing of the materials
shows the material consistently meets the specifications. The City may also accept a Certificate of Compliance
where there is a minor amount of material to be used on the project.
2.6 Sampling
2.6.1 Start of Sampling
Materials arriving on site will be logged in as to the day of arrival, including batch numbers, manufacturer and
any other identifiers. Sampling must begin the same day. (form QAP-ML)
2.6.2 Frequency of Sampling
Materials should be sampled at the frequency identified in the table and the results logged, including any re-
sampling for failed tests. (form QAP-SL)
D
Sa
m
p
l
i
n
g
F
r
e
q
u
e
n
c
y
T
a
b
l
e
Te
s
t
#
Ma
t
e
r
i
a
l
Te
s
t
f
o
r
:
CT
M
AS
T
M
Lo
c
a
t
i
o
n
o
f
Sa
m
p
l
e
Fr
e
q
u
e
n
c
y
Co
m
m
e
n
t
s
PC
C
-
M
a
j
o
r
s
t
r
u
c
t
u
r
e
s
or
P
a
v
e
m
e
n
t
Sl
u
m
p
/
P
e
n
e
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
Cy
l
i
n
d
e
r
s
53
3
53
9
/
5
4
0
C1
4
3
/
C
3
6
0
C3
1
Si
t
e
2
/
d
a
y
1s
e
t
o
f
3
/
d
a
y
No
n
e
f
o
r
<
2
0
0
f
t
3
AC
S
i
e
v
e
Co
m
p
a
c
t
i
o
n
20
2
37
5
C1
3
6
D2
9
5
0
Si
t
e
o
r
P
l
a
n
t
1
/
p
r
o
j
e
c
t
Ag
g
r
e
g
a
t
e
B
a
s
e
S
i
e
v
e
Sa
n
d
E
q
u
i
v
a
l
e
n
t
Ma
x
i
m
u
m
D
e
n
s
i
t
y
Co
m
p
a
c
t
i
o
n
20
2
21
7
21
6
23
1
C1
3
6
--
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
D1
5
5
6
-
7
D2
9
2
2
Si
t
e
30
0
0
t
o
n
s
20
0
0
y
d
s
3
Mi
n
i
m
u
m
o
f
1
p
e
r
p
r
o
j
e
c
t
Di
s
t
u
r
b
e
d
B
a
s
e
m
e
n
t
So
i
l
Co
m
p
a
c
t
i
o
n
2
1
6
/
2
3
1
D
1
5
5
6
-
7
D2
9
2
2
Si
t
e
1
0
,
0
0
0
f
t
2
Mi
n
i
m
u
m
o
f
1
p
e
r
p
r
o
j
e
c
t
Di
s
t
u
r
b
e
d
Em
b
a
n
k
m
e
n
t
Co
m
p
a
c
t
i
o
n
2
1
6
/
2
3
1
D
1
5
5
6
-
7
D2
9
2
2
Si
t
e
1
0
,
0
0
0
f
t
2
Mi
n
i
m
u
m
o
f
1
p
e
r
p
r
o
j
e
c
t
St
r
u
c
t
u
r
e
B
a
c
k
f
i
l
l
S
i
e
v
e
Co
m
p
a
c
t
i
o
n
20
2
21
6
/
2
3
1
C1
3
6
D1
5
5
6
-
7
D2
9
2
2
Si
t
e
1
/
p
r
o
j
e
c
t
Se
l
e
c
t
B
a
c
k
f
i
l
l
S
i
e
v
e
Sa
n
d
E
q
u
i
v
a
l
e
n
t
Co
m
p
a
c
t
i
o
n
20
2
21
7
21
6
/
2
3
1
C1
3
6
--
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
D1
5
5
6
-
7
D2
9
2
2
Si
t
e
1
/
p
r
o
j
e
c
t
Ch
a
i
n
L
i
n
k
F
e
n
c
i
n
g
C
o
m
p
l
i
a
n
c
e
w
i
t
h
Sp
e
c
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
ga
g
e
c
k
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
S
i
t
e
3
0
0
f
t
M
i
n
i
m
u
m
o
f
1
p
e
r
p
r
o
j
e
c
t
Br
i
d
g
e
P
r
o
f
i
l
o
g
r
a
p
h
C
o
m
p
l
i
a
n
c
e
w
i
t
h
Sp
e
c
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
54
7
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
S
i
t
e
1
/
b
r
i
d
g
e
mi
n
i
m
u
m
Re
p
e
a
t
e
d
u
n
t
i
l
s
a
t
i
s
f
a
c
t
o
r
y
r
e
s
u
l
t
s
a
r
e
ob
t
a
i
n
e
d
Gr
o
u
t
C
o
m
p
r
e
s
s
i
v
e
st
r
e
n
g
t
h
51
5
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
S
i
t
e
1
/
p
r
o
j
e
c
t
N
o
n
e
f
o
r
<
1
0
f
t
3
E
2.6.3 Deviations from Frequency Sampling
Frequency may vary from the table under the following guidelines. All deviations from the frequency will be
documented and justified. (form QAP-SL)
The frequency of sampling may be reduced where sample test results show a high consistency rate.
Sampling may be eliminated where the project requires only minor quantities. Where sampling is not done,
a visual examination will be made and where possible a certificate of compliance obtained. The frequency
of sampling may be increased where material is borderline passing.
2.7 Filing
2.7.1 Contents
The filing system will include copies of this Quality Assurance Program, City staff testing personnel
certifications, equipment calibrations, material logs and sampling frequency logs.
2.7.2 Approvals
The Resident Engineer will see and approve all material and sampling logs. Logs will be turned in for
approval no later than the following working day from the day of the sampling.
2.8 Manufactured Materials
2.8.1 Source Inspection
The City will request source inspection from the California Department of Transportation in compliance with
their policies. When the California Department of Transportation is unable to provide source inspection, the
City will use alternate means to approve the affected materials.
2.8.2 Alternate Inspection
When source inspection is unavailable, the City will do one or more of the following as appropriate to the
specific material.
A portion of the material will be taken to a laboratory for inspection.
The Assistant Resident Engineer will make a site inspection of the material.
A Certificate of Compliance will be required.
2.9 Quality Assurance and Control
Quality assurance and control are the responsibility of the Contractor.
2.10 Deviation of Materials from Specifications
Any accepted material which deviates from the specifications for the project will be identified and justified.
(form QAP-MD)
2.11 Project Completion
The Resident Engineer will complete the Materials Certification form and Statement of Materials and Labor
Used, for project close out.
F
CI
T
Y
O
F
S
A
N
L
U
I
S
O
B
I
S
P
O
LO
G
O
F
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
O
N
S
I
T
E
Ma
t
e
r
i
a
l
Ar
r
i
v
a
l
D
a
t
e
Lo
t
#
o
r
ot
h
e
r
I
D
Ce
r
t
i
f
i
c
a
t
e
o
f
Co
m
p
l
i
a
n
c
e
Sa
m
p
l
e
t
a
k
e
n
No
t
e
s
_ Y
e
s
_
N
o
_ Y
e
s
_
No
_ Y
e
s
_
N
o
_ Y
e
s
_
No
_ Y
e
s
_
N
o
_ Y
e
s
_
No
_ Y
e
s
_
N
o
_ Y
e
s
_
No
_ Y
e
s
_
N
o
_ Y
e
s
_
No
_ Y
e
s
_
N
o
_ Y
e
s
_
No
_ Y
e
s
_
N
o
_ Y
e
s
_
No
_ Y
e
s
_
N
o
_ Y
e
s
_
No
_ Y
e
s
_
N
o
_ Y
e
s
_
No
_ Y
e
s
_
N
o
_ Y
e
s
_
No
_ Y
e
s
_
N
o
_ Y
e
s
_
No
_ Y
e
s
_
N
o
_ Y
e
s
_
No
_ Y
e
s
_
N
o
_ Y
e
s
_
No
_ Y
e
s
_
N
o
_ Y
e
s
_
No
_ Y
e
s
_
N
o
_ Y
e
s
_
No
_ Y
e
s
_
N
o
_ Y
e
s
_
No
Lo
g
p
r
e
p
a
r
e
d
b
y
:
A
p
p
r
o
v
e
d
b
y
:
C
i
t
y
I
n
s
p
e
c
t
o
r
G
CI
T
Y
O
F
S
A
N
L
U
I
S
O
B
I
S
P
O
LO
G
O
F
M
A
T
E
R
I
A
L
S
A
M
P
L
I
N
G
Ma
t
e
r
i
a
l
/
T
e
s
t
Lo
t
#
o
r
ot
h
e
r
I
D
Te
s
t
i
n
g
Lo
c
a
t
i
o
n
Te
s
t
i
n
g
D
a
t
e
Re
s
u
l
t
s
1
Notes 2 3
_ S
i
t
e
_ L
a
b
_ T
e
s
t
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_ R
e
t
e
s
t
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_ Pass _ Fail
_ S
i
t
e
_ L
a
b
_ T
e
s
t
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_ R
e
t
e
s
t
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_ Pass _ Fail
_ S
i
t
e
_ L
a
b
_ T
e
s
t
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_ R
e
t
e
s
t
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_ Pass _ Fail
_ S
i
t
e
_ L
a
b
_ T
e
s
t
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_ R
e
t
e
s
t
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_ Pass _ Fail
_ S
i
t
e
_ L
a
b
_ T
e
s
t
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_ R
e
t
e
s
t
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_ Pass _ Fail
_ S
i
t
e
_ L
a
b
_ T
e
s
t
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_ R
e
t
e
s
t
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_ Pass _ Fail
_ S
i
t
e
_ L
a
b
_ T
e
s
t
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_ R
e
t
e
s
t
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_ Pass _ Fail
_ S
i
t
e
_ L
a
b
_ T
e
s
t
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_ R
e
t
e
s
t
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_ Pass _ Fail
_ S
i
t
e
_ L
a
b
_ T
e
s
t
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_ R
e
t
e
s
t
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_ Pass _ Fail
_ S
i
t
e
_ L
a
b
_ T
e
s
t
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_ R
e
t
e
s
t
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_ Pass _ Fail
1.
A
t
t
a
c
h
l
a
b
o
r
a
t
o
r
y
r
e
s
u
l
t
s
2
.
R
e
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
f
a
i
l
e
d
t
e
s
t
c
o
r
r
e
c
t
iv
e
a
c
t
i
o
n
3
.
J
u
s
t
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
f
o
r
d
e
v
i
a
t
i
o
n
f
r
o
m
e
s
t
a
b
l
i
s
h
e
d
f
r
e
q
u
e
n
ci
e
s
Lo
g
p
r
e
p
a
r
e
d
b
y
:
A
p
p
r
o
v
e
d
b
y
:
C
i
t
y
I
n
s
p
e
c
t
o
r
H
CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO
JUSTIFICATION FOR MATERIAL DEVIATIONS
Material:
Justification:
Material:
Justification:
Material:
Justification:
Material:
Justification:
Material:
Justification:
Prepared by: Approved by: City Inspector
I
PROJECT
MATERIALS CERTIFICATE
Date:
Project:
Subject: Materials Certification
This is to certify that:
The results of the tests on acceptance samples indicate that the materials incorporated in the construction work
and the construction operations controlled by sampling and testing were in conformity with the approved plans
and specifications.
Exceptions to the plans and specifications are explained on an attached sheet.
No exceptions to the plans and specifications were found.
Signature of Engineer in responsible charge of project Title
Distribution (all projects): (1) Original City Project Files (2) Engineer
J
REQUEST FOR DISCHARGE TO SANITARY SEWERS
(Note: No discharge is allowed to Storm sewer inlets or creeks)
Refer to Section 5-1.20G City authorizations and permits for conditions for discharge.
Request to Wastewater Collection Supervisor and Industrial Waste Coordinator for Discharge to
Sanitary Sewers
Company Name:
Site Contact:
Site Location (address):
Source:
Discharge point:
Volume:
Duration:
Characteristics of Discharge:
Approved:
Wastewater Collection Supervisor Industrial Waste Coordinator
Request not approved – submit an Industrial User Discharge Permit Application
ENGINEERING
STANDARDS
January 2016
APPROVED BY THE CITY ENGINEER:
Approved on: Month Day, 2015
BARBARA LYNCH
CITY ENGINEER
RCE C53418
ADOPTED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF SAN LUIS OBISPO
BY RESOLUTION NO. XXXXX (2015 SERIES)
MONTH DAY, 2015
PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
ENGINEERING DIVISION
919 Palm Street
San Luis Obispo, CA 93401
(805) 781-7200
CITY ENGINEERING STANDARDS NO.
January 2016 Edition
1000 - GENERAL
UNIFORM DESIGN CRITERIA ........................................................................................... 1010 (24pp)
A. STREETS ......................................................................................................................... 1
B. DRAINAGE AND EROSION CONTROL .......................................................................... 7
C. WATERLINES .................................................................................................................. 8
D. SEWER ............................................................................................................................ 10
E. SURVEY ........................................................................................................................... 12
F. PROJECT PLANS ............................................................................................................ 13
G. STREET LIGHTING & TRAFFIC SIGNALS ...................................................................... 13
H. LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION ...................................................................................... 15
I. BRIDGES AND CULVERTS ............................................................................................. 21
J. SUBDIVISION DESIGN CRITERIA AND IMPROVEMENT STANDARDS ....................... 22
2000 - PARKING & DRIVEWAY STANDARDS
TEXT ................................................................................................................................... 2010 (9pp)
DRIVEWAYS
DRIVEWAY RAMP - STANDARD ...................................................................................... 2110
DRIVEWAY RAMP - RIGHT-OF-WAYS LESS THAN 10’ .................................................. 2111
DRIVEWAY RAMP - DETACHED SIDEWALK, STANDARD ............................................. 2115
DRIVEWAY RAMP - DETACHED SIDEWALK, ROWs LESS THAN 10’ ........................... 2116
DRIVEWAY RAMP - SIZE & LOCATION ........................................................................... 2120
STANDARD DRIVEWAY - UPWARD & DOWNWARD ...................................................... 2130
UPWARD & DOWNWARD DRIVEWAYS - MAXIMUM RISE & DESCENT (Residential) . 2140
PARKING LOTS
PAVEMENT DESIGN .......................................................................................................... 2210
OFF-STREET PARKING STANDARDS ............................................................................. 2220
PARKING BAY DIMENSIONS - COMPACT CARS ........................................................... 2230
PARKING BAY DIMENSIONS - AVERAGE CARS ............................................................ 2240
PARKING LOT STRIPING .................................................................................................. 2250
WHEEL STOP ..................................................................................................................... 2260
3000 - DRAINAGE
CATCH BASINS
CATCH BASIN - SIDE OPENING ....................................................................................... 3350
CATCH BASIN - SIDE OPENING WITH SUMP ................................................................. 3355
CATCH BASIN - EXTENDED SIDE OPENING .................................................................. 3360
UNDERDRAINS
SIDEWALK UNDERDRAIN - CONCRETE ......................................................................... 3410
SIDEWALK UNDERDRAIN - WITH PIPES ........................................................................ 3415
SIDEWALK UNDERDRAIN - WITH COVER PLATES ....................................................... 3420
STORM DRAIN MANHOLES
STORM DRAIN MANHOLE - 36” PIPE & LARGER ........................................................... 3510
STORM DRAIN MANHOLE - 18” to 36” PIPE .................................................................... 3520
PRECAST STORM DRAIN MANHOLE - UP TO 3’ O.D. PIPE SIZE ................................. 3530
STORM DRAIN CONNECTIONS ....................................................................................... 3540
CITY ENGINEERING STANDARDS NO.
4000 - CURB, GUTTER & SIDEWALK
CURB & GUTTER
CURB .................................................................................................................................. 4020
CURB & GUTTER ............................................................................................................... 4030
SIDEWALK
SIDEWALK - INTEGRAL & DETACHED ............................................................................ 4110
SIDEWALK TRANSITIONS ................................................................................................ 4120
MISSION STYLE
MISSION STYLE SIDEWALK ............................................................................................. 4220
MISSION STYLE RAILING - HANDRAIL & GUARDRAIL .................................................. 4240
CROSS GUTTERS
CROSS GUTTER ................................................................................................................ 4310
CURB RAMPS
CURB RAMP - CORNERS & MID-BLOCK ......................................................................... 4440
MISCELLANEOUS
CUTTING CONCRETE ....................................................................................................... 4910
CONCRETE BUS TURNOUT ............................................................................................. 4920
BUS STOP .......................................................................................................................... 4930
RAISED COBBLESTONE MEDIAN .................................................................................... 4940
5000 - RETAINING WALLS
RETAINING WALL DRAINAGE .......................................................................................... 5020
SHORT RETAINING WALLS .............................................................................................. 5030
6000 - UTILITIES
UTILITIES LOCATION ........................................................................................................ 6010
TRENCH DETAIL #1 - PAVED OR UNPAVED STREETS ................................................ 6020
TRENCH DETAIL #2 - PAVED OR UNPAVED STREETS ................................................ 6025
TRENCH DETAIL #3 - UNPAVED NON-TRAFFIC AREAS ............................................... 6030
TRENCH DETAIL #4 - CONDUIT TRENCH ....................................................................... 6035
UTILITY COVER - GRADE ADJUSTMENT & P.C.C. COLLAR ......................................... 6040
UTILITY PIPELINE - ABANDONMENT .............................................................................. 6050
WATER - SEWER
SEPARATION CRITERIA - TEXT ...................................................................................... 6110 (2pp)
SEPARATION CRITERIA - DETAILS ................................................................................. 6140
WATER SERVICES
WATER SERVICES - NEW & REPLACEMENTS .............................................................. 6210
WATER SERVICE - CONNECTIONS ................................................................................ 6220
WELL METERING .............................................................................................................. 6240
WATER METER - WITH UNMETERED BYPASS, 3” & LARGER ..................................... 6250
MANIFOLD - MULTIPLE WATER SERVICES ................................................................... 6260
CITY ENGINEERING STANDARDS NO.
6000 - UTILITIES (CONTINUED)
WATER MAINS
FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY ............................................................................................. 6310
RECYCLED WATER HYDRANT ASSEMBLY ................................................................... 6315
VALVE TO FITTING RESTRAINT ...................................................................................... 6320
WATERLINE TIE-IN ............................................................................................................ 6330
WATER VALVE & WELL .................................................................................................... 6340
BLOW-OFF ASSEMBLY ..................................................................................................... 6350
AIR/VAC RELEASE VALVE ASSEMBLY – 1” & 2” ............................................................ 6360
WATER MISCELLANEOUS
BACKFLOW PREVENTER - 2” to 10” ................................................................................ 6420
FIRE SPRINKLER VALVE & WELL - 2” ............................................................................. 6520
NEW FIRE SERVICE - 4” ................................................................................................... 6530
R P BACKFLOW PREVENTER - ¾” to 10” ........................................................................ 6550
FIRE MAIN - BUILDING CONNECTION ............................................................................ 6590
SEWER MANHOLES
SEWER MANHOLE ............................................................................................................ 6610
SEWER DROP MANHOLE ................................................................................................. 6620
SEWER MANHOLE SAND TRAP ...................................................................................... 6650
SEWER MAINS
SEWER CLEANOUT & WELL ............................................................................................ 6710
SEWER SERVICES
SEWER LATERAL .............................................................................................................. 6810
7000 - STREETS & TRAFFIC
GEOMETRY
NEW CUL-DE-SAC REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................... 7020
CLASS I BIKEWAY – PATH ............................................................................................... 7040
PAVEMENT
FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT ELEMENTS .................................................................................. 7110
ASPHALT BERM - 6” .......................................................................................................... 7120
SIGNS
METAL SIGN & PARKING METER POSTS ....................................................................... 7210
METAL SIGN & PARKING METER POSTS – IN EXISTING SIDEWALK ......................... 7215 (new)
STREET NAME SIGN ......................................................................................................... 7250
TRAFFIC CONTROL
ROAD BUMP - CONSTRUCTION DETAILS ...................................................................... 7320
ROAD BUMP - LOCATION, STRIPING & SIGNS .............................................................. 7321
SPEED TABLE - LOCATION, STRIPING & SIGNS ........................................................... 7325
STREET BARRICADE ........................................................................................................ 7330
REMOVABLE BOLLARD .................................................................................................... 7335
BARRICADE - SIDEWALK CLOSURE ............................................................................... 7340
HI-VIS CROSSWALKS ....................................................................................................... 7350
CITY ENGINEERING STANDARDS NO.
7000 - STREETS & TRAFFIC (CONTINUED)
PARKING
STREET PARKING ............................................................................................................. 7410
MISCELLANEOUS
SERVICE & UPS COMBINED ENCLOSURE ................................................................... 7510
LIGHTING CIRCUIT .......................................................................................................... 7520
BIKE PATH LIGHTING ....................................................................................................... 7905
STREET LIGHTING - EMBEDDED STEEL POLE ............................................................. 7910
DOWNTOWN PEDESTRIAN LIGHTING .......................................................................... 7915
HYDRANT REFLECTOR .................................................................................................... 7920
BICYCLE RACK .................................................................................................................. 7930
8000 - LANDSCAPING & IRRIGATION
STREET TREES
STREET TREES - MASTER LIST ...................................................................................... 8010 (2pp)
STREET TREES - MAJOR STREETS ............................................................................... 8020
TREE WELLS
TREE WELL ........................................................................................................................ 8130
TREE WELL COVER - ALTERNATE METHOD ................................................................. 8150
PLANTING
STREET TREE PLANTING NOTES .................................................................................. 8210
TREE PLANTING & STAKING - ZONES 1, 2 & 3 – 15 GALLON SIZE ............................. 8220
TREE PLANTING & STAKING - ZONES 1 & 2 – 24” BOX & LARGER ............................. 8250
SHRUB PLANTING ............................................................................................................. 8410
GROUND COVER PLANTING PATTERN ......................................................................... 8420
IRRIGATION
IRRIGATION CONTROLLER ............................................................................................. 8520
MASTER VALVE & FLOW METER .................................................................................... 8550
REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW ASSEMBLY ............................................................ 8560
TRENCH DETAILS & THRUST BLOCKS .......................................................................... 8610
ELECTRIC CONTROL VALVE & BOX ............................................................................... 8620
QUICK COUPLER VALVE & BOX ...................................................................................... 8630
IN-LINE VALVE ................................................................................................................... 8640
POPUP HEAD ..................................................................................................................... 8650
DRIP IRRIGATION .............................................................................................................. 8660
TREE BUBBLER ................................................................................................................. 8670
CONCRETE EDGING ......................................................................................................... 8710
RECYCLED WATER - WARNING TAGS, LABELS AND DECALS ................................... 8810
RECYCLED WATER - WARNING SIGNS .......................................................................... 8820
CITY ENGINEERING STANDARDS NO.
9000 - MISCELLANEOUS
MAIL BOX LOCATION ........................................................................................................ 9010
MONUMENT & WELL ......................................................................................................... 9020
MANHOLE COVER - CITY COMMUNICATIONS .............................................................. 9030
CITY BENCH ..................................................................................................................... 9040
RAIL FENCE ...................................................................................................................... 9050
TRASH CONTAINER - STANDARD ................................................................................... 9060
APPENDICES
A. STATE STANDARD CURB RAMP DETAILS
B. MISSION STYLE SIDEWALK DISTRICT MAP
C. RAILROAD DISTRICT PLAN MAP
D. LIST OF ARTERIAL AND COLLECTOR STREETS
E. SAMPLE NOTICE OF STREET MAINTENANCE (DOOR HANGER)
F. PLAN DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS
G. SLO COUNTY APCD: PERMIT TO OPERATE NO. 1850-2
Revised Lot Stake Rebar Size
Revised Sections A,B,E,G,H,J
January 2016
UNIFORM DESIGN
CRITERIA
1010
MH BL 5-14
MH BL 2-14
Page 1
Revised Section H JDL DA 10-15
UNIFORM DESIGN CRITERIA
Refer to the Community Design Standards and Fire Development Guide for additional information
and guidance.
A. STREETS
The design of a subdivision street system should result from an evaluation of topographical
conditions, the traffic likely to be generated by the types and numbers of planned uses, and the
purpose of each street. The street system must allow an acceptable pattern of lots (see Sections
17.36.150 through 17.36.230 of the City’s Municipal Code).
Street systems should be built to naturally encourage walking, community, safety and
environmental stewardship. The City supports concepts such as Complete Streets, Green Streets,
and Living Streets. Special approvals by the City Engineer will be needed for alternative street
widths and elements.
Wet utilities should be placed within the roadway prism for maximum accessibility.
Geometrics:
All regional highways and arterial streets shall have cross sections generally conforming with
adopted Specific Plans and the Circulation Element, as modified by City direction specific to the
area, and circumstances of development.
Minimum clear and passable street widths will be as required by the Fire Department.
All streets shall intersect other streets at right angles, and shall have at least 50 feet of centerline
tangent, as measured from the prolongation of the cross-street property line to the angle point or
beginning of curve. Roundabouts should be considered in lieu of traditional intersections where level of
service thresholds can be accomplished.
Block lengths for local and collector streets should be a minimum of 150 feet and a maximum of 600
feet. Block lengths for arterial streets should be a minimum of 600 feet. Street systems should be
networked to improve connectivity and reduce travel distances for alternative transportation.
The minimum outside corner radius is 10’ for local residential streets, with larger radii for commercial
or industrial areas where large vehicle use is frequent. Frequently used areas shall provide radii that
allow for a large vehicle to turn at an intersection without crossing the centerline into oncoming
traffic. Inside corners, such as on a street with a ninety degree turn, shall have a minimum radius of
20’ to allow for sweeping.
Streets with a regular cross section and no special provision for turn-around shall be provided at
the edges of a subdivision when the City determines they may be extended in the future.
Space for turning vehicles shall be provided at the ends of access streets with no outlet. A cul-de-
sac may include landscaping or parking within a central island so long as space for turning and
Revised Lot Stake Rebar Size
Revised Sections A,B,E,G,H,J
January 2016
UNIFORM DESIGN
CRITERIA
1010
MH BL 5-14
MH BL 2-14
Page 2
Revised Section H JDL DA 10-15
backing from driveways is provided. Design of terminus streets, such as cul-de-sacs, shall be to the
satisfaction of the City Fire Department and City Engineer.
Alleys may be required in industrial, commercial and residential subdivisions where necessary to
provide alternative, controlled access to arterial and thoroughfare streets. Alley right-of-way and
pavement width shall be a minimum of twenty feet. Where two alleys intersect, a paved area free of
obstructions shall be provided for safe visibility and turning.
Parkway areas which include trees shall be a minimum of 5 feet wide. Parkways created in existing
integral sidewalk areas will be handled on a case-by-case basis.
Grades and Cross Slope:
Street grades on other than arterials and thoroughfares, shall not exceed fifteen percent. Grades on
arterial streets and thoroughfares shall not exceed ten percent, unless the City Engineer approves a
steeper grade, which shall not exceed fifteen percent. The grade on switchbacks or curbs of less
than fifty-foot centerline radius shall not exceed five percent.
The minimum street grade shall be one percent, except that where topographical conditions do not
allow any feasible alternative, and with the approval of the City Engineer, grades not less than 0.3
percent may be allowed.
Design of street grades at intersections shall follow the principles indicated in the most current
edition of AASHTO manual "A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets."
In sloping terrain, separate one-way travel lanes may be used in order to reduce cut and fill. Such
one-way lanes shall have a minimum unobstructed width of twenty feet, a minimum paved width of
fourteen feet, and a maximum length of five hundred feet.
Where excavation or fill slopes extend beyond the street right-of-way, easements for the slopes may
be required by the City.
Cross slope shall be considered during street construction and rehabilitation design. Cross slope is
typically 2 percent but may range from 1.5 percent to 3 percent to accommodate terrain.
For streets where roadway pavement edges are at different heights, a quarter crown point is typical.
The grade break at the gutter should not exceed 20 percent at a driveway to prevent vehicles from
dragging on the ground or sidewalk.
Streets designed with super elevation shall be designed in accordance with current California
Department of Transportation Highway Design Manual guidelines.
Slopes for crossings and access points shall meet accessibility requirements.
Revised Lot Stake Rebar Size
Revised Sections A,B,E,G,H,J
January 2016
UNIFORM DESIGN
CRITERIA
1010
MH BL 5-14
MH BL 2-14
Page 3
Revised Section H JDL DA 10-15
Pavement:
Pavement design shall follow the California Department of Transportation Highway Design Manual,
be based on a 20-year design life and the "R-value" of the subgrade material. New local streets
shall be designed for a 50-year life.
Pavement thickness shall be based on Traffic Indices shown in City Engineering Standard 7110.
Variations of the design standards and pavement materials may be approved by the City Engineer
to meet individual circumstances.
See also Section B and Engineering Standard 7110 for other requirements affecting street design.
Sidewalks and Bicycle Lanes:
Sidewalks are required on both sides and shall be designed and constructed per Engineering
Standards. Alternative surface materials may be approved on a case-by-case basis by the City
Engineer to facilitate infiltration; however, ADA access requirements must be met. Sidewalks must
slope to drainage facilities, either planting areas or gutters.
Standard minimum sidewalk width is 5 feet detached, 6 feet integral. Sidewalk widths for
commercial development may be required up to 7 feet detached, 12 feet integral, depending on the
location of the commercial development and anticipated pedestrian traffic. In areas where these
widths cannot be maintained, sidewalk shall have a minimum of 5 feet clear width.
Integral curb, gutter and sidewalk shall be constructed without a cold joint between the curb and
the sidewalk.
Curb returns shall be designed to minimize overly steep grades of curbs through the returns, to the
satisfaction of the City Engineer. Generally, the grades of curb returns should not exceed the
grades of the adjacent streets, and include accessible curb ramps. Additional landing area may be
needed at corners, outside the planned right-of-way, to accommodate ramps.
Curb extensions may be required to restrict parking at intersections for visibility and to reduce
pedestrian crossing distances.
Provisions for bike facilities shall be in accordance with the adopted Bicycle Transportation Plan.
The City may approve alternatives to sidewalks or bicycle lanes incorporated into the roadway
section. Such alternate routes shall be within a public right-of-way or public easement and shall
provide a level of access and pedestrian/cyclist safety equivalent to or better than provided by
conventional locations. Where alternative pedestrian paths or bicycle paths are provided to the
satisfaction of the City, the conventional sidewalks or bicycle lanes may be eliminated. Where
curbside parking is provided, there must be safe pedestrian access to it.
The alternative pedestrian path or bicycle paths shall be logically related to conventional sidewalks
or bike lanes in order to safely divert pedestrian/bicycle travel from roadway sections lacking
roadside walks or bike lanes.
Revised Lot Stake Rebar Size
Revised Sections A,B,E,G,H,J
January 2016
UNIFORM DESIGN
CRITERIA
1010
MH BL 5-14
MH BL 2-14
Page 4
Revised Section H JDL DA 10-15
The City may require improved walkways, in addition to sidewalks, through blocks more than nine
hundred feet long to provide access to parks or public facilities.
Any existing feature in the sidewalk that is of a special, unique, unusual, or historic nature, as
determined by the City, shall not be replaced, removed, or altered without specific approval of the
City Engineer.
Curb Ramps:
Curb ramps shall be installed at all intersections where sidewalks are to be built.
Curb ramps should be located in the most logical place to accommodate pedestrian crossings.
Curb ramps shall comply with the provisions and standards required by the City, State, and Federal
Government. Any deviation from standards requires a signed design exception, approved by the
City Engineer.
Street Trees:
Install one street tree per 35 feet of street frontage. Street trees may be grouped if necessary to
avoid conflict with other improvements.
Mission Style Sidewalk District:
The following requirements apply to construction in the Mission Style Sidewalk District, which is
defined in Resolution No. 9114 (2000 Series). See map in appendix.
a. Mission Style Sidewalk, curb and gutter shall be constructed per City Engineering Standard
4220.
b. All driveways, curb ramps, tree wells and catch basins shall conform to Mission Style
Sidewalk requirements.
c. All sign posts and parking meter posts shall be relocated behind the tile row and be installed
per City Engineering Standards.
d. All new utility vaults, water meter boxes, and sewer cleanouts shall be located behind the
tile row or future tile row and shall conform to City Standards. Wells, boxes, lids and covers
shall be stained or coated to match surrounding sidewalk. Stains and coatings shall be
submitted to the City for approval prior to application. Lids and covers may be cast iron or
dark galvanized slip-resistant diamond-plate. Lids and covers in traffic areas shall be
traffic rated.
e. All new installations of Mission Style Sidewalk shall include Mission Style Curb and Gutter.
f. Any existing feature in the sidewalk that is of a special, unique, unusual, or historic nature,
as determined by the City, shall not be replaced, removed, or altered without specific
approval of the City Engineer.
Revised Lot Stake Rebar Size
Revised Sections A,B,E,G,H,J
January 2016
UNIFORM DESIGN
CRITERIA
1010
MH BL 5-14
MH BL 2-14
Page 5
Revised Section H JDL DA 10-15
Street Parking:
Parking is not allowed on regional highways and arterial streets. Parking on one or both sides is
allowed on all other street types. Where the proposed design allows parking in only certain areas,
parking pockets, extended gutter construction, or other methods of clearly defining legal parking, are
required.
Parking areas may be used for infiltration of stormwater where suited to the site conditions. Design
shall be such as to prevent damage to adjacent roadway sections from infiltration, to the satisfaction
of the City Engineer.
The City may approve alternatives to the provision of curbside parking. Alternate parking may be
allowed where the City determines the resulting street design is adequate for the type and extent of
planned uses. Curbside parking reductions are encouraged in hillside developments to reduce
grading and in all other areas to reduce run-off volumes and pavement maintenance costs.
If curbside parking is not provided, alternate parking on-site may be required depending on the
development type and anticipated parking demand.
Access Restrictions:
Reserve strips of land to control access from adjoining property to public streets may be required by
the City. Such reserve strips shall be at least one foot wide and shall be deeded in fee to the City.
They shall be shown and clearly labeled on the final map. Access restrictions may also be
incorporated by note on the map.
Revised Lot Stake Rebar Size
Revised Sections A,B,E,G,H,J
January 2016
UNIFORM DESIGN
CRITERIA
1010
MH BL 5-14
MH BL 2-14
Page 6
Revised Section H JDL DA 10-15
Street Types and Requirements:
The following is a chart of street types and the requirements for each type of street.
Notes
(A) Right-of-way shall extend a minimum of 2’ beyond edge of roadway, back of curb, or back of sidewalk, as the case may be.
(B) Additional right-of-way may be required for noise-attenuation, drainage features, shoulders, and curb ramps.
(C) In determining function, maximum development allowed by zoning will be used.
(D) See Bicycle Transportation Plan for details
STREET REQUIREMENTS
Street Type Function
(C)
Total R/W
Width (A & B)
Cul-De-Sac
(access court)
Low speed
access to 8 or
fewer dwellings
26’ to 42’ Min. centerline curve radius 75’; maximum length 300’; those
serving 4 or fewer dwellings may exceed 300’ but not 600’
Must have turning space as required by the Fire Department
Design vehicle P20
Hillside
Cul-de-Sac
Low-speed
access to 10 or
fewer dwellings
where the
prevailing land
slope is more
than 15%
26’ to 34’ Min. centerline curve radius 75’; maximum length 300’; those
serving 6 or fewer dwellings may exceed 300’ but not 600’
Must have turning space as required by the Fire Department
Design vehicle P20
Residential Local Low-speed
access to about
50 dwellings
40’ to 56’ Min. centerline curve radius 150’
Design vehicle P20
Hillside
Residential Local
Low-speed
access to about
50 dwellings
where the
prevailing land
slope exceeds
15%
36’ to 52’ Min. centerline curve radius 100’
Design vehicle P20
Residential
Collector
Moderate-speed
circulation within
a neighborhood
of 300 to 500
dwellings
44’ to 60’ (D) Min. centerline curve radius 250’
Design vehicle SU 30
Commercial/
Industrial
Collector
Access and
circulation within
commercial and
industrial areas
44’ to 68’ (D) Min. centerline curve radius 300’
Cul-de-sacs shall provide 40’ minimum radius
Design vehicle SU 40
Arterial Convenient,
moderate-speed
circulation
between
neighborhoods
and between
different land
use areas
86’ to 94’ (D) Min. centerline curve radius 500’
Median and dedicated left-turn lanes, 12’ wide
Limited driveway access
Designed for safe stopping speed of 45 mph
Design vehicle WB 50
Regional
Highway
Unencumbered,
moderate to
high-speed
travel between
communities
84’ to 104’ (D) Min. centerline curve radius 500’
Median and dedicated left-turn lane 14’ wide
No driveway access
Access from streets, particularly minors and collectors, may be
limited
Safe stopping speed of 55 mph
Revised Lot Stake Rebar Size
Revised Sections A,B,E,G,H,J
January 2016
UNIFORM DESIGN
CRITERIA
1010
MH BL 5-14
MH BL 2-14
Page 7
Revised Section H JDL DA 10-15
B. DRAINAGE AND EROSION CONTROL
General:
All new development or redevelopment shall comply with the criteria and standards set forth in the
Waterways Management Plan – Drainage Design Manual, applicable area specific plans, and the
Post-Construction Stormwater Management Requirements for Development Projects in the Central
Coast Region, adopted by the Central Coast Regional Water Quality Control Board, and included
in their appendices. Where requirements conflict, the stricter shall apply.
Stormwater Control Plan, and Operation and Maintenance Plan are required prior to final
approvals.
Streets:
Cross gutters are only allowed at intersections. Cross gutters are not allowed to cross
highway/regional routes or arterial streets.
Stormwater management facilities may be built into the right-of-way, including medians, traffic
circles, and parkways, subject to approval by the City Engineer. Where stormwater management
features are built into the right-of-way, water must be managed to prevent damage to the roadway
structural integrity.
Subsurface Groundwater Drainage:
Underground dewatering improvements (such as retaining wall sub-drains or groundwater
collection system) shall not deposit collected groundwater or spring water to the gutter or other
surface drainage facility. Such systems shall be designed to retain the water on-site or deposit the
collected water to an approved collection system.
Source Control:
(per 2013 State General Stormwater Permit Section E.12.d)
Projects with pollution generating activities and sources must be designed to implement operation or
source control measures consistent with recommendations from the California Stormwater Quality
Association Handbook for New Development and Redevelopment or equivalent, including:
a) Accidental spills or leaks
b) Interior floor drains
c) Parking / storage areas and maintenance
d) Indoor and structural pest control
e) Landscape / outdoor pesticide use
f) Pools, spas, ponds, decorative fountains and other water features
g) Restaurants, grocery stores, and other food service operations
h) Refuse areas
i) Industrial processes
j) Outdoor storage of equipment or materials
k) Vehicle and equipment cleaning, repair, and maintenance
l) Fuel dispensing areas
Revised Lot Stake Rebar Size
Revised Sections A,B,E,G,H,J
January 2016
UNIFORM DESIGN
CRITERIA
1010
MH BL 5-14
MH BL 2-14
Page 8
Revised Section H JDL DA 10-15
m) Loading docks
n) Fire sprinkler test water
o) Drain or wash water from boiler drain lines, condensate drain lines, rooftop equipment,
drainage sumps, and other sources
p) Unauthorized non-stormwater discharges
q) Building and grounds maintenance
Design should prevent water from contacting work areas, prevent pollutants from coming in contact
with surfaces used by stormwater runoff, or where contact is unavoidable, treat stormwater to
remove pollutants.
Operations and maintenance activities required to achieve Source Control are to be included in the
Operation and Maintenance Plan submitted for approvals and recorded with the property as required
by ordinance.
C. WATERLINES
Main Size:
Minimum water main size shall be 8 inches except:
a. A 6-inch main may be used in normal gridded street patterns where two 8-inch looped
mains in adjacent streets are to be connected if the length is less than 350 feet and it will
not have to support a fire hydrant.
b. Dead-end mains require special approval of both Fire Dept. and Utilities Dept. For dead-
end mains the minimum size shall be:
4-inch main if less than 150 feet long and serving less than 10 dwelling units.
6-inch main if over 150 feet but less than 350 feet long and serving less than 25
dwelling units.
8-inch main if over 350 feet but less than 700 feet long and serving less than 50 R-1
dwelling units (with triple valve at intersection)
10-inch main if over 700 feet but less than 1500 feet long and serving less than 75 R-1
dwelling units (with triple valve at intersection and 250-foot maximum fire hydrant
spacing).
c. Recycled water mains shall be sized in accordance with the Recycled Water Master Plan,
or as determined by the Utilities Department.
d. Recycled water mains design pressure may be reduced, if a lesser pressure class can be
justified. Pressure does vary in the recycled water system. Designers must contact the
Utilities Department to obtain operating pressures, in order to properly design any
extensions to the system.
Revised Lot Stake Rebar Size
Revised Sections A,B,E,G,H,J
January 2016
UNIFORM DESIGN
CRITERIA
1010
MH BL 5-14
MH BL 2-14
Page 9
Revised Section H JDL DA 10-15
Location:
Water mains shall be located per Engineering Standards 6010, 6110 and 6140.
Minimum clearance between mains and street surface shall be 3 feet.
Minimum clearance between recycled water mains and street surface shall be 5 feet.
Clearance between waterlines and other fluid pipelines must comply with California Code of
Regulations Title 22, Division 4, Chapter 16, Article 4, section 64572; Installations in existing
developed areas must comply with current State guidance memorandums on separation.
Services:
Water service shall include all facilities necessary for the transmission of water from the nearest
point of adequate supply to a meter vault at the front of each lot. For condominium projects, a
separate meter vault shall be provided for each condominium unit at the street frontage or as
approved by the City Engineer. Pumping and storage equipment to provide sufficient volume and
duration of flow of water shall be provided. The design and location of the water system serving the
proposed subdivision shall be provided to the satisfaction of the City Engineer and Utilities Director.
Water lines need not be provided to lots which will be in perpetual open space and which will not
require irrigation or fire suppression.
All new services shall be 1, 2 or 4 inches or larger. All new services greater than 2 inches shall
have a bypass per Engineering Standard 6250.
Size of water services shall be based on California Plumbing Code (CPC), and adequate for
maximum density allowable on each specific lot. Meters shall not be larger than service line.
New water services shall be installed perpendicular to water main, and must have a minimum of
18” between service points.
Fire Protection:
Fire hydrants shall be installed according to the City Fire Code and to the satisfaction of the Fire
Marshal and City Engineer. Fire hydrant location and service sizing shall meet the requirements of
the Fire Department Developer's Guide.
On mains of 12 inches and larger, fire hydrant location and spacing shall allow, whenever possible,
for the placement of a fire hydrant instead of a blow-off assembly at low points and at the ends of
water mains, as appropriate.
Revised Lot Stake Rebar Size
Revised Sections A,B,E,G,H,J
January 2016
UNIFORM DESIGN
CRITERIA
1010
MH BL 5-14
MH BL 2-14
Page 10
Revised Section H JDL DA 10-15
D. SEWER
Design:
Sewer main size shall be determined by designing for flowing half-full, considering the flow
generated by the development, the ultimate upstream development, and infiltration.
Minimum sewer main size shall be 8 inches; except a 6 inch minimum size main may be allowed
for the last run which ends in a manhole and cannot be later extended to serve other properties.
Laterals shall be sized to be adequate (4 inch minimum) for maximum allowable density on each
specific lot.
Sewer main slope shall be sufficient to provide 3 feet per second minimum velocity flowing half-full.
Grades shall be designed from manhole outlets to inlets.
Sewer main depth shall accommodate all lateral connections and allow a 12 inch minimum vertical
clearance between laterals and other utility conduits.
Design flow criteria are summarized as follows (for newly constructed mains only – the Utilities
Department will provide data for older mains):
Domestic Sewage (Gallons / Person / Day)
Average dry-weather flow (ADWF) 84
Peak dry-weather flow (PDWF) 210 x peak reduction factor
Reductions in peak flows occur because of storage in the system and diversification of
development. The estimated factors which should be applied to obtain peak dry-weather flows are
summarized as follows:
Population Range Peak Reduction Factor
0 - 1,800 1.00
1,800 - 2,600 0.96
2,600 - 3,500 0.92
3,500 - 5,000 0.88
5,000 - 7,000 0.84
7,000 - 9,800 0.80
9,800 - 15,000 0.76
15,000 - 35,000 0.72
35,000 - 50,000 0.68
Where two or more lines enter a manhole, sufficient elevation difference shall be provided in the
trough elevations, whenever possible, to prevent the smaller of the lines from being surcharged by
the larger line(s) under normal operating conditions. Top of smaller pipe shall be no lower than top
of larger pipe(s).
Sewer mains and laterals shall be designed so as to be usable by each lot without the need for an
ejector pump. Exceptions may be granted on a case-by-case basis by the City Engineer.
Revised Lot Stake Rebar Size
Revised Sections A,B,E,G,H,J
January 2016
UNIFORM DESIGN
CRITERIA
1010
MH BL 5-14
MH BL 2-14
Page 11
Revised Section H JDL DA 10-15
Curves may be permitted provided that pipe deflection is limited to manufacturer's
recommendations, with a minimum radius of 100 feet, and the curves are only in one plane (either
horizontal or vertical) between adjacent manholes. Sewer mains and laterals shall be located as
shown in Engineering Standards 6010, 6110, 6140 and 6810.
All sewers shall be located within a dedicated city street or alley or within a recorded easement.
Sewer main and manholes not within a street of paved drive must be within an all-weather dust free
access road at least 12 feet wide and must provide access to all manholes for maintenance with
truck-mounted equipment. The access road grade shall not exceed 20 percent, and a truck turn-
around may be required.
Clearance between waterlines and other fluid pipelines must comply with California Code of
Regulations Title 22, Division 4, Chapter 16, Article 4, section 64572, Installations in existing
developed areas must comply with current State guidance memorandums on separation.
Manholes:
Manholes shall be spaced no further than 400 feet apart. Upstream ends of sewer mains shall
terminate at manholes. Coatings will be required for drop manholes and other locations where
gases are expected to accumulate.
All inlets shall be designed and installed such that the top of pipe elevations match, as much as
possible.
All manholes shall be constructed with precast bases as shown in Engineering Standards 6610
and 6620. Manholes shall be 4 feet in diameter unless the size and/or number of inlet(s) and
outlet(s) warrant the use of a 5-foot diameter manhole. Brick or block manholes will not be allowed.
Cast-in-place manholes may be allowed under special circumstances where it is not feasible to
construct pre-cast manholes.
Concentric cones shall be used. Eccentric cones may be used only in special cases, and only with
approval of the City Utilities Department. Steps will not be allowed in manholes. Manholes shall be
watertight and pass vacuum test requirements.
Manholes shall not be located at the centerline of intersections.
Pipe:
Pipe material shall be fused HDPE unless otherwise required for special conditions such as bridge
crossings.
Laterals:
Sanitary sewer laterals shall be stubbed to the front property line of each lot. All facilities for the
transmission of sewage from each of the lots to the nearest adequate point of connection to the
City’s sewer system shall be installed as acceptable to the City Engineer. Sewer lines need not be
Revised Lot Stake Rebar Size
Revised Sections A,B,E,G,H,J
January 2016
UNIFORM DESIGN
CRITERIA
1010
MH BL 5-14
MH BL 2-14
Page 12
Revised Section H JDL DA 10-15
provided to lots which will be in perpetual open space use. The requirement for a sewer lateral may
be waived upon a finding by the City that an alternative waste disposal system, which will provide a
level of protection for public health and natural resources at least equivalent to public sewer, will be
installed and maintained.
Sewer laterals shall have backwater valves installed whenever the flood level rim of the lowest
fixture in the building (including basements) is less than adjacent upper or lower manhole,
whichever controls, as determined by the City Engineer. See municipal code section 13.08.200.
E. SURVEY
Street Monuments:
Street monuments shall be set to reference street centerlines at all intersections, angle points,
beginning and ending of curves, radius point of cul-de-sacs, and at tract boundary as required by
the City Engineer.
Monuments shall be set no further apart than 500 feet along centerlines, and shall be shown on the
final subdivision map.
Monuments shall be constructed and set per Engineering Standard 9020.
Tract Boundary Monuments:
Tract boundary monuments shall be set to reference tract boundary lines at all angle points,
beginning and ending of curves, and intersections with street right-of-way lines.
Tract boundary monuments shall be set no further apart than 500 feet along boundary lines, and
shall be shown on the final subdivision map.
Tract boundary monuments shall be constructed of iron pipe, no smaller than 1.5 inches in
diameter, no shorter than 30 inches in length, capped and stamped with either the land surveyor's
or registered engineer's number, and indicated by a marker stake extending above the ground
surface.
Lot Stakes:
Lot stakes shall be set to reference lot lines at all angle points, and beginning and ending of curves,
except where said point is to be set with a tract boundary monument.
Lot stakes shall be constructed of ¾ inch plugged galvanized pipe at least 18 inches in length, or a
#3#5 rebar with plastic cap. If a lot corner falls on concrete or rock, the corner shall be set with a
lead plug. All corners shall be tagged or marked with either the land surveyor's or registered
engineer's number.
All lot stakes shall be set at ground surface, with white marker stakes located immediately adjacent.
Offset staking or alternative staking will not be allowed without prior approval of the City Engineer.
Revised Lot Stake Rebar Size
Revised Sections A,B,E,G,H,J
January 2016
UNIFORM DESIGN
CRITERIA
1010
MH BL 5-14
MH BL 2-14
Page 13
Revised Section H JDL DA 10-15
Vertical Control (Benchmarks):
Points of known elevation shall be set at approximately every 1000 to 1200 feet horizontally in new
street systems, minimum of one point.
Points are to be set in curbs or other concrete facilities near street corners or ends of cul-de-sacs,
where they can be easily located by description. A nail and tag or copper disc, or brass cap labeled
“Benchmark” with the surveyor’s license number, is to be set in the concrete.
Provide record showing the location, elevation, and elevation basis to the City Engineer for
inclusion in the City’s published Benchmarks.
F. PROJECT PLANS
All improvement plans shall be prepared and signed by a registered Civil Engineer. The public
improvement plans shall use the standards set forth in Engineering Standard 9910. Each utility
company whose facilities are involved shall sign the original plans indicating they have reviewed
and approved the plans. Construction may not begin until the plans are signed by the City, and
submittals required by the Standard provided to the City at no charge.
G. STREET LIGHTING & TRAFFIC SIGNALS
Street Lighting
All significant projects (ex: major remodels, street widenings, multi-unit developments, high density
residential) are subject to providing lighting per the requirements of this standard.
All major remodels, re-developments, or significant sidewalk replacement projects in the downtown
pedestrian lighting master plan area, shall provide new pedestrian level lighting.
See section 86-6.01 of the Standard Specifications for Luminaire information.
See Engineering Standard 7520 for lighting circuit requirements.
See Engineering Standard 7910 for pole requirements.
Street Light Pole
Foundation mounted steel poles are only allowed for replacement of an existing foundation
mounted pole on the existing foundation or as approved by the City Engineer. Embedded steel
poles are preferred and must be used for all other conditions.
Street Lights installed in certain areas, such as the Downtown, may be required to be a specialized
pole, as determined by the City.
Revised Lot Stake Rebar Size
Revised Sections A,B,E,G,H,J
January 2016
UNIFORM DESIGN
CRITERIA
1010
MH BL 5-14
MH BL 2-14
Page 14
Revised Section H JDL DA 10-15
Double arm poles (Type 15D) shall be used only in parking lots or areas where a maintenance
vehicle can readily access the pole without traffic control. Otherwise use of double arm poles will
only be allowed upon approval of the City Engineer and will only be authorized when no other
option exists.
Street Light Pole Placement Guidelines
Residential Street Light Poles are to be placed on lot lines whenever possible. Street Lights Poles
and trees should have a 20-foot minimum horizontal separation. Street Light Poles and shrubs
should have a 5-foot minimum horizontal separation.
Street /
Intersection
Width (1)
Street Light Pole Spacing Pole Type and Location(3)
Pole Arm
Length
(2)(3)
Luminaire
(4)
Less than or
equal to 40 feet
Every 200 to 250 feet.
Only one side of street.
One light per intersection.
Embedded Pole
18 inches behind curb
face
8 feet Type 1
Greater than
40 feet
Every 200 to 250 feet.
Alternating sides of street.
Two lights (min.) per
intersection.
Embedded Pole
18 inches behind curb
face
8 feet Type 2
(1) Curb to Curb distance
(2) Not including luminaire
(3) Intersection lighting shall be placed to minimize the likelihood of the pole being struck by turning traffic and may
be set back from the curb face if needed and a longer arm installed to meet light placement requirements.
(4) Refer to Section 86-6.01 “LED LUMINAIRES” of the Standard Specifications for Luminaire information.
Street Light Service
Service point shall be obtained from PG&E. When the lighting has been installed in conformance
with the City’s requirements, the City will authorize PG&E to energize those lights installed as part
of public improvements for ownership and maintenance by the City. Lights to be maintained and
paid for by a private party must be authorized by that party.
When service points are used for more than one light in series, an electrical design for the lighting
circuit shall be submitted to the City for approval. Voltage drop between the point of service and the
end of each lighting circuit shall not exceed 5 percent. All street lighting shall be 120VAC.
Traffic Signals
Traffic Signals must comply with current design standards in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control
Design.
Conduit fill must not exceed 25%.
Revised Lot Stake Rebar Size
Revised Sections A,B,E,G,H,J
January 2016
UNIFORM DESIGN
CRITERIA
1010
MH BL 5-14
MH BL 2-14
Page 15
Revised Section H JDL DA 10-15
H. LANDSCAPING & IRRIGATION
Landscaping and Irrigation shall conform to the provisions in Section 13.20 of the City Municipal
Code and Engineering Standards.
The provisions of the Engineering Standards apply to the following landscape projects:
New residential, commercial, institutional and multi-family development projects with an
aggregate landscape area equal to or greater than 500 square feet subject to a building
permit or development review.
Rehabilitated landscapes for residential, institutional, commercial and multi-family
development projects with a landscape area equal to or greater than 2,500 square feet which
are otherwise subject to a building permit or development review.
Submittals
Development Review. For projects that require development review (tentative parcel map, tentative
tract, development plan or conditional use permit), project applicants shall submit the following
documentation:
1. A completed Maximum Applied Water Allowance for the conceptual landscape design.
2. A conceptual landscape design plan which demonstrates that the landscape will meet the
landscape design specifications of the City Engineering Standards Uniform Design Criteria for
Landscaping and Irrigation.
3. A conceptual irrigation design plan which notes the irrigation methods and design actions that
will be employed to meet the irrigation specifications of the City Engineering Standards Uniform
Design Criteria for Landscaping and Irrigation.
4. A grading plan which demonstrates the landscape will meet the specifications of the City
Engineering Standards Uniform Design Criteria for Landscaping and Irrigation.
Building Application. Prior to the issuance of a building permit, project applicants shall submit the
following:
1. A completed Maximum Applied Water Allowance form based on the final landscape design
plan.
www.slocity.org/government/department-directory/utilities-department/documents-and-files
2. A final landscape design plan that includes all the criteria required in the City Engineering
Standards Uniform Design Criteria for Landscaping and Irrigation.
3. A final irrigation plan that includes all the criteria required in the City Engineering Standards
Uniform Design Criteria for Landscaping and Irrigation.
4. A soils management report that includes at a minimum the criteria required in the City
Engineering Standards Uniform Design Criteria for Landscaping and Irrigation.
5. A final grading plan that includes all the criteria required in the City Engineering Standards
Uniform Design Criteria for Landscaping and Irrigation.
6. A hydrozone table
www.slocity.org/government/department-directory/utilities-department/documents-and-files
7. Plans must comply with City Engineering Drafting Guidelines included in appendix.
Revised Lot Stake Rebar Size
Revised Sections A,B,E,G,H,J
January 2016
UNIFORM DESIGN
CRITERIA
1010
MH BL 5-14
MH BL 2-14
Page 16
Revised Section H JDL DA 10-15
Project Completion. Upon completion of the installation of the landscape and irrigation system and
prior to the issuance of the Certificate of Occupancy, the project applicant shall submit the following:
1. A Certification of Completion signed by the professional of record for the landscape and
irrigation design certifying that the project was installed per the City approved landscape
design, irrigation and grading plans and meets or exceeds an average landscape irrigation
efficiency of 0.75. The City reserves the right to inspect and audit any irrigation system which
has received an approval through the provisions of this chapter.
www.slocity.org/government/department-directory/utilities-department/documents-and-files
2. A project applicant shall develop and provide to the owner or owner representative and the City
an irrigation schedule that assists in the water management of the project and utilizes the
minimum amount of water required to maintain plant health. Irrigation schedules shall meet the
criteria in the City Engineering Standards Uniform Design Criteria for Landscaping and
Irrigation.
3. A regular maintenance schedule shall be submitted by the project applicant with the Certificate
of Completion that includes: routine inspections, adjustment and repairs to the irrigation
system, aerating and dethatching turf areas, replenishing mulch, fertilizing, pruning and
weeding. The maintenance schedule will be provided to the owner or owner representative.
Landscaping Plan. For the efficient use of water, a landscape shall be designed and planned for
the intended function of the project. For each landscape project, applicants shall submit a landscape
design plan in accordance with the following:
Any combination of plant materials that do not exceed the Maximum Applied Water
Allowance (MAWA). The method to calculate the Maximum Applied Water Allowance and
Estimated Total Water Use shall be in accordance with the MAWA calculator.
www.slocity.org/government/department-directory/utilities-department/documents-and-files
Plant factors used to calculate the MAWA shall be derived from the most recent edition of the
Department of Water Resources “Water Use Classification of Landscape Species
(WUCOLS)”.
Each hydrozone shall have plant materials with similar water requirements and be identified
as low, moderate or high water use on the plans.
Plants shall be selected and planted appropriately based upon their adaptability to the
climatic, soil, and topographical conditions of the project site, and water attributes.
Turf is not allowed on slopes greater than 25% (1 foot rise for every 4 feet of horizontal
distance) where the toe of the slope is adjacent to an impermeable hardscape.
Turf shall not be used in areas less than 8 feet by 8 feet in size, irregularly shaped areas,
street medians, traffic islands, planter strips, bulbouts of any size or raised beds for maximum
water efficiency and ease of maintenance.
Low and moderate water-use plants can be mixed, but the entire hydrozone will be classified
as moderate water use for MAWA calculations.
High water-use plants shall not be mixed in the same hydrozone with low or moderate water-
use plants.
Invasive plants as listed by the Cal-IPC are prohibited.
High use plants, characterized by a plant factor of 0.7 to 1.0, are prohibited in street medians.
Recirculating water systems shall be used for water features.
The surface area of water features, including swimming pools, will be included in a high
water-use hydrozone.
Revised Lot Stake Rebar Size
Revised Sections A,B,E,G,H,J
January 2016
UNIFORM DESIGN
CRITERIA
1010
MH BL 5-14
MH BL 2-14
Page 17
Revised Section H JDL DA 10-15
A landscape design plan for projects in fire-prone areas shall address fire safety and
prevention. A defensible space or zone around a building or structure is required per Public
Resources Code Section 4219 (a) and (b). Avoid fire-prone plant materials and highly
flammable mulches.
Irrigation Plan. The irrigation system and its related components shall be planned and designed to
allow for proper installation, management, and maintenance. Project applicants shall submit an
irrigation design plan that is designed and installed to meet irrigation efficiency criteria:
Landscape water meters shall be installed for all non-residential irrigated landscapes of 1,000
square feet or more.
Soil types and infiltration rates shall be considered when designing irrigation systems. All
irrigation systems shall be designed to avoid runoff, low-head drainage, overspray, or other
similar conditions where water flows onto adjacent property, non-irrigated areas, walks,
roadways, or structures.
Proper irrigation equipment and schedules, including features such as repeat cycles, shall be
used to closely match application rates to infiltration rates, to minimize or eliminate runoff.
Overhead irrigation spray (using manufacturer specified throw distances) shall not be
permitted within 24 inches of any non-pervious surface, so as to prevent runoff and
overspray. Allowable irrigation within the setback from non-pervious surfaces may include
drip, drip line, or other low flow or non-spray technology. These restrictions may be modified
if the adjacent non-pervious surfaces are designed and constructed to drain entirely to
landscaping.
Irrigation systems shall be designed, maintained, and managed using such techniques as
low-precipitation heads, drip irrigation, moisture sensors, check valves, matched precipitation
rates of sprinkler heads and other emission devices, and other water-conserving techniques
where appropriate.
Each valve shall irrigate a hydrozone with similar site, slope, sun exposure, soil conditions,
and plant materials with similar water use. A single valve shall not irrigate hydrozones that
mix high water-use plants with moderate or low water-use plants.
Irrigation systems shall be designed, maintained, and managed to meet or exceed an
average landscape irrigation efficiency of 0.75 where irrigation efficiency means the
measurement of the amount of water beneficially used divided by the amount of water
applied. Irrigation efficiency is derived from measurements and estimates of irrigation system
characteristics and management practices.
Rain sensors, either integral or auxiliary, that suspend or alter irrigation operation during rainy
weather conditions shall be required on all irrigation systems.
Head-to-head coverage is required unless otherwise directed by the manufacturer’s
specifications.
Low volume irrigation is required where plant height at maturity will affect the uniformity of an
overhead system.
The irrigation system shall be designed to ensure that the dynamic pressure at each
emission device is within the manufacturer’s recommended pressure range for optimal
performance.
Manual shut-off valves (such as a gate valve, ball valve, or butterfly valve) shall be required,
as close as possible to the point of connection of the water supply, to minimize water loss in
case of an emergency (such as a main line break) or routine repair.
Revised Lot Stake Rebar Size
Revised Sections A,B,E,G,H,J
January 2016
UNIFORM DESIGN
CRITERIA
1010
MH BL 5-14
MH BL 2-14
Page 18
Revised Section H JDL DA 10-15
Automatic irrigation controllers utilizing either evapotranspiration or soil moisture sensor data
shall be required for irrigation scheduling in irrigation systems for applicable projects in
section 17.87.020 (A) (1) of the Municipal Code.
If the project is within the Water Reuse Master Plan area, the irrigation system shall be
designed and operated consistent with recycled water standards described in the City’s
Procedures for Recycled Water Use, including the requirement that sites utilizing recycled water
include backflow protection on all potable service connections.
For City facilities, if the project is within the Water Reuse Master Plan area, drip irrigation and
small pop-up sprayers may not be used in the irrigation system unless authorized by the
Parks Maintenance Supervisor.
For City facilities, pull box spacing shall not exceed 200’, and conduit fill shall not exceed
26%.
For City facilities, irrigation boxes shall be placed in landscaped areas whenever possible. If
irrigation boxes are set in hardscape areas, they shall be concrete boxes. The boxes shall be
traffic rated if the area is open to public traffic or used by maintenance vehicles. Irrigation
boxes in playing fields shall be buried 4 inches below grade.
All irrigation emission devices must meet the requirements set in the American National
Standards Institute (ANSI) standards, American society of Agricultural and biological
Engineers/International code Council’s (ASABE/ICC) 802-2014 “Landscape Irrigation
Sprinkler and Emitter Standard. All sprinkler heads installed in the landscape must document
a distribution uniformity low quarter of 0.65 or high using the protocol devfied in ASABE/ICC
802-2014.
Soils Management Report. In order to reduce runoff and encourage healthy plant growth, soil
amendment, mulching and soil conditioning recommendations shall be prepared by a licensed
landscape architect, licensed landscape contractor, licensed civil engineer or licensed architect. Prior
to planting of any materials, compacted soils shall be transformed to a friable condition.
If the characteristics of the project’s soil are known, the minimum requirements of the report
shall include the following:
a. A minimum of 6 inches of non-mechanically compacted soil shall be available for
water absorption and root growth in the planted areas.
b. For landscape installations, compost at a rate of minimum of cubic yards per 1,000
square feet of permeable area shall be incorporated to the depth of six inches into the
soil. Soils with greater than 6% organic matter in the top six inches of soil are exempt
from this requirement.
c. A minimum of 3 inches of mulch shall be applied on all exposed soil surfaces of
planting areas except in turf areas, creeping or rooting groundcovers or direct seeding
applications. Plant mulch shall be shredded redwood bark unless otherwise approved
by the City Engineer.
If the characteristics of the project’s soil are unknown, the project applicant shall submit soil
samples to a laboratory for analysis and recommendations.
a. Soil sampling shall be conducted in accordance with laboratory protocol, including
protocols regarding adequate sampling depth for the intended plants.
b. The soil analysis may include: soil texture; infiltration rate determined by laboratory
test or soil texture infiltration rate table; pH; total soluble salts; sodium; percent
organic matter; and recommendations.
Revised Lot Stake Rebar Size
Revised Sections A,B,E,G,H,J
January 2016
UNIFORM DESIGN
CRITERIA
1010
MH BL 5-14
MH BL 2-14
Page 19
Revised Section H JDL DA 10-15
The soil analysis report shall be made available, in a timely manner, to the professionals
preparing the landscape design plans and irrigation design plans to make any necessary
adjustments to the design plans.
The project applicant shall submit documentation verifying implementation of soil analysis
report recommendations to the City with Certificate of Completion.
Grading Plan. For the efficient use of water, grading of a project site shall be designed to minimize
soil erosion, runoff, and water waste.
The project applicant shall submit a landscape grading plan that indicates finished
configurations and elevations of the landscape area including:
a. Height of graded slopes;
b. Drainage patterns;
c. Pad elevations;
d. Finish grade; and
e. Stormwater retention improvements, if applicable.
To prevent excessive erosion and runoff, grading shall comply with the following to the
maximum extent practicable:
a. Grade so that all irrigation and normal rainfall remains within property lines and does
not drain onto non-permeable hardscapes;
b. Avoid disruption of natural drainage patterns and undisturbed soil;
c. Avoid soil compaction in landscape areas; and
d. Preserve natural drainage channels.
Miscellaneous City Facility Provisions:
Irrigation System Operational Requirements
Design shall ensure areas of turf are not under watered, relative to the rest of the turf, resulting in
brown patches. The designer may review the irrigation installation and make recommendations for
corrective action on the part of the installer; however, if the system cannot, in spite of proper
installation and adjustment of the irrigation, be operated to provide proper coverage, the designer
shall redesign and direct revised installation at his/her cost until the system can be shown to operate
properly via an audit and empirical data.
Hardscape
Walkways and pads for appurtenances in parks shall be concrete or pervious concrete built in
accordance with City Standards for sidewalk construction and graded to prevent water from ponding
on the walkway or pad. Unless variances are justified and approved by the City Engineer, walkways
must meet current ADA accessibility requirements.
Pads in sod areas, such as picnic table pads, shall be round, oval or have rounded edges to allow
mowing without damage to mow blades and pads.
Median islands
Median island noses shall have a 5-foot section of standard sidewalk concrete at intersections as a
pedestrian refuge. Island noses should not extend into intersection crosswalk areas. Island areas 4
feet or less shall be hardscaped. All hardscaped surfaces within median islands, except for
pedestrian areas, shall be decorative.
Revised Lot Stake Rebar Size
Revised Sections A,B,E,G,H,J
January 2016
UNIFORM DESIGN
CRITERIA
1010
MH BL 5-14
MH BL 2-14
Page 20
Revised Section H JDL DA 10-15
Median island irrigation systems shall be sized to planned street island build-out (multi-island plans),
including mainline sizing, water and control connections, and control systems configuration and
capacity.
Median islands, including traffic circles, and center cul-de-sac landscaping may be used for
infiltration of stormwater where suited to the site conditions. Design shall be such as to prevent
damage to adjacent roadway sections from infiltration, to the satisfaction of the City Engineer.
Playgrounds and Miscellaneous areas
An engineered wood surfacing, meeting accessibility requirements, shall be used under play
equipment. Alternative surfaces shall be submitted to the City Engineer for review and approval.
Benches and picnic tables shall be of a low maintenance material such as rubber coated steel. No
wood is allowed. Alternative materials shall be submitted to the City Engineer for review and
approval.
System Pressure
Where an existing meter or irrigation system is present, the designer shall obtain the current line
pressure to use in design. Where no existing system exists, the City of San Luis Obispo Utilities
Department shall be contacted to determine approximate existing system pressures.
For systems that will be temporarily connected to the potable water system and eventually
connected to the recycled water system, or for areas that may be set up to use both systems, the
designer shall consider the pressure in both systems and design the irrigation system so that it will
work with either pressure.
The designer shall contact the responsible maintenance division for the landscaped area (City of
San Luis Obispo Public Works for City projects or areas to be dedicated) to determine the watering
window to be used for the area. The designer shall use that window in determining the number of
valves turned on at any given time and the resulting load on the system. Calculations of system
capacities and any assumptions made about the system shall be submitted for review and approval.
Calculations submitted shall clearly show an accounting for system losses and concurrent loading to
prevent undersizing of the system. Where systems do not operate as needed to provide even
distribution of water, including problems resulting from an undersized service, the designer will be
responsible to provide any needed redesign and to pay for necessary field corrections.
The irrigation design shall include a pressure reducer or booster pump to be installed, if needed,
based on the actual pressure in the new irrigation system. System shall be designed for maximum
efficiency.
Controller
Irrigation designers must contact the Parks Maintenance Supervisor to determine what, if any,
telemetry control equipment will be required. Systems are to be designed to current City Standards
for Controller equipment where an irrigated area is City owned or to be dedicated. If control is to be
via phone line, the designer must coordinate with the City’s telephone system representative or City
project manager to arrange for hook up.
Revised Lot Stake Rebar Size
Revised Sections A,B,E,G,H,J
January 2016
UNIFORM DESIGN
CRITERIA
1010
MH BL 5-14
MH BL 2-14
Page 21
Revised Section H JDL DA 10-15
I. BRIDGES AND CULVERTS
Design Criteria:
Design shall conform to the requirements of current California Department of Transportation and
AASHTO guidelines and standards. Any variation from standards must be approved in writing by the
City Engineer. Bridges shall be clear spans.
All bridge designs require approval by the City’s Architectural Review Commission.
Bridge design must account for impacts of future development considering areas within the City’s
adopted urban reserve line.
Submittals must include the full construction plans for the bridge including details, a copy of the
geotechnical report, scour calculations, and design calculations. A hard copy and an electronic PDF
format copy for archiving shall be submitted for documents. The design loads, hydraulic information,
and a log of test borings must be included in the plans.
Scour calculations must show adequate structure depth to prevent scour damage or undermining for
the life of the structure. Geotechnical investigations shall include corrosivity testing of the soil for
consideration in pile design and testing for the presence of naturally occurring asbestos, where rock
types indicate a potential.
Structures with a required span between 19 feet and 20 feet shall be constructed with a minimum
span of 20 feet. Clear span bridges shall be constructed in lieu of closed culverts whenever possible
and a natural channel maintained. Closed culverts will be allowed where site constraints prevent a
bridge from being constructed with enough clearance to allow for required storm passage with 12
inches of freeboard. Authorization to build culverts in lieu of clear span bridges must be approved by
the City Engineer and regulatory agencies. Closed culverts shall be upsized to increase the depth of
the culvert to allow the placement of 12 inches of natural gravels in the bottom of the culvert.
Materials:
Vehicle bridges shall be constructed of a material which requires no maintenance for the first 30
years of its life. Concrete is the preferred material for construction; however, alternative materials
may be approved by application in writing to the City Engineer with sufficient documentation to
support an alternative including information showing the alternative is a superior material, or that
concrete will not provide the desired life or freedom from maintenance in the given conditions.
Vehicle bridges may use a pre-approved prefabricated structure.
Pedestrian and bicycle bridges may be furnished as prefabricated structures, including “rusted” steel.
The material must be approved prior to the submittal for the structure itself.
New bridge decks will not be overlaid with asphalt unless authorized by the City Engineer. Where the
City approves an overlay on the deck, an approved waterproof membrane shall be installed between
the deck surface and the overlay. Waterproof / sealing membranes such as methacrylate seals may
be required prior to acceptance where cracking of the deck is observed.
Revised Lot Stake Rebar Size
Revised Sections A,B,E,G,H,J
January 2016
UNIFORM DESIGN
CRITERIA
1010
MH BL 5-14
MH BL 2-14
Page 22
Revised Section H JDL DA 10-15
Barrier Rails:
Barrier rails for vehicle crossings must meet current AASHTO guidelines for crash ratings. Barrier
rails for pedestrians on private property adjacent to the Right of Way shall comply with the most
current California Building Code.
Bicycle and Pedestrian Facilities:
Vehicle bridges must be of adequate width to accommodate, at a minimum, a 5-foot bike lane and
5-foot sidewalk on both sides or match the width of the abutting bicycle and sidewalk facilities,
whichever is greater. Bike lanes and sidewalks shall be constructed regardless of the presence of
those facilities on the abutting roadway.
Design Life:
All structures shall be designed for a minimum 50-year service life.
J. SUBDIVISION DESIGN CRITERIA AND IMPROVEMENT STANDARDS
General requirement.
The design criteria for subdivisions and the required physical improvements for them shall be in
compliance with the City’s grading ordinance, zoning regulations, subdivision standards, City
Standard Specifications and Engineering Standards and other applicable regulations.
Improvements.
Improvement work, including grading, shall not commence until plans for all such work have been
approved and permitted by the City, including required stormwater related plans and submittals.
Improvements to be installed by the subdivider, in accordance with these standards, include the
following:
A. The full width of each street shall be improved by grading, base preparation, and paving. If a
street constitutes a boundary of the subdivision or connects the subdivision with the rest of the City’s
street system, even though it is not within the area to be subdivided, the full width of the roadway
shall be improved. The City may, depending on individual circumstances, require full right-of-way
improvements, including curb, gutter, and sidewalk, on the side opposite the subdivision.
B. Streets shall include any required curb, gutter, sidewalk, driveway ramps, curb ramps and
associated landscaping (street trees, parkway, and medians) along both sides. Alternative
pedestrian walkways and bikeways shall be concrete or other accessible surface material approved
by the City.
C. The subdivider shall complete any railroad crossing necessary for the subdivision, including
application to the California Public Utilities Commission.
D. Separate paths or bicycle / pedestrian areas may be required.
Revised Lot Stake Rebar Size
Revised Sections A,B,E,G,H,J
January 2016
UNIFORM DESIGN
CRITERIA
1010
MH BL 5-14
MH BL 2-14
Page 23
Revised Section H JDL DA 10-15
E. Bus stops and benches shall be provided where the subdivision abuts existing or planned City
bus routes and a stop is required for the use of the neighborhood.
F. Durable boundary monuments shall be installed and shown on the final map.
G. Street trees shall be provided as required by the tree regulations, as set forth in Chapter 12.24 of
the City’s Municipal Code.
H. Street name signs and traffic control and warning signs shall be installed. Traffic signals and
traffic signal control conduits may be required by the City Engineer.
I. Utilities to be installed by the subdivider shall include those listed in this standard. The
development of these facilities may require financial contribution for previous improvements to the
systems, as provided in Chapter 13.04 of the City’s Municipal Code, in the most recent council
resolution on utility connection charges, or in any agreement affecting a particular portion of a
system.
All new utility distribution facilities shall be placed underground, except accessory facilities such as
terminal boxes, meter cabinets, and transformers may be installed aboveground. The subdivider
shall make all necessary arrangements with the utility companies for these facilities.
a) A water system for domestic service and fire protection provided to each lot of the proposed
subdivision or, for condominium projects, to each condominium unit
b) Where identified as a recycled water service area in the Recycled Water Master Plan,
recycled water lines installed to serve those areas
c) A sewer system for domestic use provided to each lot of the proposed subdivision
d) Stormwater management and drainage, water quality, erosion and flood control facilities
e) Street lights and signals
f) Electric power, gas, cable, and telephone services stubbed to each lot or, for condominium
projects, to each condominium unit; and all facilities to distribute such services provided
according to the requirements of the responsible utility companies
J. All new utility distribution facilities shall be placed underground, except accessory facilities such as
terminal boxes, meter cabinets, and transformers may be installed aboveground. The subdivider
shall make all necessary arrangements with the utility companies for these facilities.
K. The subdivider shall carry out protective measures as required by the City to assure the proper
functioning and maintenance of other required improvements and properties adjacent to the
subdivision. Temporary protective improvements may be required prior to or concurrent with the
construction of permanent improvements.
Multiple frontages.
Single-family residential lots with frontage on more than one street are discouraged, except for
corner lots or where topography makes a single frontage impractical. The City may require the
release of access rights on one frontage which shall be noted on the subdivision map.
Revised Lot Stake Rebar Size
Revised Sections A,B,E,G,H,J
January 2016
UNIFORM DESIGN
CRITERIA
1010
MH BL 5-14
MH BL 2-14
Page 24
Revised Section H JDL DA 10-15
Lot lines.
A. Lot lines should be at the top of slope banks.
B. Side lot lines should be perpendicular to the street on straight streets, or radial to the street on
curved streets, unless another angle would provide better building orientation as documented in the
submittal.
C. On corner lots, the lot lines adjacent to streets shall be rounded with a radius adequate to provide
for street improvements.
Flag lots (deep lot subdivision).
Flag lots may be approved for subdividing deep lots where development would not be feasible with
the installation of a standard street, either alone or in conjunction with neighboring properties, or
where justified by topographical conditions. Such subdivision shall conform to Subdivision
Regulations, Section 16.18.060 of the Municipal Code.
Drafting edits
“City Engr.” approval to “PW Dir.”
“Handicapped” to “Disabled”
January 2016
PARKING AND DRIVEWAY
STANDARDS
2010
JDL BL 2-14
JDL WAP 2-99
JDL WAP 2-99
Page 1
PARKING AND DRIVEWAY STANDARDS
A. General
Driveways, driveway ramps, parking stalls, and aisles, including pavement, drainage,
landscaping, screen fencing, and lighting, shall conform to these standards and all
requirements of the Municipal Code. All spaces and driveways must be designed to function
properly. City inspection is required at appropriate times to insure that all specifications are
met.
B. Permits
If the parking lot is not a part of a larger project, the builder shall obtain a parking lot permit
from the Community Development Department prior to constructing a new or modifying an
existing parking lot. To obtain a permit, a plan for the project must be submitted to the
Community Development Department.
Any restriping or improvements, other than for maintenance purposes, to a parking lot also
requires approval of a parking lot permit by the Community Development Department.
C. Plans
Plans for the parking lots shall conform to city standards and shall show design for grading,
paving, striping, signing, curbing, lighting, landscaping, and trash enclosures.
D. Pavement
1. Parking lots and driveways shall be paved with an all-weather surface, such as
asphaltic concrete (AC) or Portland cement concrete (PCC). The minimum thickness
of pavement shall be as specified in these standards. Base material shall be
compacted to a minimum of 95 percent. Compaction test reports shall be submitted
to the Community Development Department for verification of proper compaction. All
motorcycle spaces within parking lots shall be PCC pads. Porous pavement surface
methods approved by the City Arborist shall be provided within the drip line of
existing trees in or near parking lots. All spaces shall be marked, with disabled
spaces having special pavement marking in each space. Directional entrances and
exits and aisles shall be signed and marked on the pavement.
2. Alternative Permanent Paving:
The Community Development Director may approve alternatives to AC or PCC
paving on private property. Alternative paving materials, when installed according to
manufacturer's specifications, shall provide a suitable, all-weather, load-bearing
surface to support passenger cars and light-duty trucks. Alternative paving surfaces
Drafting edits
“City Engr.” approval to “PW Dir.”
“Handicapped” to “Disabled”
January 2016
PARKING AND DRIVEWAY
STANDARDS
2010
JDL BL 2-14
JDL WAP 2-99
JDL WAP 2-99
Page 2
for driveways or parking lots serving large commercial vehicles or fire trucks must be
designed to accommodate a maximum vehicle weight of 45,000 lbs. Alternative
paving materials over City utility easements will not be repaired or maintained by the
City.
The Director may approve such alternative paving to achieve aesthetic and
environmental objectives, such as improved appearance, increased water
percolation, reduced erosion and runoff, increased aeration and water for tree roots,
reduced glare, and increased area available for landscaping, upon finding that the
alternative paving will provide public aesthetic or environmental benefits, and is equal
to or better than AC or PCC paving in terms of public safety, performance, strength,
quality and durability. Examples of permanent alternative paving surfaces include, but
are not limited to: interlocking pavers, eco-block, porous AC paving, cobblestone, or
other material judged by the Community Development Director to be of equivalent
performance, strength, quality and durability.
3. Temporary parking lots and driveways shall have an all-weather, dust-free surface
with sufficient compacted base material or undisturbed grade to safely accommodate
the intended use.
Examples of temporary paving surfaces include, but are not limited to: compacted
"redrock" or decomposed granite; compacted road base over compacted natural
grade; or other temporary surface which the Director determines to provide an all-
weather load-bearing surface equivalent to the above materials in terms of safety,
maintenance, and appearance. Gravel or similar materials shall not be used where
average cross-slopes exceeds 5 percent. (See Paragraph O.)
E. Geometrics.
1. Turning Radii:
The minimum allowable inside vehicle turning radius in parking and driveway areas shall
be 20 feet unless Fire Apparatus access is necessary, in which case the minimum inside
radius shall be 30.5 feet and the outside radius shall be 46 feet or as required by the Fire
Department. (Turning radii are not necessarily the radii of curbs around islands and other
improvements.) Additional details are as shown on the standard drawing.
2. Spaces Which Back Onto Street:
Except as noted in No. 3, parking spaces which back directly onto the public street shall be
set back a minimum of 20 feet from the back of the sidewalk, regardless of the zoning of
the property.
Drafting edits
“City Engr.” approval to “PW Dir.”
“Handicapped” to “Disabled”
January 2016
PARKING AND DRIVEWAY
STANDARDS
2010
JDL BL 2-14
JDL WAP 2-99
JDL WAP 2-99
Page 3
Except as noted in No. 3, no portion of any parking space or aisle, except driveways for
ingress or egress, shall be permitted in a required street yard setback area.
3. Tandem Parking:
Residential uses may have required spaces arranged in tandem subject to the approval of
the Community Development Director. Single dwellings where tandem parking is approved
may have one unenclosed parking space within the street yard (refer to Section 17.16.020
- Yards in the city's Zoning Regulations).
4. Walls/Walkways/Entrances:
A parking space facing a wall containing entrances and abutting a walkway to those
entrances must be at least 4 feet clear of such a wall.
5. Wheel Stops:
Wheel stops are required if the space is headed into a wall, fence, landscaped area,
building, walkway, or side of another auto. Additional wheel stops may be required by the
Community Development Department. Concrete curbing may be substituted for wheel
stops with the approval of the Community Development Director.
6. Overhangs/Encroachments:
Dimensions shown on the standards must be clear of overhangs or other encroachments
which might interfere with vehicular access. Circulation areas shall be provided at the ends
of aisles.
7. Maneuvering:
Parking lots with more than six spaces shall be designed so that automobiles will exit onto
a public street in a forward direction and with no more than two maneuvers. A maneuver is
defined as each motion in either a forward or backward direction. No space may be
allowed that requires a vehicle to be maneuvered on the public sidewalk in order to exit. All
spaces must be designed to be entered in one maneuver. A turnaround may be required if
it's considered unsafe for a vehicle to back into the street by the Community Development
Department and/or Public Works Director.
8. Stall Sizes:
All parking stalls shall comply with the parking bay dimension standards for average sized
cars as provided in the engineering standard details. Upon approval of an exception by the
Community Development Director or Architectural Review Commission, a limited number
of compact parking spaces may be allowed if justified by unusual circumstances such as
Drafting edits
“City Engr.” approval to “PW Dir.”
“Handicapped” to “Disabled”
January 2016
PARKING AND DRIVEWAY
STANDARDS
2010
JDL BL 2-14
JDL WAP 2-99
JDL WAP 2-99
Page 4
saving a tree or using otherwise unusable space. Compact stalls, if used, shall be
designed and constructed in accordance with the engineering standard details. Accessible
spaces shall be designed and constructed in accordance with state and local
requirements.
9. Motorcycle Spaces:
All motorcycle spaces shall be designed and constructed in compliance with the
engineering standards for motorcycle spaces.
10. Bicycle Parking Standards:
Bicycle parking shall be provided in accordance with city zoning requirements. Bicycle
parking may include racks and/or lockers to the approval of the Community Development
Department.
11. Truck Access:
Commercial and industrial parking lots serving loading zones shall be designed to
accommodate access and circulation movement for on-site truck circulation. The
Community Development Director or Public Works Director may require wider driveways
and aisles as determined warranted.
F. Slope
Parking spaces shall slope no more than 5 percent in any direction and no less than
0.5 percent in the direction of drainage. A maximum of 10 percent slope in aisle and turn-
around areas may be allowed. Swales of less than 1 percent slope shall be concrete.
Variations of these standards may be allowed by the Community Development Director for
hardship situations providing safety and convenience concerns have been met.
G. Loading Zones
Off-street loading zones shall be a minimum of 12 feet wide and 25 feet long. Loading zones
shall be designed so that trucks parking in them will not encroach onto the public right-of-way
or into required parking spaces or driveways. Loading spaces designed for large trucks shall
have appropriately larger access to allow maneuvering without encroaching into landscape
areas. Loading zones or areas may not encroach into fire lanes. Loading zones (spaces) shall
be provided in accordance with the city's zoning regulations (refer to sections 17.46.020 and
17.48.010). Additional loading zones may be required by the Community Development
Department or Fire Department.
Drafting edits
“City Engr.” approval to “PW Dir.”
“Handicapped” to “Disabled”
January 2016
PARKING AND DRIVEWAY
STANDARDS
2010
JDL BL 2-14
JDL WAP 2-99
JDL WAP 2-99
Page 5
H. Screening
1. In Large Parking Lots:
Any parking lot with more than six parking spaces adjoining a street shall have the street
frontage screened with a 3-foot (minimum) high wall, fence, and hedge consisting of
5-gallon or larger plants, or landscaped berm. The area between such screen and the
street shall be landscaped.
2. Near Residential Development:
A parking lot on a site adjacent to a residential development or next to a residential zone
shall be screened by a solid 6-foot-high wall, fence, or an existing mature hedge.
I. Landscaping
1. Planting Area Placement:
In all parking lots planting areas shall generally be provided after each six parking spaces
in any row and at the ends of each row of parking spaces in order to encourage the use of
trees in parking areas. Landscape areas shall have a minimum dimension of 4 feet;
except, those areas with trees shall have a minimum dimension of 8 feet. Landscape
areas shall be defined by concrete curbs or bands designed to minimize damage to
pavement caused by irrigation of landscaping. Landscape areas defining ends of rows
shall extend to the minimum inside turn radius, shall not conflict with an aisle or back-up
area, nor be less than 4 feet in width. (Exceptions to this provision may be granted by the
Community Development Department or the Architectural Review Commission.)
2. Planting Arrangement:
In order to prevent large expanses of pavement, parking lots shall have at least 5 percent
of their surface devoted to landscaping (exclusive of setbacks) arranged in an appropriate
and effective manner. Additional landscape area may be required by the Community
Development Department or the Architectural Review Commission.
3. Maintenance:
In all zones, required street yard areas shall be landscaped and perpetually maintained. All
landscape planting shall be maintained and dead plants shall be replaced as necessary.
Drought tolerant planting must be used in accordance with the city's landscape standards
for water conservation.
Drafting edits
“City Engr.” approval to “PW Dir.”
“Handicapped” to “Disabled”
January 2016
PARKING AND DRIVEWAY
STANDARDS
2010
JDL BL 2-14
JDL WAP 2-99
JDL WAP 2-99
Page 6
4. Irrigation:
Landscape areas shall have a permanent underground irrigation system.
Irrigation shall provide uniform precipitation for overhead areas and adequate water to
maintain healthy plants. Check valves are required at the toe of all slopes to prevent low
head drainage. Overspray must be minimized to prevent runoff,
5. Landscape Preservation:
Planting areas which may be hit by automobiles or where drainage control is necessary
shall be defined by a 6 inch curb or berm of reinforced concrete, brick, or block. A header-
board protected by parking bumpers or other suitable permanent material may be
approved by the Community Development Department. Header boards, walls or berms
must also be provided between the back of a City sidewalk and a planting area to prevent
soil from washing onto the sidewalk. Porous pavement surface methods approved by the
City Arborist shall be provided within the drip line of existing trees in or near parking lots.
J. Accessible Parking
All accessible parking spaces shall be constructed and signed in accordance with state and
local laws, and shall be located conveniently for use by disabled persons, as approved by the
Community Development Department.
K. Driveways and Driveway Ramps
1. Driveway Widths:
Driveways shall be the same width as the curb opening (not including the transitions).
They must be within the width limitations noted on Engineering Standard 2120. Exceptions
may be granted in special circumstances by the Public Works Director or Community
Development Director. Unless authorized by the Public Works Director, property owner,
adjacent property owner, and the Community Development Director, the driveway ramp
and transition must lie entirely in front of the property served. The Fire Department may
require greater driveway widths to allow for proper emergency vehicle access.
2. Number of Driveways Permitted:
Only one driveway is allowed per street frontage for residential property unless the
frontage exceeds 70 feet; then a maximum of 30 percent of the frontage may be in
driveways. The total width of all driveways to commercial or industrial property shall not
exceed 50 percent of the frontage of the property. Additional restrictions may be placed on
driveways entering arterial streets in order to minimize the disruption to traffic.
Drafting edits
“City Engr.” approval to “PW Dir.”
“Handicapped” to “Disabled”
January 2016
PARKING AND DRIVEWAY
STANDARDS
2010
JDL BL 2-14
JDL WAP 2-99
JDL WAP 2-99
Page 7
3. Abandoned Driveways:
As a condition of issuance of any driveway permit, all abandoned driveways and driveway
ramps on the same property shall be removed, landscaped and the curb, gutter, and
sidewalk properly restored.
L. Turnarounds
1. Deep Driveways:
Driveways which are over 100 feet long shall have a turnaround at the end allowing cars to
safely exit in a forward direction. In some instances the Community Development Director
may require turnarounds for shorter driveways.
2. Single-Family House Driveways:
Single family residential developments generally do not need to conform with this
requirement unless there are extreme grade, fire hazard and/or alignment problems
determined by the Community Development Director or Fire Marshall.
M. Signing
Except for R-1 zoned and R-2 zoned property, entrances and exits that are one-way shall be
marked with an approved sign and pavement marking. Accessible, compact car, and loading
spaces shall be signed with pavement marking or markings on wheel stops in accordance with
state code and local laws. All pavement markings, striping, and signs shall be approved by the
Community Development Department.
N. Parking Lot Maintenance
It shall be the duty of the property owner to maintain and repair the parking lot and related
improvements in accordance with the above standards and any other conditions imposed at
the time of approval. If the Community Development Department finds that the lot is in need of
maintenance or repair, to ensure public safety and welfare, the City may pursue enforcement
under the authorities of the Municipal Code.
Drafting edits
“City Engr.” approval to “PW Dir.”
“Handicapped” to “Disabled”
January 2016
PARKING AND DRIVEWAY
STANDARDS
2010
JDL BL 2-14
JDL WAP 2-99
JDL WAP 2-99
Page 8
O. Temporary Parking Lots
Parking lots and driveways which will be used for one year or less may be developed with
Community Development Director approval. The Director may require a recorded agreement
and/or cash surety to guarantee removal of the temporary parking, site restoration, and clean-
up and/or repair of City streets. Such temporary facilities need not provide landscaping, striping
and wheel stops as would otherwise be required for permanent facilities, but they shall meet all
other parking and driveway design standards (parking space and driveway dimensions, aisle
widths, and so on).
P. Common-Access Driveways
1. Where permitted: Common access driveways may be permitted in either of the
following cases:
a. On lots of record (existing before the effective date of this section) if the
Community Development Director approves an administrative use permit; or
b. In new subdivisions where a common driveway is proposed as part of
subdivision approval.
2. Basic criteria: A common-access driveway must meet all of the following criteria:
a. The driveway must not be inappropriately located (for example, too close to a
dwelling, play area or sloped bank).
b. It must be determined that there is no significant potential for conflict between
the parties sharing the driveway because of its location, length, grade, usage,
or other characteristics.
3. For residential uses: The following provisions apply to common-access driveways to
serve premises zoned or used for residential purposes:
a. Before granting any permit authorizing construction of a common-access
driveway or structures to be served by said driveway, the City shall require an
easement and covenant to be filed with the County Recorder setting forth
driveway usage rights and responsibilities for each parcel served. At minimum,
the required easement or covenant shall include the following statements:
1) All affected property owners will be jointly responsible for the
improvement and maintenance of all parts of the common-access
driveway.
2) All parking on the commonly used portions of the driveway is prohibited.
Drafting edits
“City Engr.” approval to “PW Dir.”
“Handicapped” to “Disabled”
January 2016
PARKING AND DRIVEWAY
STANDARDS
2010
JDL BL 2-14
JDL WAP 2-99
JDL WAP 2-99
Page 9
3) Any affected property owner may avail himself of the vehicle-removing
authority granted private property owners in Section 22658 of the
California Vehicle Code when any vehicle is parked in the common-
access driveway so as to interfere with entry or access to a parcel it
serves.
4) Property owners agree to hold the City harmless from all claims of
damages or liability arising from any action to tow away vehicles pursuant
to subsection (3) immediately above.
5) If the easement or covenant is abandoned or dissolved, each lot
previously served by the common-access driveway shall be provided with
standard access as required by these regulations.
b. The driveway shall serve no more than four residential units unless special
circumstances warrant the grant of an exception by the Community
Development Director.
c. The Director or Planning Commission may add other requirements or
conditions deemed necessary or appropriate.
4. For commercial and industrial uses: Before granting any permit authorizing the
construction of any common-access driveway to serve premises zoned or used for
commercial or industrial purposes, the City may impose the requirements listed
above for residential uses as well as any additional requirements or conditions it
deems necessary or appropriate.
Revise General Notes
New border
January 2016
UPWARD & DOWNWARD
DRIVEWAYS
MAXIMUM RISE & DESCENT
(RESIDENTIAL) 2140
DVB BL 11-06
BL MH 1-14
MAXIMUM RISE & DESCENT PERMITTED
ON STANDARD DRIVEWAYS
UPWARD DRIVEWAY
MAXIMUM RISE
DOWNWARD DRIVEWAY
MAXIMUM DESCENT
Maximum Maximum Maximum Maximum
Run Rise Run Rise Run Descent Run Descent
10' 1.0' 39' 6.8' 6' 0.4' 35' 5.4'
11' 1.2' 40' 7.0' 7' 0.5' 36' 5.6'
12' 1.4' 41' 7.2' 8' 0.6' 37' 5.8'
13' 1.6' 42' 7.4' 9' 0.7' 38' 6.0'
14' 1.8' 43' 7.6' 10' 0.8' 39' 6.2'
15' 2.0' 44' 7.8' 11' 0.9' 40' 6.4'
16' 2.2' 45' 8.0' 12' 1.0' 41' 6.6'
17' 2.4' 46' 8.2' 13' 1.2' 42' 6.8'
18' 2.6' 47' 8.4' 14' 1.3' 43' 7.0'
19' 2.8' 48' 8.6' 15' 1.4' 44' 7.2'
20' 3.0' 49' 8.8' 16' 1.6' 45' 7.4'
21' 3.2' 50' 9.0' 17' 1.8' 46' 7.6'
22' 3.4' 51' 9.2' 18' 2.0' 47' 7.8'
23' 3.6' 52' 9.4' 19' 2.2' 48' 8.0'
24' 3.8' 53' 9.6' 20' 2.4' 49' 8.2'
25' 4.0' 54' 9.8' 21' 2.6' 50' 8.4'
26' 4.2' 55' 10.0' 22' 2.8' 51' 8.6'
27' 4.4' 56' 10.2' 23' 3.0' 52' 8.8'
28' 4.6' 57' 10.4' 24' 3.2' 53' 9.0'
29' 4.8' 58' 10.6' 25' 3.4' 54' 9.2'
30' 5.0' 59' 10.8' 26' 3.6' 55' 9.4'
31' 5.2' 60' 11.0' 27' 3.8' 56' 9.6'
32' 5.4' 61' 11.2' 28' 4.0' 57' 9.8'
33' 5.6' 62' 11.4' 29' 4.2' 58' 10.0'
34' 5.8' 63' 11.6' 30' 4.4' 59' 10.2'
35' 6.0' 64' 11.8' 31' 4.6' 60' 10.4'
36' 6.2' 65' 12.0' 32' 4.8' 65' 11.4'
37' 6.4' 70' 13.0' 33' 5.0' 70' 12.4'
38' 6.6' 80' 15.0' 34' 5.2' 80' 14.4'
GENERAL NOTES:
A. All values shown in feet unless otherwise noted.
B. Maximum rise and descent and run shall be measured for the WORST condition between the back
of the sidewalk extension and the finished floor grade at the garage entrance.
Revise notes: B.c2, B.e Add F note
Revised all Notes
Consolidate 6110, 6120 & 6130
January 2016
WATER – SEWER
SEPARATION CRITERIA
TEXT 6110
SR BL 3-06
MH BL 1-14
JDL JDW 6-02
Page 1
CRITERIA FOR THE SEPARATION OF WATER MAINS AND SANITARY SEWERS
NEW FACILITIES SEPARATION STANDARDS
New water mains and sewer lines must comply with most recent version of the California Code of Regulations
Section 64572 Title 22 Chapter 16.
1. Parallel Construction: The horizontal distance between pressure water mains and sewer must be at least
10 feet.
2. Perpendicular Construction (Crossing): Pressure water main must be at least 12 inches above sanitary
sewer lines where these lines cross.
3. Separation distance is measured from the nearest edge of the facilities.
4. Water mains and sewer lines must not be installed in the same trench.
EXCEPTIONS TO BASIC SEPARATION STANDARDS
When local conditions or existing facilities create a situation where there is no alternative but to install water
mains or sewer lines at a distance less than that required by the new facilities separation standards. In such
cases, alternative construction criteria must be followed as allowed in the Department of Health Services
Memorandum for Guidance Criteria for separation of water mains and non-potable pipelines.
ALTERNATIVE CRITERIA FOR CONSTRUCTION
The construction criteria for sewer lines or water mains where the Basic Separation Standards cannot be attained
are shown in Figures 1 and 2, Engineering Standard 6140. There are two situations encountered:
Case 1 -- New sewer line – new or existing water main.
Case 2 -- New water main -- existing sewer line.
For Case 1, the alternate construction criteria apply to the sewer line.
For Case 2, the alternate construction criteria may apply to either or both the water main and sewer line.
The construction criteria apply to the house laterals that cross above a pressure water main. House laterals
crossing below water main must have 4 inches of separation between water main and lateral.
CONSIDERATION OF RECYCLED WATER
Recycled water mains must be treated as sewer mains when considering their separation from potable water.
Recycled water mains must be treated as potable water mains when considering their separation from sewers.
Revise notes: B.c2, B.e Add F note
Revised all Notes
Consolidate 6110, 6120 & 6130
January 2016
WATER – SEWER
SEPARATION CRITERIA
TEXT 6110
SR BL 3-06
MH BL 1-14
JDL JDW 6-02
Page 2
CASE 1
NEW SEWER MAIN BEING INSTALLED
(See Figure 1, Engineering Standard 6140)
ZONE SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIRED FOR SEWER
A Sewer lines parallel to water mains shall not be permitted in this zone without approval from the
responsible health agency and water supplier.
B A sewer line placed parallel to a water line shall be constructed of:
1. Use HDPE pipe with fused joints.
C A sewer line crossing a water main shall be constructed of:
1. Use HDPE pipe with fused joints.
D A sewer line crossing a water main shall be constructed of:
1. User HDPE pipe with fused joints.
CASE 2
NEW WATER MAIN BEING INSTALLED
(See Figure 2, Engineering Standard 6140)
ZONE SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIRED FOR WATER
A No water mains parallel to sewers shall be constructed without approval from the health agency.
B
If the sewer paralleling the water main does not meet the Case 1, Zone B requirements, the water main
shall be constructed of:
1. Ductile iron pipe
2. Class 200 PVC Pipe
C
If the sewer crossing the water main does not meet the Case 1, Zone C requirements, the water main
shall have no joints in Zone C and be constructed of:
1. Ductile iron pipe
2. Class 200 PVC Pipe
D
If the sewer crossing the water main does not meet the Case 1, Zone D requirements, the water main
shall have no joints within 4 feet from either side of the sewer and shall be constructed of:
1. Ductile iron pipe
2. Class 200 PVC Pipe
Revised List
List update
List update
January 2016
STREET TREES
MASTER LIST
Page 1 of 2 8010
JDL MH 6-13
BL BL 11-06
BL JDW 1-12
ALLOWABLE ZONES CHARACTERISTICS
1 - In parkway or tree well C = Fall Color D = Deciduous
2 - 3 to 7.5 feet from curb (or sidewalk if present) F = Flowering G = Suggested trees for Commemorative Grove
3 - 7.5 to 10 feet from the curb (or sidewalk if present) E = Evergreen
BOTANICAL NAME COMMON NAME CHARACTERISTICS HEIGHT WIDTH ZONE
Ilex-opaca American Holly E 50 40 2-3
Brachychiton acerifolius Australian Flame tree E F 60 30 3
Geijera parviflora Australian Willow E 30 20 1-3
Pyrus calleryana Aristocrat Flowering Pear D C F 40 20 1-3
Tristaniopsis laurina Water Gum E F 45 25 2-3
Eriobotrya deflexa Bronze loquat E F 15 10 1-3
Melaleuca quinquenervia Cajeput tree E F 40 25 2-3
Platanus racemosa California Sycamore D G 80 50 3
Cinnamomum camphora Camphor Tree E 50 60 3
Pinus canariensis Canary Island Pine E 80 35 3
Calodendrum capense Cape Chestnut D F 40 40 3
Lyonothamnus floribundus Catalina Ironwood E 35 15 1-3
Ulmus parvifolia Chinese Evergreen Elm E 60 60 2-3
Chionanthus-retusus Chinese Fringe D C F 20 20 1-3
Pistacia chinensis Chinese Pistache D C G 60 40 2-3
Koelreuteria bipinnata Chinese Flame Tree E C F 30 30 2
Quercus agrifolia Coast Live Oak E G 70 70 3
Eucalyptus-torquata Coral Gum E F 36 30 1-3
Quercus suber Cork Oak E G 60 60 3
Metasequoia glyptostroboides Dawn Redwood D 90 20 3
Cedrus deodara Deodar Cedar E G 80 40 3
Cercis-canadensis Eastern Redbud D C F 35 35 1
Fagus sylvatica European Beech D 70 40 3
Stenocarpus sinuatus Firewheel Tree E F 30 15 1-3
Melaleuca linariifolia Flaxleaf Paperbark E F 30 25 2-3
Ceiba speciosa Floss Silk Tree Semi-E F 50 40 2-3
Cassia leptophylla Gold Medallion Tree Semi-E F 30 20 1-2
Koelreuteria paniculata Goldenrain Tree D F G 35 40 2-3
Brahea edulis Guadalupe Island Palm E F 30 10 1
Quercus ilex Holly Oak E 60 60 3
Gleditsia triacanthos inermis Honey Locust D C 70 35 1-3
Ficus microcarpa Indian Laurel Fig E 60 70 3
Jacaranda mimosifolia Jacaranda D F 40 30 2-3
Lagerstroemia faurei Japanese Crape Myrtle D C F 30 30 1-3
Harpephyllum caffrum Kaffir Plum (Wild Plum) E 25 15 1-2
Magnolia grandiflora Little Gem Magnolia E F 25 15 1-3
Platanus acerifolia London Plane Tree D 80 40 2-3
Arbutus-marina Marina Madrone E F G 40 40 1-3
Ginkgo biloba Maidenhair Tree D C 50 30 1-3
Maytenus boaria Mayten Tree E 50 20 1-3
Metrosideros excelsus New Zealand Christmas Tree E F 30 30 1-3
Revised List
List update
List update
January 2016
STREET TREES
MASTER LIST
Page 2 of 2 8010
JDL MH 6-13
BL BL 11-06
BL JDW 1-12
Agonis flexousa Peppermint Willow E F 40 30 1-2
Melaleuca styphelioides Prickly-leaved Paperbark E F 70 40 3
Lagunaria patersonia Primrose Tree E C F 50 30 2-3
Bauhinia variegate Purple Orchid Tree D F 35 35 2-3
Corymbia ficifolia Red Flowering Gum E F 40 40 2-3
Aesculus x carnea Red Horse Chestnut D F 40 30 2-3
Acer rubrum Red Maple D C 60 40 1-3
Betula nigra River Birch D 90 60 3
Zelkova serrata Sawleaf Elm D C 60 60 2-3
Acacia stenophylla Shoestring Acacia E F 30 20 1
Albizia julibrissin Silk tree D F 40 40 2-3
Magnolia grandiflora Southern Magnolia E F 80 60 3
Michelia doltsopa Sweet Michelia E F 30 25 1-2
Hymenosporum flavum Sweetshade E F 40 20 1-2
Tipuana tipu Tipu Tree D C F 40 50 2-3
Heteromeles-arbutifolia Toyon E F 25 25 1-3
Liriodendron tulipifera Tulip Tree D C F 70 40 3
Quercus lobata Valley Oak D C 70 70 3
Pittosporum undulatum Victorian Box E F 40 40 2-3
Crataegus phaenopyrum Washington Hawthorn D C F 25 20 1-3
Tristaniopsis laurina Water Gum (Kanooka) E F 30 20 1-2
Callistemon viminalis Weeping Bottlebrush E F 30 20 1-2
Cercis occidentalis Western Redbud D C F 18 18 1-3
Trees not included on this list may be used only with prior approval by the City Arborist.
Revise List
Revise List
New Border
January 2016
STREET TREES
MAJOR STREETS
8020
RMH WAP 4-95
BL BL 11-06
JDL WAP 1-98
Note: Percentages refer to mixture of tree types in project area
DOWNTOWN DISTRICT %
Ficus microcarpa 40
Quercus agrifolia 20
Platanus acerifolia ‘Bloodgood’ 30
Olea europaea – grafted fruitless 10
Downtown Accent Trees
Jacaranda mimosifolia
Robinia ambigua “Purple Robe”
Magnolia grandiflora ‘Saint Mary’s’
Eucalyptus ficifolia
Pyrus calleryana ‘Arisocrat’
Calodendrum capense
BROAD STREET %
Monterey St. to Pacific St.
Tristaniopsis laurina 60
Pyrus calleryana “Aristocrat” 40
Pacific St. to High St.
Platanus acerifolia 40
Pistacia chinensis 40
Ginkgo biloba 20
High St. to City Limits
Platanus acerifolia 30
Quercus palustris 20
Pistacia chinensis* 20
“Red oak” 15
Tristaniopsis laurina 15
*Subsitute south of Orcutt:
“Monterey cypress” 20
At creek crossings
Platanus racemosa 100
CALIFORNIA BLVD. %
Cal Poly to Mill St.
Liguidambar styraciflua 25
Red oak 25
Camphor 30
Agonis flexuosa 20
Mill St. to San Luis Dr.
Pyrus calleryana “Aristocrat” 40
Agonis flexmosa 30
Metrosideros excelsus 30
San Luis Dr. to Johnson Ave.
Quercus agrifolia 60
Agonis flexuosa 40
At creek crossings
Platanus racemosa 100
FOOTHILL BLVD. %
Magnolia “Majestic Beauty” 60
Pyrus calleryana “Aristocrat” 10
Platanus acerifolia 30
At creek crossings
Platanus racemosa 100
GRAND AVENUE %
Magnolia “Majestic Beauty” 50
Platunus acerifola 50
HIGUERA STREET %
California Blvd. to Downtown District
Ficus microcarpa 100
Downtown District to Madonna Rd.
Use Downtown District
Madonna Rd. to City Limit
Pinus canariensis 30
“Monterey cypress” 30
Hymenosporum flavum 20
Red Oak 20
JOHNSON AVENUE %
Hwy. 101 to SPRR underpass
Magnolia “Majestic Beauty” 20
Pyrus calleryana “Aristocrat” 20
Pistacia chinensis 20
Pin oak 20
Hymenosporum flavum 20
SPRR underpass to Laurel Lane
Quercus agrifolia 20
Pistacia chinensis 20
Chinese Elm 20
Hymenosporum flavum 20
Red Oak 20
Laurel Lane to Orcutt Rd.
Maytenus boaria 20
Red oak 20
Chinese Elm 20
Jacaranda 20
Hymenosporum flavum 20
LAUREL LANE %
Platanus acerifolia 50
Quercus suber 20
Jacaranda 15
Gingko biloba 15
LOS OSOS VALLEY ROAD %
Tristaniopsis laurina 20
Monterey cypress 20
European beech 20
Quercus agrifolia 20
Pinus caneriensis 20
MADONNA ROAD %
Pinus canariensis 25
Pistacia chinensis 25
Quercus agrifolia 25
Red Oak 25
MARSH STREET %
Use Downtown District
MARGARITA AVENUE %
Platanus acerifolia 33
Sweetshade 33
Pin oak 34
MONTEREY STREET %
Use Downtown District
ORCUTT ROAD %
Pistachia chinensis 60
Crataegus phaenopyrum 20
Quercus agrifolia 20
At creek crossings
Platanus racemosa 100
PRADO ROAD %
Platanus acerifolia 34
Pinus canariensis 33
Pin oak 33
SANTA ROSA STREET %
Highland St. to Murray St.
Quercus agrifolia 80
Pistacia chinensis 20
Murray St. to Marsh St.
Pistacia shinensis 20
Pyrus calleryana “Aristocrat” 20
Ficus microcarpa 20
Tristaniopsis laurina 10
Pistacia chinensis 20
Jacaranda mimosa 10
At Creek intersections
Platanus racemosa 100
SOUTH STREET %
Tristaniopsis laurina 20
Jacaranda mimosifolia 20
Gingko biloba 20
Platanus acerifolia 20
Pin oak 20
TANK FARM ROAD %
East of Broad St.
Platanus acerifolia 50
Tristaniopsis laurina 20
Eucalyptus torquata 30
West of Broad St.
Platanus acerifolia 25
Cinnamomum camphora 25
Quercus agrifolia 25
Red oak 25
APPENDICES
A. STATE STANDARD CURB RAMP DETAILS
B. MISSION STYLE SIDEWALK DISTRICT
C. RAILROAD DISTRICT PLAN
D. LIST OF ARTERIAL AND COLLECTOR STREETS
E. SAMPLE NOTICE OF STREET MAINTENANCE (DOOR HANGER)
F. PLAN DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS
G. SLO COUNTY APCD: PERMIT TO OPERATE NO. 1850-2
List of Arterial and Collector Streets
For Pavement Restoration Purposes Only
Appendix D
Arterial Streets (for pavement restoration purposes):
Street From To
Broad Street Higuera Street south city limit
California Blvd (all)
Chorro Street Lincoln Pismo Street
Dalidio Drive (all)
Foothill Blvd west city limit California Blvd
Grand Avenue Slack Street Monterey Street
Highland Drive Chorro Santa Rosa Street
Higuera Street south city limit Johnson Avenue
Johnson Avenue Monterey Orcutt Road
Laurel Lane Johnson Avenue Orcutt Road
Los Osos Valley Road (all)
Madonna Road Los Osos Valley Road Higuera Street
Marsh Street 101 freeway California
Monterey Street Chorro Street 101 freeway
Nipomo Street Marsh Higuera
Orcutt Road (all)
Osos Street Higuera Street Santa Barbara
Prado Road (all)
San Luis Drive California Blvd Johnson Avenue
Santa Barbara Avenue Broad Osos
Santa Rosa Street north city limit Pismo Street
South Street Higuera Broad Street
Tank Farm Road (all)
Collector Streets (for pavement restoration purposes):
Street From To
Augusta Street Bishop Street Laurel Lane
Auto Park Way Los Osos Valley Road east end
Bishop Street Bushnell Street Johnson Avenue
Broad Street Foothill Blvd 101 freeway
Buchon Street High Street Johnson Avenue
Bullock Lane (all)
Casa Murray
Calle Joaquin (all)
Capitolio Broad Sacramento
Chorro Street Highland Drive Lincoln
Chorro Street Broad Pismo
Cross Street Short Street Long Street
Cuesta Foothill Highland
Del Rio Descanso Prefumo Canyon Road
Descanso Los Osos Valley Road Del Rio
El Mercado Madonna Road south end
Elks Lane Higuera Prado
Fredericks Street Hathway Avenue Grand Avenue
High Street Higuera Street Broad Street
Highland Drive Patricia Drive Chorro Street
Industrial Way Broad Street Sacramento
Johnson Avenue Phillips Lane Mill Street
La Entrada Foothill Ramona
Lincoln Avenue Broad Street Chorro Street
Long Street Tank Farm Road Cross Street
Margarita Avenue (all)
Mill Street Chorro Street Grand Avenue
Murray Santa Rosa Casa
List of Arterial and Collector Streets
For Pavement Restoration Purposes Only
Appendix D
Collector Streets (for pavement restoration purposes):
Street From To
Nipomo Marsh Pismo
Oceanaire Drive (all)
Osos Street Peach Street Monterey Street
Osos Street Santa Barbara railroad station parking lot
Palm Street Chorro Street Johnson
Patricia Drive Highland Drive Foothill Blvd
Peach Street Osos Street Santa Rosa
Pepper Street Phillips Lane Mill Street
Phillips Lane Johnson Avenue Pepper Street
Pismo Street Higuera Street Johnson Avenue
Prefumo Canyon Road west city limit Los Osos Valley Road
Ramona Drive La Entrada Broad Street
Sacramento Industrial Way Orcutt
Santa Fe (all)
Santa Rosa Pismo Railroad
Short Street Cross Street Suburban Road
Southwood Drive Laurel Lane Johnson Avenue
Suburban Road South Higuera Street Short Street
Tassajara Drive Foothill Blvd Ramona Drive
Sample Notice of Street Maintenance (Door Hanger)
Appendix E
CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO
NOTICE OF STREET MAINTENANCE
TO AREA BUSINESSES AND RESIDENCES
Please be advised that, on the dates listed below,
________________________, ACTING AS CONTRACTOR FOR THE
City of San Luis Obispo, will be Slurry Sealing your street. Other streets
in your neighborhood may be scheduled for other dates.
The general order of work will be as follows:
1. Positing of “No Parking” Signs 72 hours in advance of the work.
2. Partial or full closure of the roadway.
3. Placement of slurry seal and four-hour cure time.
4. Reopen the road to public traffic.
5. Replacement of traffic striping and markings will occur at a later date.
The work on your street will be performed on the following dates:
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Prior to 8:00 am on the day of work, please park your vehicle on a
nearby street that is not posted with parking restrictions. Driving on a
slurry seal prior to completion of the cure time may cause damage to the
slurry seal and your vehicle.
DELIVERIES AND APPOINTMENTS
In an effort to expedite the slurry process and avoid drive-thru’s which
would require closing the street again, please schedule any kind of
delivery or appointment the day before or the day after the street is to be
slurry sealed.
Unfavorable weather conditions may cause delays to the work without
additional notice. If you should have any questions please contact the
following:
___________________________________________________
Contractor’s name Telephone number
Appendix F
PLAN DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS
REQUIRED USE OF STANDARD
Use of this standard is required for use on:
All projects, including mapping, that are City funded
All projects which will be turned over to the City for adoption or maintenance
All Final (Tract) and Parcel Maps (this standard supplements provisions of the
Subdivision Map Act)
DATUM
Drawings and maps shall be set into real world coordinates and elevations using the City’s
horizontal and vertical control networks. The Datum used shall be referenced on the cover
sheet.
Plans based on information furnished by the City, from old plans or survey data, shall
include references to the City Plan number, file number, field book number, etc.
Any new bench marks and monuments should be shown on the plans with the associated
coordinates and / or elevation.
Horizontal Control
The City has established a horizontal control network relative to the California Coordinate
System Zone Five, which is defined in Section 8801 through 8819 of the California Public
Resources Code. For all projects and maps, two different exterior points or corners shall be
tied to at least two different points of the City's horizontal control network for direct import
into the Geographic Information System (GIS) database and AutoCAD.
The Horizontal Control Network is available from the Public Works Department.
Vertical Control
The City has established a vertical control network. All projects shall be tied to the nearest
bench mark elevation.
The Bench Mark System is available from the Public Works Department.
Grading Plans
Finish and existing grades shall be shown by use of contours on grading plans. Where
grades are too flat for contours to be meaningful, grades shall be called out showing existing
and final elevations for a number of points reasonable to represent critical grades and
drainage. All contours and elevations shall reflect current City Datum.
UNITS OF MEASUREMENT
All project plans and maps shall be prepared in English units unless written permission has
been obtained from the Director of Public Works
Appendix F
DRAWINGS
Software
Drawings are to be produced using AutoCAD or Civil 3D compatible with the current version
in use by the City. Other programs which produce an AutoCAD drawing may be acceptable;
however, if there are incompatibility problems, the project will be rejected until compatible
files are produced.
Drawing Sheets
Drawing sheet borders shall be fully contained on a 22” x 34” sheet. The border should
reduce 50% to fit completely on an 11” x 17” sheet. Drawings shall be plotted on sheets no
larger than 24” x 36”. The City recommends use of the electronic files available from the
City. These files have already been sized for ease of reduction, contain blocks, typical
layers, line types and color assignments.
In lieu of the profile sheet, grids generated by design software may be substituted.
Improvement Plans submitted to the City shall have the standard title block shown in the
plan and cover sheets available electronically from the City for privately funded projects.
Map Sheets
Map sheet shall be 18” x 26” with a border 1 inch inside the edge of the sheet in accordance
with the Map Act.
Naming Conventions
The following naming convention shall be used to identify the drawings:
For projects developed in ACAD 2000 or higher version:
Complete the drawing in model space and use the layout tabs for sheet layout in paper
space:
City Specification No. (Tract No.,MS No., Parcel Map No.)_01.dwg Cover Sheet Drawing
City Specification No. (Tract No.,MS No., Parcel Map No.)_00.dwg Model and Layout
Drawing
Ex: Tract 452_01.dwg
If desired, the cover sheet may be incorporated in the main drawing using the _00 extension
for the entire project.
For projects developed in earlier versions (without layout tabs):
City Specification No. (Tract No., MS No., Parcel Map No.)_00.dwg for model space drawing
City Specification No. (Tract No., MS No., Parcel Map No.)_01.dwg for Cover Sheet
City Specification No. (Tract No., MS No., Parcel Map No.)_02.dwg for Sheet 2
(XXXX_00.dwg is to be bound to the sheet drawing.)
Continue numbering (xxxx_xx.dwg) for required number of sheets
If drawing sheets are modified during construction and new sheets are printed, they shall
use the sheet number and a letter following to designate the change. Ex. Tract
400_05A.dwg
Appendix F
The preferred practice is for page numbers to be sequential for the entire plan set. Where
the project contains multiple disciplines, landscaping, electrical, etc., the City will accept
multiple drawings named as shown above.
Ex: Tract 452_E00 for the electrical drawing
Tract 452_M00 for the mechanical drawing
Tract 452_L00 for the landscape plan, etc.
Model Space and Paper Space
Drawings are to be generated in model space and then plotted with borders in paper space.
Refer to the software manual for additional information.
Drawings shall be done in full scale (one drawing unit = 1 foot,) actual dimensions in model
space. All borders and titles shall be done in paper space. Scaling of model space drawing
to fit paper size shall be done using viewports and model view scaling.
General Drawing Content
Drawings shall contain the following minimum elements:
Title Block North Arrow Creek & Street Names
Vicinity Map Bar Scale Centerline Monuments
Dimensions Date Lot lines & numbers
Stationing Legends Tract Name & number
Bench Marks Easements Bearings, radii, etc.
Topography Elevations Existing Utilites
Datum Reference Trees & Driplines
Engineering Standard with numbers referenced
Tree diameter shall be accurately represented. Drip lines shall be shown for any tree not
permitted for removal.
Grading, utility and landscape plans shall not be combined on the same sheet. Curves shall
show radius, delta, curve length and control for BC and EC to allow construction.
External References (xrefs)
Xrefs shall be bound to or inserted in the drawing in which they are needed for printing.
Xrefs used during design, but not displayed for printing shall be detached.
User Coordinate System (UCS)
When rotation is necessary for plotting, a UCS shall be used in lieu of rotating the drawing
out of the original orientation.
Stationing
Stationing shall be north to south or west to east running left to right on the paper. Beginning
stationing shall be tied to an existing centerline intersection. Coordinates for the beginning
station and ending station shall be shown on the plans. Alignments and stationing should be
on a street centerline when work will occur within a street. Profiles can be generated either
on the centerline or offset, as long as their location is clearly defined on the profile.
Appendix F
On City funded projects (Capital Improvement Program) stationing for different streets in the
same project shall not have duplicate stationing numbers.
Ex: A Street Waterline – Sta 1+00 to Sta 3+58, B Street Paving – Sta 4+00 to Sta 6+97
North Arrows and Bar Scales
North arrows and bar scales shall be inserted in model space such that a north arrow and
bar scale appear in each plan view when plotted. Blocks shall not be so ornate as to
obscure their content.
Scales
Plotting scale shall be appropriate to the type of project allowing adequate detail clarity. Bar
scales shall be inserted in model space such that a bar scale appears in each plan view
when plotted. Scale should appear in the lower right hand corner whenever possible. For
sheets containing both plan and profile information, a ratio of the Horizontal to the Vertical
scale shall be shown in the title block.
Example of typical scales:
Utility, Grading and Street Improvements Plan 1” = 20’
Paving and Traffic Control Plan 1” = 100’
Signal Plan 1” = 10’ or 1” = 20’
Blocks
Blocks shall be created on layer 0 at scale 1:1 with line type and color by layer.
Layering
Drawings shall provide separate layers for the various items shown in the drawings using
appropriate layer prefixes to group related layers. See Appendix B for additional information.
Where allowed by the program, layer “state” or settings for printing shall be saved and
named print_sheet#.
Civil 3D defaults may be used for layer naming. Alignment names should be selected to
mimic the layering conventions set forth in the appendix to the degree possible, and layer
names shall be generated using the alignment prefix option such that all layers related to the
alignment begin with the alignment name.
Color and Line Types
All colors and line types shall be By Layer. Layer colors and line pen designations shall be
those shown in the City prototype drawings. See Appendix C for additional information.
Pen weights shall be those designated in the plot file for those colors associated with
standard layers. Polylines shall not have an assigned width, but rather be given weight
through pen designation.
Generally, abandoned and existing facilities are shown with a fine line weight or at half tone,
with abandoned facilities using hidden or dashed line types, in lieu of the standard
Appendix F
continuous line type. New facilities are shown in bolder line types. Line scale shall be set so
that line types, other than continuous, repeat frequently enough to be clearly differentiated.
Dimensions
Dimensions shall have characteristics by layer. The dimensions shall appear on the text
layer or a new layer specifically for dimensions. Dimensioning text shall be per this standard.
Text
Accepted fonts are limited to those native to the Windows operating system or furnished
with AutoCAD or Civil 3D. Where new text styles are created, they should have the same
name as the font used for that style. The use of AutoCAD’s predefined “Standard” text style,
which defaults to the txt font type, is not encouraged.
Text shall always be on a separate layer. Line labels shall be above the line and not cut into
the line.
Plotting
Whenever possible, use the plot file furnished by the City. If this is not possible, save a plot
file for the project and submit it with the drawing files. Plot file shall be named using the
same naming convention as for drawings, with the default file name extension.
RECORD DRAWINGS
When construction is complete, a record drawing of the project shall be completed as set
forth below. Record drawing layers may be added as need to provide proper printing for
each sheet. Save the file using the naming convention as for drawings followed by R.
Ex: Tract 452_E00R Record drawing for electrical sheets
Create a new layer and name it Record_Drawing
Set color to 200 and line type to continuous. Colors 201 & 202 may also be used as
needed to address different line weights.
Record all record drawing information on the Record Drawing layer
Each sheet is to be “stamped” to note record drawings have been completed for that
sheet. If no changes were made, a note to that effect is to be included adjacent to the
stamp.
Each sheet is to be numbered with an “R” after the sheet number. Ex. 2R of 13
Set all pen colors but pen 200, 201, and 202 to color 253 or use the City standard plot
file for record drawings.
Complete plotting of record drawing set
SUBMITTALS
Drawing files must be completely compatible with the current City AutoCAD standard
program. Bond used for submittals shall be a minimum of 20lb.
City funded projects
All electronic files shall be submitted to the City. For projects developed using design
software, the entire project folder shall be submitted, including all the sub folders with
Appendix F
drawings and supporting data. The electronic folder shall be submitted in the configuration
generated by the software. Drawing file shall be purged of all unused layers, text, etc.
Written specifications shall also be submitted in electronic format.
Submit one original, stamped and signed, ink on bond, set of plans and one original
stamped and signed set of specifications along with the electronic files prior to the start of
construction. Submittal shall also include a complete Acrobat Adobe file bid package
(Specifications and Plans.)
Record drawings are to be submitted within 4 weeks of completion of construction and shall
include a signed scan (.tif) or adobe file in addition to the drawing files.
Files shall be submitted to the designated Project Manager for Capital Improvement
projects.
Privately funded projects
Submit the electronic drawing files (.dwg) and any associated plot files along with one
original, stamped and signed, ink on bond, set of plans prior to the start of construction or
Map recording.
Record drawings are to be submitted within 4 weeks of completion of construction and prior
to City acceptance of the public improvements. Record drawing submittal shall include a
hard copy original, stamped and signed, ink on bond; an electronic image copy (.tif or .pdf)
of the original approved plans and record drawings interlaced, i.t. page 1, 1R, 2, 2R etc.;
and the drawing file (.dwg).
Submit this data either via email (for small projects) or on a CD containing the required data.
Files shall be submitted to the Development Review Division Engineer.
CITY DOCUMENTS ON LINE
The following files are available from the City web site slocity.org:
Standard Cover Sheet for City funded projects
Standard Cover Sheet for private funded projects
Standard Plan Sheet for City funded projects
Standard Plan Sheet for private funded projects
Standard Profile Sheet for private funded projects
Standard plot file for draft construction plans –17” x 11”
Standard plot file for original construction plans –34” x 22”
Standard plot file for Record Drawings
Horizontal Control Network
Bench Mark System
Appendix F
LAYER COLOR AND LINE TYPE CONVENTIONS
Layer Prefixes:
F Layers showing future facilities.
X Layers showing existing information and facilities.
XABD Layers showing abandoned facilities such as water lines, sewer lines, etc.
N Layers showing new or proposed information and facilities.
0 (zero) Layers that are in Paper Space, such as borders and border titles.
ADRS Layers showing site addresses
BLDG Layers showing buildings and other structures
CCOM Layers showing City owned communication facilities
CL Layers showing centerline information
CTL Layers showing monuments, bench marks or other control points
CLM Layers showing City Limit lines
EASE Layers showing easements or other rights of entry
ELEC Layers showing electric facilities and joint electric and phone/cable poles
EP Layers showing edge of pavement
GAS Layers showing gas facilities
HATCH Layers showing hatching
LTG Layers showing lighting
OIL Layers showing oil facilities
PL Layers showing property lines / parcel lines
PNT Layers showing survey points and associated data
ROW Layers showing right of way lines
S Layers showing sanitary sewer facilities
SD Layers showing storm drain systems including large culverts and bridges.
SW Layers showing sidewalks, curbs and gutter
TEL Layers showing telephone & telecommunication facilities
TC Layers showing traffic control, including signs and striping
TS Layers showing traffic signal facilities
TV Layers showing television / cable facilities
TXT Layers showing text
VEG Layers showing vegetation
W Layers showing potable water facilities
3W Layers showing non-potable water facilities including tertiary treated water
Layer prefixes should be combined as appropriate and additional description added as
needed.
Ex: XABD-W-TXT A layer showing abandoned water facilities text
X-SD-County A layer showing existing storm drain facilities under County
jurisdiction
N-S A layer showing new sewer facilities
Appendix F
LAYER COLOR AND LINE TYPE CONVENTIONS
Facility Type Color Line Type
Model Space
Abandoned & Future
All facilities 210 Hidden2
Text 210 Continuous
Existing
Addressing 12 Continuous
Buildings / Structures 100 Continuous
Cable TV 30 Continuous
City Limits 21 Continuous
Centerlines 1 Center2
City Communication Conduits 20 Dashdot2
Contours – Major 38 Dashed
Contours – Minor 33 Dashed
Curb, gutter & sidewalks 8 Continuous
Easement 44 Continuous
Edge of Pavement 8 Continuous
Electric 11 Phantom
Gas 50 Continuous
Hatch 253 Continuous
Lighting 52 Continuous
Miscellaneous 4 Continuous
Oil 51 Continuous
Parcel lines 30 Continuous
Points for Control – monuments & benchmarks 1 Continuous
Points – other Any Continuous
Right of Way 2 Continuous
Railroad 41 Continuous
Sanitary Sewer 3 Continuous
Storm drains 74 Continuous
Telephone & Other Communication Lines 23 Phantom2
Television 30 Continuous
Text 5 Continuous
Traffic Control 10 Continuous
Traffic signals 10 Divide2
Vegetation 72 Continuous
Water 5 Continuous
Water – Reclaimed 212 Continuous
Appendix F
Facility Type Color Line Type
Model Space
New
All facilities – main plan - heavier line weight 7 Continuous
All facilities – details- lesser line weight 14 Continuous
Text 6 Continuous
Dimensions 105 Continuous
Grid lines – Major 38 Continuous
Grid lines – Minor 33 Continuous
Contours – Major 16 Dashed
Contours – Minor 13 Dashed
Hatch 15 Continuous
North arrow & scale 170 Continuous
Record Drawings
Record Drawing – heavy line weight 200 Continuous
Record Drawing – medium line weight 203 Continuous
Record Drawing – light line weight 201 Continuous
Paper Space
Border 174 Continuous
Border Titles & Engineering Stamp 170 Continuous
Viewports 255 Continuous
Appendix F
SORT BY COLOR NUMBER
Facility Color Line Type
Centerlines, Points for Control 1 Center2, Continous
Right of Way, Railroad 2 Continuous
Sanitary Sewer 3 Continuous
Miscellaneous 4 Continuous
Text, Water 5 Continuous
(N) Text 6 Continuous
(N) All facilities – main plan - heavier line weight 7 Continuous
Curb, gutter & sidewalks, Edge of Pavement 8 Continuous
Traffic Control, Traffic signals 10 Continuous, Divide2
Electric 11 Phantom
Addressing 12 Continuous
(N) Contours - minor 13 Dashed
(N) All facilities – details- lesser line weight 14 Continuous
(N) Hatch 15 Continuous
(N) Contours major 16 Dashed
City Communication Conduits 20 Dashdot2
City Limits 21 Continuous
Telephone & Other Communication Lines 23 Phantom2
Cable TV, Parcel lines, 30 Continuous
(N) Grid lines – Minor, (E) Contours – Minor 35 Continuous
(N) Grid lines – Major, (E) Contours – Major 38 Continuous
Easement 44 Continuous
Gas 50 Continuous
Oil 51 Continuous
Lighting 52 Continuous
Vegetation 72 Continuous
Storm drains 74 Continuous
Buildings / Structures 100 Continuous
(N) Dimensions 105 Continuous
Variable Layers & Line Weights * 110-169
Border Titles & Engineering Stamp 170 Continuous
North arrow & scale, Border 174 Continuous
Variable Layers & Line Weights * 180-199
Record Drawing – heavy line weight 200 Continuous
Record Drawing – light line weight 201 Continuous
Record Drawing – medium line weight 203 Continuous
Future, (XA) All facilities, (XA) text 210 Hidden2, Continuous
Water – Reclaimed 212 Continuous
Variable Layers & Line Weights * 220-249
Hatch 253 Continuous
Viewports 255 Continuous
* see next page for line weights
Appendix F
Line Weight
(mm) Unassigned Colors
0.00 110 111 164 165
0.05 112 113 166 167
0.09 114 115 168 169
0.10 116 117 180 181 250 - 255
0.13 118 119 182 183
0.15 120 121 184 185
0.18 122 123 186 187
0.20 124 125 188 189
0.25 126 127 190 191
0.30 128 129 192 193
0.35 130 131 194 195
0.40 132 133 196 197
0.45 134 135 198 199
0.50 136 137 220 221
0.53 138 139 222 223
0.60 140 141 224 225 248 (color250)
0.65 142 143 226 227
0.70 144 145 228 229
0.80 146 147 230 231
0.90 148 149 232 233
1.00 150 151 234 235
1.06 152 153 236 237
1.20 154 155 238 239 249 (color 250)
1.40 156 157 240 241
1.58 158 159 242 243
2.00 160 161 244 245
2.11 162 163 246 247